car
, cdr
, cons
: Fundamental Functions
defun
the-the
Function
Most of the GNU Emacs text editor is written in the programming language called Emacs Lisp. The code written in this programming language is the software--the sets of instructions--that tell the computer what to do when you give it commands. Emacs is designed so that you can write new code in Emacs Lisp and easily install it as an extension to the editor. This is why Emacs is called the "extensible editor".
(Indeed, since Emacs does so much more than provide editing capabilities, it should perhaps be called an "extensible computing environment", but that phrase is quite a mouthful. Also, everything you do in Emacs--find the Mayan date and phases of the moon, simplify polynomials, debug code, manage files, read letters, write books--all these activities are kinds of editing in the most general sense of the word.)
Although Emacs Lisp is usually thought of in association with the text editor, it is a full computer programming language. You can use it as you would any other programming language.
Perhaps you want to understand programming; perhaps you want to extend Emacs; or perhaps you want to become a programmer. This introduction to Emacs Lisp is designed to get you started: to guide you in learning the fundamentals of programming, and more importantly, to show you how you can teach yourself to go further.
All through this document, you will see little sample programs you can run inside of Emacs. If you read this document in Info inside of GNU Emacs, you can run the programs as they appear. (This is easy to do and is explained when the examples are presented.) Alternatively, you can read this introduction as a printed book while sitting beside a computer running Emacs. (This is what I like to do; I like printed books.) If you don't have a running Emacs beside you, you can still read this book, but in this case, it is best to treat it as a novel or as a travel guide to a country not yet visited: interesting, but not the same as being there.
Much of this introduction is dedicated to walk-throughs or guided tours of code used in GNU Emacs. These tours are designed for two purposes: first, to give you familiarity with real, working code (code you use every day); and, second, to give you familiarity with the way Emacs works. It is interesting to see how an editor is implemented. Also, I hope that you will pick up the habit of browsing through source code. You can learn from it and mine it for ideas. Having GNU Emacs is like having a dragon's cave of treasures.
In addition to learning about Emacs as an editor and Emacs Lisp as a
programming language, the examples and guided tours will give you an
opportunity to get acquainted with Emacs as a Lisp programming
environment. GNU Emacs supports programming and provides tools that
you will want to become comfortable using, such as M-. (the key
which invokes the find-tag
command). You will also learn about
buffers and other objects that are part of the editing environment.
Learning about these features of Emacs is like learning new routes
around your home town.
Finally, I hope to convey some of the skills for using Emacs to learn aspects of programming that you don't know. You can often use Emacs to help you understand what puzzles you or to find out how to do something new. This self-reliance is not only a pleasure, but an advantage.
This text is written as an elementary introduction for people who are not programmers. If you are a programmer, you may not be satisfied with this primer. The reason is that you may have become expert at reading reference manuals and be put off by the way this text is organized.
An expert programmer who reviewed this text said to me:
I prefer to learn from reference manuals. I "dive into" each paragraph, and "come up for air" between paragraphs.
When I get to the end of a paragraph, I assume that that subject is done, finished, that I know everything I need (with the possible exception of the case when the next paragraph starts talking about it in more detail). I expect that a well written reference manual will not have a lot of redundancy, and that it will have excellent pointers to the (one) place where the information I want is.
This introduction is not written for this person!
Firstly, I try to say everything at least three times: first, to introduce it; second, to show it in context; and third, to show it in a different context, or to review it.
Secondly, I hardly ever put all the information about a subject in one place, much less in one paragraph. To my way of thinking, that imposes too heavy a burden on the reader. Instead I try to explain only what you need to know at the time. (Sometimes I include a little extra information so you won't be surprised later when the additional information is formally introduced.)
When you read this text, you are not expected to learn everything the first time. Frequently, you need only make, as it were, a `nodding acquaintance' with some of the items mentioned. My hope is that I have structured the text and given you enough hints that you will be alert to what is important, and concentrate on it.
You will need to "dive into" some paragraphs; there is no other way to read them. But I have tried to keep down the number of such paragraphs. This book is intended as an approachable hill, rather than as a daunting mountain.
This introduction to Programming in Emacs Lisp has a companion document, The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual. The reference manual has more detail than this introduction. In the reference manual, all the information about one topic is concentrated in one place. You should turn to it if you are like the programmer quoted above. And, of course, after you have read this Introduction, you will find the Reference Manual useful when you are writing your own programs.
Lisp was first developed in the late 1950s at the Massachusetts Institute of Technology for research in artificial intelligence. The great power of the Lisp language makes it superior for other purposes as well, such as writing editor commands.
GNU Emacs Lisp is largely inspired by Maclisp, which was written at MIT in the 1960's. It is somewhat inspired by Common Lisp, which became a standard in the 1980s. However, Emacs Lisp is much simpler than Common Lisp. (The standard Emacs distribution contains an optional extensions file, `cl.el', that adds many Common Lisp features to Emacs Lisp.)
If you don't know GNU Emacs, you can still read this document profitably. However, I recommend you learn Emacs, if only to learn to move around your computer screen. You can teach yourself how to use Emacs with the on-line tutorial. To use it, type C-h t. (This means you press and release the CTRL key and the h at the same time, and then press and release t.)
Also, I often refer to one of Emacs's standard commands by listing the
keys which you press to invoke the command and then giving the name of
the command in parentheses, like this: M-C-\
(indent-region
). What this means is that the
indent-region
command is customarily invoked by typing
M-C-\. (You can, if you wish, change the keys that are typed to
invoke the command; this is called rebinding. See section Keymaps.) The abbreviation M-C-\ means that you type your
META key, CTRL key and \ key all at the same time.
Sometimes a combination like this is called a keychord, since it is
similar to the way you play a chord on a piano. If your keyboard does
not have a META key, the ESC key prefix is used in place
of it. In this case, M-C-\ means that you press and release your
ESC key and then type the CTRL key and the \ key at
the same time.
If you are reading this in Info using GNU Emacs, you can read through this whole document just by pressing the space bar, SPC. (To learn about Info, type C-h i and then select Info.)
A note on terminology: when I use the word Lisp alone, I am usually referring to the various dialects of Lisp in general, but when I speak of Emacs Lisp, I am referring to GNU Emacs Lisp in particular.
My thanks to all who helped me with this book. My especial thanks to Jim Blandy, Noah Friedman, Jim Kingdon, Roland McGrath, Frank Ritter, Randy Smith, Richard M. Stallman, and Melissa Weisshaus. My thanks also go to both Philip Johnson and David Stampe for their patient encouragement. My mistakes are my own.
@pageno = 1
To the untutored eye, Lisp is a strange programming language. In Lisp code there are parentheses everywhere. Some people even claim that the name stands for `Lots of Isolated Silly Parentheses'. But the claim is unwarranted. Lisp stands for LISt Processing and the programming language handles lists (and lists of lists) by putting them between parentheses. The parentheses mark the boundaries of the list. Sometimes a list is preceded by a single apostrophe or quotation mark, `''. Lists are the basis of Lisp.
In Lisp, a list looks like this: '(rose violet daisy buttercup)
.
This list is preceded by a single apostrophe. It could just as well be
written as follows, which looks more like the kind of list you are likely
to be familiar with:
'(rose violet daisy buttercup)
The elements of this list are the names of the four different flowers, separated from each other by whitespace and surrounded by parentheses, like flowers in a field with a stone wall around them.
Lists can also have numbers in them, as in this list: (+ 2 2)
.
This list has a plus-sign, `+', followed by two `2's, each
separated by whitespace.
In Lisp, both data and programs are represented the same way; that is, they are both lists of words, numbers, or other lists, separated by whitespace and surrounded by parentheses. (Since a program looks like data, one program may easily serve as data for another; this is a very powerful feature of Lisp.) (Incidentally, these two parenthetical remarks are not Lisp lists, because they contain `;' and `.' as punctuation marks.)
Here is another list, this time with a list inside of it:
'(this list has (a list inside of it))
The components of this list are the words `this', `list', `has', and the list `(a list inside of it)'. The interior list is made up of the words `a', `list', `inside', `of', `it'.
In Lisp, what we have been calling words are called atoms. This
term comes from the historical meaning of the word atom, which means
`indivisible'. As far as Lisp is concerned, the words we have been
using in the lists cannot be divided into any smaller parts and still
mean the same thing as part of a program; likewise with numbers and
single character symbols like `+'. On the other hand, unlike an
atom, a list can be split into parts. (See section car
, cdr
, cons
: Fundamental Functions.)
In a list, atoms are separated from each other by whitespace. They can be right next to a parenthesis.
Technically speaking, a list in Lisp consists of parentheses surrounding
atoms separated by whitespace or surrounding other lists or surrounding
both atoms and other lists. A list can have just one atom in it or
have nothing in it at all. A list with nothing in it looks like this:
()
, and is called the empty list. Unlike anything else, an
empty list is considered both an atom and a list at the same time.
The printed representation of both atoms and lists are called symbolic expressions or, more concisely, s-expressions. The word expression by itself can refer to either the printed representation, or to the atom or list as it is held internally in the computer. Often, people use the term expression indiscriminately. (Also, in many texts, the word form is used as a synonym for expression.)
Incidentally, the atoms that make up our universe were named such when they were thought to be indivisible; but it has been found that physical atoms are not indivisible. Parts can split off an atom or it can fission into two parts of roughly equal size. Physical atoms were named prematurely, before their truer nature was found. In Lisp, certain kinds of atom, such as an array, can be separated into parts; but the mechanism for doing this is different from the mechanism for splitting a list. As far as list operations are concerned, the atoms of a list are unsplittable.
As in English, the meanings of the component letters of a Lisp atom are different from the meaning the letters make as a word. For example, the word for the South American sloth, the `ai', is completely different from the two words, `a', and `i'.
There are many kinds of atom in nature but only a few in Lisp: for example, numbers, such as 37, 511, or 1729, and symbols, such as `+', `foo', or `forward-line'. The words we have listed in the examples above are all symbols. In everyday Lisp conversation, the word "atom" is not often used, because programmers usually try to be more specific about what kind of atom they are dealing with. Lisp programming is mostly about symbols (and sometimes numbers) within lists. (Incidentally, the preceding three word parenthetical remark is a proper list in Lisp, since it consists of atoms, which in this case are symbols, separated by whitespace and enclosed by parentheses, without any non-Lisp punctuation.)
In addition, text between double quotation marks--even sentences or paragraphs--is an atom. Here is an example:
'(this list includes "text between quotation marks.")
In Lisp, all of the quoted text including the punctuation mark and the blank spaces is a single atom. This kind of atom is called a string (for `string of characters') and is the sort of thing that is used for messages that a computer can print for a human to read. Strings are a different kind of atom than numbers or symbols and are used differently.
The amount of whitespace in a list does not matter. From the point of view of the Lisp language,
'(this list looks like this)
is exactly the same as this:
'(this list looks like this)
Both examples show what to Lisp is the same list, the list made up of the symbols `this', `list', `looks', `like', and `this' in that order.
Extra whitespace and newlines are designed to make a list more readable by humans. When Lisp reads the expression, it gets rid of all the extra whitespace (but it needs to have at least one space between atoms in order to tell them apart.)
Odd as it seems, the examples we have seen cover almost all of what Lisp lists look like! Every other list in Lisp looks more or less like one of these examples, except that the list may be longer and more complex. In brief, a list is between parentheses, a string is between quotation marks, a symbol looks like a word, and a number looks like a number. (For certain situations, square brackets, dots and a few other special characters may be used; however, we will go quite far without them.)
If you type a Lisp expression in GNU Emacs using either Lisp Interaction mode or Emacs Lisp mode, you will have available to you several commands to format the Lisp expression so it is easy to read. For example, pressing the TAB key automatically indents the line the cursor is on by the right amount. A command to properly indent the code in a region is customarily bound to M-C-\. Indentation is designed so that you can see which elements of a list belongs to which list--elements of a sub-list are indented more than the elements of the enclosing list.
In addition, when you type a closing parenthesis, Emacs momentarily jumps the cursor back to the matching opening parenthesis, so you can see which one it is. This is very useful, since every list you type in Lisp must have its closing parenthesis match its opening parenthesis. (See section `Major Modes' in The GNU Emacs Manual, for more information about Emacs' modes.)
A list in Lisp--any list--is a program ready to run. If you run it (for which the Lisp jargon is evaluate), the computer will do one of three things: do nothing except return to you the list itself; send you an error message; or, treat the first symbol in the list as a command to do something. (Usually, of course, it is the last of these three things that you really want!)
The single apostrophe, '
, that I put in front of some of the
example lists in preceding sections is called a quote; when it
precedes a list, it tells Lisp to do nothing with the list, other than
take it as it is written. But if there is no quote preceding a list,
the first item of the list is special: it is a command for the computer
to obey. (In Lisp, these commands are called functions.) The list
(+ 2 2)
shown above did not have a quote in front of it, so Lisp
understands that the +
is an instruction to do something with the
rest of the list; in this case, to add the numbers that follow.
If you are reading this inside of GNU Emacs in Info, here is how you can evaluate such a list: place your cursor immediately after the right hand parenthesis of the following list and then type C-x C-e:
(+ 2 2)
You will see the number 4
appear in the echo area. (In the
jargon, what you have just done is "evaluate the list." The echo area
is the line at the bottom of the screen that displays or "echoes"
text.) Now try the same thing with a quoted list: place the cursor
right after the following list and type C-x C-e:
'(this is a quoted list)
In this case, you will see (this is a quoted list)
appear in the
echo area.
In both cases, what you are doing is giving a command to the program inside of GNU Emacs called the Lisp interpreter---giving the interpreter a command to evaluate the expression. The name of the Lisp interpreter comes from the word for the task done by a human who comes up with the meaning of an expression--who "interprets" it.
You can also evaluate an atom that is not part of a list--one that is not surrounded by parentheses; again, the Lisp interpreter translates from the humanly readable expression to the language of the computer. But before discussing this (see section Variables), we will discuss what the Lisp interpreter does when you make an error.
Partly so you won't worry if you do it accidentally, we will now give a command to the Lisp interpreter that generates an error message. This is a harmless activity; and indeed, we will often try to generate error messages intentionally. Once you understand the jargon, error messages can be informative. Instead of being called "error" messages, they should be called "help" messages. They are like signposts to a traveller in a strange country; decyphering them can be hard, but once understood, they can point the way.
What we will do is evaluate a list that is not quoted and does not have a meaningful command as its first element. Here is a list almost exactly the same as the one we just used, but without the single-quote in front of it. Position the cursor right after it and type C-x C-e:
(this is an unquoted list)
This time, you will see the following appear in the echo area:
Symbol's function definition is void: this
(Also, your terminal may beep at you--some do, some don't; and others blink. This is just a device to get your attention.) The message goes away as soon as you type another key, even just to move the cursor.
Based on what we already know, we can almost read this error message. We know the meaning of the word `Symbol'. In this case, it refers to the first atom of the list, the word `this'. The word `function' was mentioned once before. It is a very important word. For our purposes, we can define it by saying that a function is a set of instructions to the computer that tell the computer to do something. (Technically, the symbol tells the computer where to find the instructions, but this is a complication we can ignore for the moment.)
Now we can begin to understand the error message: `Symbol's function definition is void: this'. The symbol (that is, the word `this') does not have a definition of any set of instructions for the computer to carry out.
The slightly odd wording of the message, `function definition is void', is designed to cover the way Emacs Lisp is implemented, which is that when the symbol does not have a function definition attached to it, the place that should contain the instructions is `void'.
On the other hand, since we were able to add 2 plus 2 successfully, by
evaluating (+ 2 2)
, we can infer that the symbol +
must
have a set of instructions for the computer to obey and those
instructions must be to add the numbers that follow the +
.
We can articulate another characteristic of Lisp based on what we have
discussed so far--an important characteristic: a symbol, like
+
, is not itself the set of instructions for the computer to
carry out. Instead, the symbol is used, perhaps temporarily, as a way
of locating the definition or set of instructions. What we see is the
name through which the instructions can be found. Names of people
work the same way. I can be referred to as `Bob'; however, I am
not the letters `B', `o', `b' but am the consciousness
consistently associated with a particular life-form. The name is not
me, but it can be used to refer to me.
In Lisp, one set of instructions can be attached to several names.
For example, the computer instructions for adding numbers can be
linked to the symbol plus
as well as to the symbol +
(and are in some dialects of Lisp). Among humans, I can be referred
to as `Robert' as well as `Bob' and by other words as well.
On the other hand, a symbol can have only one function definition attached to it at a time. Otherwise, the computer would be confused as to which definition to use. If this were the case among people, only one person in the world could be named `Bob'. However, the function definition to which the name refers can be changed readily. (See section Install a Function Definition.)
Since Emacs Lisp is large, it is customary to name symbols in a way that identifies the part of Emacs to which the function belongs. Thus, all the names for functions that deal with Texinfo start with `texinfo-' and those for functions that deal with reading mail start with `rmail-'.
Based on what we have seen, we can now start to figure out what the Lisp interpreter does when we command it to evaluate a list. First, it looks to see whether there is a quote before the list; if there is, the interpreter just gives us the list. On the other hand, if there is no quote, the interpreter looks at the first element in the list and sees whether it has a function definition. If it does, the interpreter carries out the instructions in the function definition. Otherwise, the interpreter prints an error message.
This is how Lisp works. Simple. There are added complications which we will get to in a minute, but these are the fundamentals. Of course, to write Lisp programs, you need to know how to write function definitions and attach them to names, and how to do this without confusing either yourself or the computer.
Now, for the first complication. In addition to lists, the Lisp interpreter can evaluate a symbol that is not quoted and does not have parentheses around it. In this case, the Lisp interpreter will attempt to determine the symbol's value as a variable. This situation is described in the section on variables. (See section Variables.)
The second complication occurs because some functions are unusual and do not work in the usual manner. Those that don't are called special forms. They are used for special jobs, like defining a function, and there are not many of them. In the next few chapters, you will be introduced to several of the more important special forms.
The third and final complication is this: if the function that the Lisp interpreter is looking at is not a special form, and if it is part of a list, the Lisp interpreter looks to see whether the list has a list inside of it. If there is an inner list, the Lisp interpreter first figures out what it should do with the inside list, and then it works on the outside list. If there is yet another list embedded inside the inner list, it works on that one first, and so on. It always works on the innermost list first. The interpreter works on the innermost list first in order to find out the result of doing that. The result may be used by the enclosing expression.
Otherwise, the interpreter works left to right, from one expression to the next.
One other aspect of interpreting: the Lisp interpreter is able to interpret two kinds of entity: humanly readable code, on which we will focus exclusively, and specially processed code, called byte compiled code, which is not humanly readable. Byte compiled code runs faster than humanly readable code.
You can transform humanly readable code into byte compiled code by
running one of the compile commands such as byte-compile-file
.
Byte compiled code is usually stored in a file that ends with a
`.elc' extension rather than a `.el' extension. You will
see both kinds of file in the `emacs/lisp' directory; the files
to read are those with `.el' extensions.
As a practical matter, for most things you might do to customize or extend Emacs, you do not need to byte compile; and I will not discuss the topic here. See section `Byte Compilation' in The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual, for a full description of byte compilation.
When the Lisp interpreter works on an expression, the term for the activity is called evaluation. We say that the interpreter `evaluates the expression'. I've used this term several times before. The word comes from its use in everyday language, `to ascertain the value or amount of; to appraise', according to Webster's New Collegiate Dictionary.
After evaluating an expression, the Lisp interpreter will most likely return the value that the computer produces by carrying out the instructions it found in the function definition, or perhaps it will give up on that function and produce an error message. (The interpreter may also find itself tossed, so to speak, to a different function or it may attempt to repeat continually what it is doing for ever and ever in what is called an `infinite loop'. These actions are less common; and we can ignore them.) Most frequently, the interpreter returns a value.
At the same time the interpreter returns a value, it may do something else as well, such as move a cursor or copy a file; this other kind of action is called a side effect. Actions that we humans think are important, such as printing results, are often "side effects" to the Lisp interpreter. The jargon can sound peculiar, but it turns out that it is fairly easy to learn to use side effects.
In summary, evaluating a symbolic expression most commonly causes the Lisp interpreter to return a value and perhaps carry out a side effect; or else produce an error.
If evaluation applies to a list that is inside another list, the outer list may use the value returned by the first evaluation as information when the outer list is evaluated. This explains why inner expressions are evaluated first: the values they return are used by the outer expressions.
We can investigate this process by evaluating another addition example. Place your cursor after the following expression and type C-x C-e:
(+ 2 (+ 3 3))
The number 8 will appear in the echo area.
What happens is that the Lisp interpreter first evaluates the inner
expression, (+ 3 3)
, for which the value 6 is returned; then it
evaluates the outer expression as if it were written (+ 2 6)
, which
returns the value 8. Since there are no more enclosing expressions to
evaluate, the interpreter prints that value in the echo area.
Now it is easy to understand the name of the command invoked by the
keystrokes C-x C-e: the name is eval-last-sexp
. The
letters sexp
are an abbreviation for `symbolic expression', and
eval
is an abbreviation for `evaluate'. The command means
`evaluate last symbolic expression'.
As an experiment, you can try evaluating the expression by putting the cursor at the beginning of the next line immediately following the expression, or inside the expression.
Here is another copy of the expression:
(+ 2 (+ 3 3))
If you place the cursor at the beginning of the blank line that
immediately follows the expression and type C-x C-e, you will
still get the value 8 printed in the echo area. Now try putting the
cursor inside the expression. If you put it right after the next to
last parenthesis (so it appears to sit on top of the last parenthesis),
you will get a 6 printed in the echo area! This is because the command
evaluates the expression (+ 3 3)
.
Now put the cursor immediately after a number. Type C-x C-e and
you will get the number itself. In Lisp, if you evaluate a number, you
get the number itself--this is how numbers differ from symbols. If you
evaluate a list starting with a symbol like +
, you will get a
value returned that is the result of the computer carrying out the
instructions in the function definition attached to that name. If a
symbol by itself is evaluated, something different happens, as we will
see in the next section.
In Lisp, a symbol can have a value attached to it just as it can have a function definition attached to it. The two are different. The function definition is a set of instructions that a computer will obey. A value, on the other hand, is something, such as number or a name, that can vary (which is why such a symbol is called a variable). The value of a symbol can be any expression in Lisp, such as a symbol, number, list, or string. A symbol that has a value is often called a variable.
A symbol can have both a function definition and a value attached to it at the same time. The two are separate. This is somewhat similar to the way the name Cambridge can refer to the city in Massachusetts and have some information attached to the name as well, such as "great programming center".
Another way of thinking of this is to imagine a symbol as being a chest of drawers. The function definition is put in one drawer, the value in another, and so on. What is put in the drawer holding the value can be changed without affecting the contents of the drawer holding the function definition, and vice-versa.
The variable fill-column
illustrates a symbol with a value
attached to it: in every GNU Emacs buffer, this symbol is set to some
value, usually 72 or 70, but sometimes to some other value. To find the
value of this symbol, evaluate it by itself. If you are reading this in
Info inside of GNU Emacs, you can do this by putting the cursor after
the symbol and typing C-x C-e:
fill-column
After I typed C-x C-e, Emacs printed the number 72 in my echo
area. This is the value for which fill-column
is set for me as I
write this. It may be different for you in your Info buffer. Notice
that the value returned as a variable is printed in exactly the same way
as the value returned by a function carrying out its instructions. From
the point of view of the Lisp interpreter, a value returned is a value
returned. What kind of expression it came from ceases to matter once
the value is known.
A symbol can have any value attached to it or, to use the jargon, we can
bind the variable to a value: to a number, such as 72; to a
string, "such as this"
; to a list, such as (spruce pine
oak)
; we can even bind a variable to a function definition.
A symbol can be bound to a value in several ways. See section Setting the Value of a Variable, for information about one way to do this.
Notice that there were no parentheses around the word fill-column
when we evaluated it to find its value. This is because we did not intend
to use it as a function name. If fill-column
were the first or
only element of a list, the Lisp interpreter would attempt to find the
function definition attached to it. But fill-column
has no
function definition. Try evaluating this:
(fill-column)
You will produce an error message that says: Symbol's function definition is void: fill-column
If you attempt to evaluate a symbol that does not have a value bound to
it, you will receive an error message. You can see this by
experimenting with our 2 plus 2 addition. In the following expression,
put your cursor right after the +
, before the first number 2,
type C-x C-e:
(+ 2 2)
You will get an error message that says:
Symbol's value as variable is void: +
This is different from the first error message we saw, which said, `Symbol's function definition is void: this'. In this case, the symbol does not have a value as a variable; in the other case, the symbol (which was the word `this') did not have a function definition.
In this experiment with the +
, what we did was cause the Lisp
interpreter to evaluate the +
and look for the value of the
variable instead of the function definition. We did this by placing the
cursor right after the symbol rather than after the parenthesis of the
enclosing list as we did before. As a consequence, the Lisp interpreter
evaluated the preceding s-expression, which in this case was the
+
by itself.
Since +
does not have a value bound to it, just the function
definition, the error message reported that the symbol's value as a
variable was void.
To see how information is passed to functions, let's look again at our old standby, the addition of two plus two. In Lisp, this is written as follows:
(+ 2 2)
If you evaluate this expression, the number 4 will appear in your echo
area. What the Lisp interpreter does is add the numbers that follow
the +
.
The numbers added by +
are called the arguments of the
function +
. These numbers are the information that is given to
or passed to the function.
The word `argument' comes from the way it is used in mathematics and
does not refer to a disputation between two people; instead it refers to
the information presented to the function, in this case, to the
+
. In Lisp, the arguments to a function are the atoms or lists
that follow the function. The values returned by the evaluation of
these atoms or lists are passed to the function. Different functions
require different numbers of arguments; some functions require none at
all.(1)
The type of data that should be passed to a function depends on what
kind of information it uses. The arguments to a function such as
+
must have values that are numbers, since +
adds numbers.
Other functions use different kinds of data for their arguments.
For example, the concat
function links together or unites two or
more strings of text to produce a string. The arguments are strings.
Concatenating the two character strings abc
, def
produces
the single string abcdef
. This can be seen by evaluating the
following:
(concat "abc" "def")
The value produced by evaluating this expression is "abcdef"
.
A function such as substring
uses both a string and numbers as
arguments. The function returns a part of the string, a substring of
the first argument. This function takes three arguments. Its first
argument is the string of characters, the second and third arguments are
numbers that indicate the beginning and end of the substring. The
numbers are a count of the number of characters (including spaces and
punctuations) from the beginning of the string.
For example, if you evaluate the following:
(substring "The quick brown fox jumped." 16 19)
you will see "fox"
appear in the echo area. The arguments are the
string and the two numbers.
Note that the string passed to substring
is a single atom even
though it is made up of several words separated by spaces. Lisp counts
everything between the two quotation marks as part of the string,
including the spaces. You can think of the substring
function as
a kind of `atom smasher' since it takes an otherwise indivisible atom
and extracts a part. However, substring
is only able to extract
a substring from an argument that is a string, not from another type of
atom such as a number or symbol.
An argument can be a symbol that returns a value when it is evaluated.
For example, when the symbol fill-column
by itself is evaluated,
it returns a number. This number can be used in an addition. Position
the cursor after the following expression and type C-x C-e:
(+ 2 fill-column)
The value will be a number two more than what you get by evaluating
fill-column
alone. For me, this is 74, because the value of
fill-column
is 72.
As we have just seen, an argument can be a symbol that returns a value
when evaluated. In addition, an argument can be a list that returns a
value when it is evaluated. For example, in the following expression,
the arguments to the function concat
are the strings
"The "
and " red foxes."
and the list (+ 2
fill-column)
.
(concat "The " (+ 2 fill-column) " red foxes.")
If you evaluate this expression, "The 74 red foxes."
will
appear in the echo area. (Note that you must put spaces after the
word `The' and before the word `red' so they will appear in
the final string.)
Some functions, such as concat
, +
or *
, take any
number of arguments. (The *
is the symbol for multiplication.)
This can be seen by evaluating each of the following expressions in
the usual way. What you will see in the echo area is printed in this
text after `=>', which you may read as `evaluates to'.
In the first set, the functions have no arguments:
(+) => 0 (*) => 1
In this set, the functions have one argument each:
(+ 3) => 3 (* 3) => 3
In this set, the functions have three arguments each:
(+ 3 4 5) => 12 (* 3 4 5) => 60
When a function is passed an argument of the wrong type, the Lisp
interpreter produces an error message. For example, the +
function expects the values of its arguments to be numbers. As an
experiment we can pass it the quoted symbol hello
instead of a
number. Position the cursor after the following expression and type
C-x C-e:
(+ 2 'hello)
When you do this you will generate an error message. What has happened
is that +
has tried to add the 2 to the value returned by
'hello
, but the value returned by 'hello
is the symbol
hello
, not a number. Only numbers can be added. So +
could not carry out its addition.
As usual, the error message tries to be helpful and makes sense after you learn how to read it. What it says is this:
Wrong type argument: integer-or-marker-p, hello
The first part of the error message is straightforward; it says
`Wrong type argument'. Next comes the mysterious jargon word
`integer-or-marker-p'. This word is trying to tell you what
kind of argument the +
expected.
The symbol integer-or-marker-p
says that the Lisp interpreter is
trying to determine whether the information presented it (the value of
the argument) is an integer (that is, a whole number) or a marker (a
special object representing a buffer position). What it does is test to
see whether the +
is being given whole numbers to add. It also
tests to see whether the argument is something called a marker,
which is a specific feature of Emacs Lisp. (In Emacs, locations in a
buffer are recorded as markers. When the mark is set with the
C-@ or C-SPC command, its position is kept as a
marker. The mark can be considered a number--the number of characters
the location is from the beginning of the buffer.) In Emacs Lisp,
+
can be used to add the numeric value of marker positions as
numbers.
The `p' of integer-or-marker-p
is the embodiment of a
practice started in the early days of Lisp programming. The `p'
stands for `predicate'. In the jargon used by the early Lisp
researchers, a predicate refers to a function to determine whether some
property is true or false. So the `p' tells us that
integer-or-marker-p
is the name of a function that determines
whether it is true or false that the argument supplied is an integer or
a marker. Other Lisp symbols that end in `p' include zerop
,
a function that tests whether its argument has the value of zero, and
listp
, a function that tests whether its argument is a list.
Finally, the last part of the error message is the symbol hello
.
This is the value of the argument that was passed to +
. If the
addition had been passed the correct type of object, the value passed
would have been a number, such as 37, rather than a symbol like
hello
. But then you would not have got the error message.
message
Function
Like +
, the message
function takes a variable number of
arguments. It is used to send messages to the user and is so useful
that we will describe it here.
A message is printed in the echo area. For example, you can print a message in your echo area by evaluating the following list:
(message "This message appears in the echo area!")
The whole string between double quotation marks is a single argument
and is printed in toto. (Note that in this example, the message
itself will appear in the echo area within double quotes; that is
because you see the value returned by the message
function. In
most uses of message
in programs that you write, the text will
be printed in the echo area as a side-effect, without the quotes.
See section An Interactive multiply-by-seven
., for an example of this.)
However, if there is a `%s' in the quoted string of characters, the
message
function does not print the `%s' as such, but looks
to the argument that follows the string. It evaluates the second
argument and prints the value in the location in the string where the
`%s' is.
You can see this by positioning the cursor after the following expression and typing C-x C-e:
(message "The name of this buffer is: %s." (buffer-name))
In Info, "The name of this buffer is: *info*."
will appear in the
echo area. The function buffer-name
returns the name of the
buffer as a string, which the message
function inserts in place
of %s
.
To print a value as a decimal number, use `%d' in the same way as
`%s'. For example, to print a message in the echo area that states
the value of the fill-column
, evaluate the following:
(message "The value of fill-column is %d." fill-column)
On my system, when I evaluate this list, "The value of fill-column
is 72."
appears in my echo area.
If there is more than one `%s' in the quoted string, the value of the first argument following the quoted string is printed at the location of the first `%s' and the value of the second argument is printed at the location of the second `%s', and so on. For example, if you evaluate the following,
(message "There are %d %s in the office!" (- fill-column 14) "pink elephants")
a rather whimsical message will appear in your echo area. On my system
it says, "There are 58 pink elephants in the office!"
.
The expression (- fill-column 14)
is evaluated and the resulting
number is inserted in place of the `%d'; and the string in double
quotes, "pink elephants"
, is treated as a single argument and
inserted in place of the `%s'. (That is to say, a string between
double quotes evaluates to itself, like a number.)
Finally, here is a somewhat complex example that not only illustrates the computation of a number, but also shows how you can use an expression within an expression to generate the text that is substituted for `%s':
(message "He saw %d %s" (- fill-column 34) (concat "red " (substring "The quick brown foxes jumped." 16 21) " leaping."))
In this example, message
has three arguments: the string,
"He saw %d %s"
, the expression, (- fill-column 32)
, and
the expression beginning with the function concat
. The value
resulting from the evaluation of (- fill-column 32)
is inserted
in place of the `%d'; and the value returned by the expression
beginning with concat
is inserted in place of the `%s'.
When I evaluate the expression, the message, "He saw 38 red
foxes leaping."
, appears in my echo area.
There are several ways by which a variable can be given a value. One of
the ways is to use either the function set
or the function
setq
. Another way is to use let
(see section let
). (The
jargon for this process is to bind a variable to a value.)
The following sections not only describe how set
and setq
work but also illustrate how arguments are passed.
set
To set the value of the symbol flowers
to the list '(rose
violet daisy buttercup)
, evaluate the following expression by
positioning the cursor after the expression and typing C-x C-e.
(set 'flowers '(rose violet daisy buttercup))
The list (rose violet daisy buttercup)
will appear in the echo
area. This is what is returned by the set
function. As a
side effect, the symbol flowers
is bound to the list ; that is,
the symbol flowers
, which can be viewed as a variable, is given
the list as its value. (This process, by the way, illustrates how a
side effect to the Lisp interpreter, setting the value, can be the
primary effect that we humans are interested in. This is because every
Lisp function must return a value if it does not get an error, but it
will only have a side effect if it is designed to have one.)
After evaluating the set
expression, you can evaluate the symbol
flowers
and it will return the value you just set. Here is the
symbol. Place your cursor after it and type C-x C-e.
flowers
When you evaluate flowers
, the list
(rose violet daisy buttercup)
appears in the echo area.
Incidentally, if you evaluate 'flowers
, the variable with a quote
in front of it, what you will see in the echo area is the symbol itself,
flowers
. Here is the quoted symbol, so you can try this:
'flowers
Note also, that when you use set
, you need to quote both
arguments to set
, unless you want them evaluated. In this case,
we do not want either argument evaluated, neither the variable
flowers
nor the list (rose violet daisy buttercup)
, so
both are quoted. (When you use set
without quoting its first
argument, the first argument is evaluated before anything else is done.
If you did this and flowers
did not have a value already, you
would get an error message that the `Symbol's value as variable is
void'; on the other hand, if flowers
did return a value after it
was evaluated, the set
would attempt to set the value that was
returned. There are situations where this is the right thing for the
function to do; but such situations are rare.)
setq
As a practical matter, you almost always quote the first argument to
set
. The combination of set
and a quoted first argument
is so common that it has its own name: the special form setq
.
This special form is just like set
except that the first argument
is quoted automatically, so you don't need to type the quote mark
yourself. Also, as an added convenience, setq
permits you to set
several different variables to different values, all in one expression.
To set the value of the variable carnivores
to the list
'(lion tiger leopard)
using setq
, the following expression
is used:
(setq carnivores '(lion tiger leopard))
This is exactly the same as using set
except the first argument
is automatically quoted by setq
. (The `q' in setq
means quote
.) With set
, the expression would look like
this:
(set 'carnivores '(lion tiger leopard))
Also, setq
can be used to assign different values to
different variables. The first argument is bound to the value
of the second argument, the third argument is bound to the value of the
fourth argument, and so on. For example, you could use the following to
assign a list of trees to the symbol trees
and a list of herbivores
to the symbol herbivores
:
(setq trees '(pine fir oak maple) herbivores '(gazelle antelope zebra))
(The expression could just as well have been on one line, but it might not have fit on a page; and humans find it easier to read nicely formatted lists.)
Although I have been using the term `assign', there is another way of
thinking about the workings of set
and setq
; and that is to
say that set
and setq
make the symbol point to the
list. This latter way of thinking is very common and in forthcoming
chapters we shall come upon at least one symbol that has `pointer' as
part of its name. The name is chosen because the symbol has a value,
specifically a list, attached to it; or, expressed in this other way,
the symbol is set to "point" to the list.
Here is an example that shows how to use setq
in a counter. You
might use this to count how many times a part of your program repeats
itself. First set a variable to zero; then add one to the number each
time the program repeats itself. To do this, you need a variable that
serves as a counter, and two expressions: an initial setq
expression that sets the counter variable to zero; and a second
setq
expression that increments the counter each time it is
evaluated.
(setq counter 0) ; Let's call this the initializer. (setq counter (+ counter 1)) ; This is the incrementer. counter ; This is the counter.
(The text following the `;' are comments. See section Change a Function Definition.)
If you evaluate the first of these expressions, the initializer,
(setq counter 0)
, and then evaluate the third expression,
counter
, the number 0
will appear in the echo area. If
you then evaluate the second expression, the incrementer, (setq
counter (+ counter 1))
, the counter will get the value 1. So if you
again evaluate counter
, the number 1
will appear in the
echo area. Each time you evaluate the second expression, the value of
the counter will be incremented.
When you evaluate the incrementer, (setq counter (+ counter 1))
,
the Lisp interpreter first evaluates the innermost list; this is the
addition. In order to evaluate this list, it must evaluate the variable
counter
and the number 1
. When it evaluates the variable
counter
, it receives its current value. It passes this value and
the number 1
to the +
which adds them together. The sum
is then returned as the value of the inner list and passed to the
setq
which sets the variable counter
to this new value.
Thus, the value of the variable, counter
, is changed.
Learning Lisp is like climbing a hill in which the first part is the steepest. You have now climbed the most difficult part; what remains becomes easier as you progress onwards.
In summary,
forward-paragraph
, single
character symbols like +
, strings of characters between double
quotation marks, or numbers.
'
, tells the Lisp interpreter that it should
return the following expression as written, and not evaluate it as it
would if the quote were not there.
A few simple exercises:
Before learning how to write a function definition in Emacs Lisp, it is useful to spend a little time evaluating various expressions that have already been written. These expressions will be lists with the functions as their first (and often only) element. Since some of the functions associated with buffers are both simple and interesting, we will start with those. In this section, we will evaluate a few of these. In another section, we will study the code of several other buffer-related functions, to see how they were written.
Whenever you give an editing command to Emacs Lisp, such as the command to move the cursor or to scroll the screen, you are evaluating an expression, the first element of which is the function. This is how Emacs works.
When you type keys, you cause the Lisp interpreter to evaluate an
expression and that is how you get your results. Even typing plain text
involves evaluating an Emacs Lisp function, in this case, one that uses
self-insert-command
, which simply inserts the character you
typed. The functions you evaluate by typing keystrokes are called
interactive functions, or commands; how you make a function
interactive will be illustrated in the chapter on how to write function
definitions. See section Make a Function Interactive.
In addition to typing keyboard commands, we have seen a second way to evaluate an expression: by positioning the cursor after a list and typing C-x C-e. This is what we will do in the rest of this section. There are other ways to evaluate an expression as well; these ways will be described in other sections as we come to them.
Besides being used for practicing evaluation, the functions shown in the next few sections are important in their own right. A study of these functions makes clear the distinction between buffers and files, how to switch to a buffer, and how to determine a location within it.
The two functions, buffer-name
and buffer-file-name
, show
the difference between a file and a buffer. When you evaluate the
following expression, (buffer-name)
, the name of the buffer
appears in the echo area. When you evaluate (buffer-file-name)
,
the name of the file to which the buffer refers appears in the echo
area. Usually, the name returned by (buffer-name)
is the same as
the name of the file to which it refers, and the name returned by
(buffer-file-name)
is the full path-name of the file.
A file and a buffer are two different entities. A file is information recorded permanently in the computer (unless you delete it). A buffer, on the other hand, is information inside of Emacs that will vanish at the end of the editing session (or when you kill the buffer). Usually, a buffer contains information that you have copied from a file; we say the buffer is visiting that file. This copy is what you work on and modify. Changes to the buffer do not change the file, until you save the buffer. When you save the buffer, the buffer is copied to the file and is thus saved permanently.
If you are reading this in Info inside of GNU Emacs, you can evaluate each of the following expressions by positioning the cursor after it and typing C-x C-e.
(buffer-name) (buffer-file-name)
When I do this, `"introduction.texinfo"' is the value returned by
evaluating (buffer-name)
, and
`"/gnu/work/intro/introduction.texinfo"' is the value returned by
evaluating (buffer-file-name)
. The former is the name of the
buffer and the latter is the name of the file. (In the expressions, the
parentheses tell the Lisp interpreter to treat buffer-name
and
buffer-file-name
as functions; without the parentheses, the
interpreter would attempt to evaluate the symbols as variables.
See section Variables.)
In spite of the distinction between files and buffers, you will often find that people refer to a file when they mean a buffer and vice-versa. Indeed, most people say, "I am editing a file," rather than saying, "I am editing a buffer which I will soon save to a file." It is almost always clear from context what people mean. When dealing with computer programs, however, it is important to keep the distinction in mind, since the computer is not as smart as a person.
The word `buffer', by the way, comes from the meaning of the word as a cushion that deadens the force of a collision. In early computers, a buffer cushioned the interaction between files and the computer's central processing unit. The drums or tapes that held a file and the central processing unit were pieces of equipment that were very different from each other, working at their own speeds, in spurts. The buffer made it possible for them to work together effectively. Eventually, the buffer grew from being an intermediary, a temporary holding place, to being the place where work is done. This transformation is rather like that of a small seaport that grew into a great city: once it was merely the place where cargo was warehoused temporarily before being loaded onto ships; then it became a business and cultural center in its own right.
Not all buffers are associated with files. For example, when you start
an Emacs session by typing the command emacs
alone, without
naming any files, Emacs will start with the `*scratch*' buffer on
the screen. This buffer is not visiting any file. Similarly, a
`*Help*' buffer is not associated with any file.
If you switch to the `*scratch*' buffer, type (buffer-name)
,
position the cursor after it, and type C-x C-e to evaluate the
expression, the name "*scratch*"
is returned and will appear in
the echo area. "*scratch*"
is the name of the buffer. However,
if you type (buffer-file-name)
in the `*scratch*' buffer and
evaluate that, nil
will appear in the echo area. nil
is
from the Latin word for `nothing'; in this case, it means that the
`*scratch*' buffer is not associated with any file. (In Lisp,
nil
is also used to mean `false' and is a synonym for the empty
list, ()
.)
Incidentally, if you are in the `*scratch*' buffer and want the value returned by an expression to appear in the `*scratch*' buffer itself rather than in the echo area, type C-u C-x C-e instead of C-x C-e. This causes the value returned to appear after the expression. The buffer will look like this:
(buffer-name)"*scratch*"
You cannot do this in Info since Info is read-only and it will not allow you to change the contents of the buffer. But you can do this in any buffer you can edit; and when you write code or documentation (such as this manual), this feature is very useful.
The buffer-name
function returns the name of the buffer;
to get the buffer itself, a different function is needed: the
current-buffer
function. If you use this function in code, what
you get is the buffer itself.
A name and the object or entity to which the name refers are different
from each other. You are not your name. You are a person to whom
others refer by name. If you ask to speak to George and someone hands you
a card with the letters `G', `e', `o', `r',
`g', and `e' written on it, you might be amused, but you would
not be satisfied. You do not want to speak to the name, but to the
person to whom the name refers. A buffer is similar: the name of the
scratch buffer is `*scratch*', but the name is not the buffer. To
get a buffer itself, you need to use a function such as
current-buffer
.
However, there is a slight complication: if you evaluate
current-buffer
in an expression on its own, as we will do here,
what you see is a printed representation of the name of the buffer
without the contents of the buffer. Emacs works this way for two
reasons: the buffer may be thousands of lines long--too long to be
conveniently displayed; and, another buffer may have the same contents
but a different name, and it is important to distinguish between them.
Here is an expression containing the function:
(current-buffer)
If you evaluate the expression in the usual way, `#<buffer *info*>' appears in the echo area. The special format indicates that the buffer itself is being returned, rather than just its name.
Incidentally, while you can type a number or symbol into a program, you
cannot do that with the printed representation of a buffer: the only way
to get a buffer itself is with a function such as current-buffer
.
A related function is other-buffer
. This returns the most
recently selected buffer other than the one you are in currently. If
you have recently switched back and forth from the `*scratch*'
buffer, other-buffer
will return that buffer.
You can see this by evaluating the expression:
(other-buffer)
You should see `#<buffer *scratch*>' appear in the echo area, or the name of whatever other buffer you switched back from most recently.
The other-buffer
function actually provides a buffer when it is
used as an argument to a function that requires one. We can see this
by using other-buffer
and switch-to-buffer
to switch to a
different buffer.
But first, a brief introduction to the switch-to-buffer
function.
When you switched back and forth from Info to the `*scratch*'
buffer to evaluate (buffer-name)
, you most likely typed C-x
b and then typed `*scratch*' when prompted in the minibuffer for
the name of the buffer to which you wanted to switch. The keystrokes,
C-x b, cause the Lisp interpreter to evaluate the interactive
Emacs Lisp function switch-to-buffer
. As we said before, this is
how Emacs works: different keystrokes call or run different functions.
For example, C-f calls forward-char
, M-e calls
forward-sentence
, and so on.
By writing switch-to-buffer
in an expression, and giving it a
buffer to switch to, we can switch buffers just the way C-x b
does.
Here is the Lisp expression:
(switch-to-buffer (other-buffer))
The symbol switch-to-buffer
is the first element of the list, so
the Lisp interpreter will treat it as a function and carry out the
instructions that are attached to it. But before doing that, the
interpreter will note that other-buffer
is inside parentheses and
work on that symbol first. other-buffer
is the first (and in
this case, the only) element of this list, so the Lisp interpreter calls
or runs the function. It returns another buffer. Next, the interpreter
runs switch-to-buffer
, passing to it, as an argument, the other
buffer, which is what Emacs will switch to. If you are reading this in
Info, try this now. Evaluate the expression. (To get back, type
C-x b RET.)
In the programming examples in later sections of this document, you will
see the function set-buffer
more often than
switch-to-buffer
. This is because of a difference between
computer programs and humans: humans have eyes and expect to see the
buffer on which they are working on their computer terminals. This is
so obvious, it almost goes without saying. However, programs do not
have eyes. When a computer program works on a buffer, that buffer does
not need to be visible on the screen.
switch-to-buffer
is designed for humans and does two different
things: it switches the buffer to which Emacs attention is directed; and
it switches the buffer displayed in the window to the new buffer.
set-buffer
, on the other hand, does only one thing: it switches
the attention of the computer program to a different buffer. The buffer
on the screen remains unchanged (of course, normally nothing happens
there until the command finishes running).
Also, we have just introduced another jargon term, the word call. When you evaluate a list in which the first symbol is a function, you are calling that function. The use of the term comes from the notion of the function as an entity that can do something for you if you `call' it--just as a plumber is an entity who can fix a leak if you call him or her.
Finally, let's look at several rather simple functions,
buffer-size
, point
, point-min
, and
point-max
. These give information about the size of a buffer and
the location of point within it.
The function buffer-size
tells you the size of the current
buffer; that is, the function returns a count of the number of
characters in the buffer.
(buffer-size)
You can evaluate this in the usual way, by positioning the cursor after the expression and typing C-x C-e.
In Emacs, the current position of the cursor is called point.
The expression (point)
returns a number that tells you where the
cursor is located as a count of the number of characters from the
beginning of the buffer up to point.
You can see the character count for point in this buffer by evaluating
the following expression in the usual way:
(point)
As I write this, the value of point
is 65724. The point
function is frequently used in some of the examples later in this
manual.
The value of point depends, of course, on its location within the buffer. If you evaluate point in this spot, the number will be larger:
(point)
For me, the value of point in this location is 66043, which means that there are 319 characters (including spaces) between the two expressions.
The function point-min
is somewhat similar to point
, but
it returns the value of the minimum permissible value of point in the
current buffer. This is the number 1 unless narrowing is in
effect. (Narrowing is a mechanism whereby you can restrict yourself,
or a program, to operations on just a part of a buffer.
See section Narrowing and Widening.) Likewise, the
function point-max
returns the value of the maximum permissible
value of point in the current buffer.
Find a file with which you are working and move towards its middle. Find its buffer name, file name, length, and your position in the file.
When the Lisp interpreter evaluates a list, it looks to see whether the first symbol on the list has a function definition attached to it; or, put another way, whether the symbol points to a function definition. If it does, the computer carries out the instructions in the definition. A symbol that has a function definition is called, simply, a function (although, properly speaking, the definition is the function and the symbol refers to it.)
All functions are defined in terms of other functions, except for a few primitive functions that are written in the C programming language. When you write functions' definitions, you will write them in Emacs Lisp and use other functions as your building blocks. Some of the functions you will use will themselves be written in Emacs Lisp (perhaps by you) and some will be primitives written in C. The primitive functions are used exactly like those written in Emacs Lisp and behave like them. They are written in C so we can easily run GNU Emacs on any computer that has sufficient power and can run C.
Let me re-emphasize this: when you write code in Emacs Lisp, you do not distinguish between the use of functions written in C and the use of functions written in Emacs Lisp. The difference is irrelevant. I mention the distinction only because it is interesting to know. Indeed, unless you investigate, you won't know whether an already-written function is written in Emacs Lisp or C.
defun
Special Form
In Lisp, a symbol such as mark-whole-buffer
has code attached to
it that tells the computer what to do when the function is called.
This code is called the function definition and is created by
evaluating a Lisp expression that starts with the symbol defun
(which is an abbreviation for define function). Because
defun
does not evaluate its arguments in the usual way, it is
called a special form.
In subsequent sections, we will look at function definitions from the
Emacs source code, such as mark-whole-buffer
. In this section,
we will describe a simple function definition so you can see how it
looks. This function definition uses arithmetic because it makes for a
simple example. Some people dislike examples using arithmetic; however,
if you are such a person, do not despair. Hardly any of the code we
will study in the remainder of this introduction involves arithmetic or
mathematics. The examples mostly involve text in one way or another.
A function definition has up to five parts following the word
defun
:
()
.
It is helpful to think of the five parts of a function definition as being organized in a template, with slots for each part:
(defun function-name (arguments...) "optional-documentation..." (interactive argument-passing-info) ; optional body...)
As an example, here is the code for a function that multiplies its argument by 7. (This example is not interactive. See section Make a Function Interactive, for that information.)
(defun multiply-by-seven (number) "Multiply NUMBER by seven." (* 7 number))
This definition begins with a parenthesis and the symbol defun
,
followed by the name of the function.
The name of the function is followed by a list that contains the
arguments that will be passed to the function. This list is called
the argument list. In this case, the list has only one element,
the symbol, number
. When the function is used, the symbol will
be bound to the value that is used as the argument to the function.
Instead of choosing the word number
for the name of the argument,
I could have picked any other name. For example, I could have chosen
the word multiplicand
. I picked the word `number' because it
tells what kind of value is intended for this slot; but I could just as
well have chosen the word `multiplicand' to indicate the role that the
value placed in this slot will play in the workings of the function. I
could have called it foogle
, but that would have been a bad
choice because it would not tell humans what it means. The choice of
name is up to the programmer and should be chosen to make the meaning of
the function clear.
Indeed, you can choose any name you wish for a symbol in an argument
list, even the name of a symbol used in some other function: the name
you use in an argument list is private to that particular definition.
In that definition, the name refers to a different entity than any use
of the same name outside the function definition. Suppose you have a
nick-name `Shorty' in your family; when your family members refer to
`Shorty', they mean you. But outside your family, in a movie, for
example, the name `Shorty' refers to someone else. Because a name in an
argument list is private to the function definition, you can change the
value of such a symbol inside the body of a function without changing
its value outside the function. The effect is similar to that produced
by a let
expression. (See section let
.)
The argument list is followed by the documentation string that
describes the function. This is what you see when you type
C-h f and the name of a function. Incidentally, when you
write a documentation string like this, you should make the first line
a complete sentence since some commands, such as apropos
, print
only the first line of a multi-line documentation string. Also, you
should not indent the second line of a documentation string, if you
have one, because that looks odd when you use C-h f
(describe-function
). The documentation string is optional, but
it is so useful, it should be included in almost every function you
write.
The third line of the example consists of the body of the function
definition. (Most functions' definitions, of course, are longer than
this.) In this case, the body is the list, (* 7 number)
, which
says to multiply the value of number by 7. (In Emacs Lisp,
*
is the function for multiplication, just as +
is the
function for addition.)
When you use the multiply-by-seven
function, the argument
number
evaluates to the actual number you want used. Here is an
example that shows how multiply-by-seven
is used; but don't try
to evaluate this yet!
(multiply-by-seven 3)
The symbol number
, specified in the function definition in the
next section, is given or "bound to" the value 3 in the actual use of
the function. Note that although number
was inside parentheses
in the function definition, the argument passed to the
multiply-by-seven
function is not in parentheses. The
parentheses are written in the function definition so the computer can
figure out where the argument list ends and the rest of the function
definition begins.
If you evaluate this example, you are likely to get an error message. (Go ahead, try it!) This is because we have written the function definition, but not yet told the computer about the definition--we have not yet installed (or `loaded') the function definition in Emacs. Installing a function is the process that tells the Lisp interpreter the definition of the function. Installation is described in the next section.
If you are reading this inside of Info in Emacs, you can try out the
multiply-by-seven
function by first evaluating the function
definition and then evaluating (multiply-by-seven 3)
. A copy of
the function definition follows. Place the cursor after the last
parenthesis of the function definition and type C-x C-e. When you
do this, multiply-by-seven
will appear in the echo area. (What
this means is that when a function definition is evaluated, the value it
returns is the name of the defined function.) At the same time, this
action installs the function definition.
(defun multiply-by-seven (number) "Multiply NUMBER by seven." (* 7 number))
By evaluating this defun
, you have just installed
multiply-by-seven
in Emacs. The function is now just as much a
part of Emacs as forward-word
or any other editing function you
use. (multiply-by-seven
will stay installed until you quit
Emacs. To reload code automatically whenever you start Emacs, see
section Install Code Permanently.)
You can see the effect of installing multiply-by-seven
by
evaluating the following sample. Place the cursor after the following
expression and type C-x C-e. The number 21 will appear in the
echo area.
(multiply-by-seven 3)
If you wish, you can read the documentation for the function by typing
C-h f (describe-function
) and then the name of the
function, multiply-by-seven
. When you do this, a
`*Help*' window will appear on your screen that says:
multiply-by-seven: Multiply NUMBER by seven.
(To return to a single window on your screen, type C-x 1.)
If you want to change the code in multiply-by-seven
, just rewrite
it. To install the new version in place of the old one, evaluate the
function definition again. This is how you modify code in Emacs. It is
very simple.
As an example, you can change the multiply-by-seven
function to
add the number to itself seven times instead of multiplying the number
by seven. The produces the same answer, but by a different path. At
the same time, we will add a comment to the code; a comment is text
that the Lisp interpreter ignores, but that a human reader may find
useful or enlightening. In this case the comment is that this is the
"second version".
(defun multiply-by-seven (number) ; Second version. "Multiply NUMBER by seven." (+ number number number number number number number))
The comment follows a semicolon, `;'. In Lisp, everything on a line that follows a semicolon is a comment. The end of the line is the end of the comment. To stretch a comment over two or more lines, begin each line with a semicolon.
See section Beginning a `.emacs' File, and section `Comments' in The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual, for more about comments.
You can install this version of the multiply-by-seven
function by
evaluating it in the same way you evaluated the first function: place
the cursor after the last parenthesis and type C-x C-e.
In summary, this is how you write code in Emacs Lisp: you write a function; install it; test it; and then make fixes or enhancements and install it again.
You make a function interactive by placing a list that begins with
the special form interactive
immediately after the
documentation. A user can invoke an interactive function by typing
M-x and then the name of the function; or by typing the keys to
which it is bound, for example, by typing C-n for
next-line
or C-x h for mark-whole-buffer
.
Interestingly, when you call an interactive function interactively, the value returned is not automatically displayed in the echo area. This is because you often call an interactive function for its side effects, such as moving forward by a word or line, and not for the value returned. If the returned value were displayed in the echo area each time you typed a key, it would be very distracting.
Both the use of the special form interactive
and one way to
display a value in the echo area can be illustrated by creating an
interactive version of multiply-by-seven
.
Here is the code:
(defun multiply-by-seven (number) ; Interactive version. "Multiply NUMBER by seven." (interactive "p") (message "The result is %d" (* 7 number)))
You can install this code by placing your cursor after it and typing C-x C-e. The name of the function will appear in your echo area. Then, you can use this code by typing C-u and a number and then typing M-x multiply-by-seven and pressing RET. The phrase `The result is ...' followed by the product will appear in the echo area.
Speaking more generally, you invoke a function like this in either of two ways:
Both the examples just mentioned work identically to move point forward
three sentences. (Since multiply-by-seven
is not bound to a key,
it could not be used as an example of key binding.)
(See section Some Keybindings, to learn how to bind a command to a key.)
A prefix argument is passed to an interactive function by typing the META key followed by a number, for example, M-3 M-e, or by typing C-u and then a number, for example, C-u 3 M-e (if you type C-u without a number, it defaults to 4).
multiply-by-seven
.
Let's look at the use of the special form interactive
and then at
the function message
in the interactive version of
multiply-by-seven
. You will recall that the function definition
looks like this:
(defun multiply-by-seven (number) ; Interactive version. "Multiply NUMBER by seven." (interactive "p") (message "The result is %d" (* 7 number)))
In this function, the expression, (interactive "p")
, is a list of
two elements. The "p"
tells Emacs to pass the prefix argument to
the function and use its value for the argument of the function.
The argument will be a number. This means that the symbol
number
will be bound to a number in the line:
(message "The result is %d" (* 7 number))
For example, if your prefix argument is 5, the Lisp interpreter will evaluate the line as if it were:
(message "The result is %d" (* 7 5))
(If you are reading this in GNU Emacs, you can evaluate this expression
yourself.) First, the interpreter will evaluate the inner list, which
is (* 7 5)
. This returns a value of 35. Next, it
will evaluate the outer list, passing the values of the second and
subsequent elements of the list to the function message
.
As we have seen, message
is an Emacs Lisp function especially
designed for sending a one line message to a user. (See section The message
Function.)
In summary, the message
function prints its first argument in the
echo area as is, except for occurrences of `%d', `%s', or
`%c'. When it sees one of these control sequences, the function
looks to the second and subsequent arguments and prints the value of the
argument in the location in the string where the control sequence is
located.
In the interactive multiply-by-seven
function, the control string
is `%d', which requires a number, and the value returned by
evaluating (* 7 5)
is the number 35. Consequently, the number 35
is printed in place of the `%d' and the message is `The result
is 35'.
(Note that when you call the function multiply-by-seven
, the
message is printed without quotes, but when you call message
, the
text is printed in double quotes. This is because the value returned by
message
is what appears in the echo area when you evaluate an
expression whose first element is message
; but when embedded in a
function, message
prints the text as a side effect without
quotes.)
interactive
In the example, multiply-by-seven
used "p"
as the
argument to interactive
. This argument told Emacs to interpret
your typing either C-u followed by a number or META
followed by a number as a command to pass that number to the function
as its argument. Emacs has more than twenty characters predefined for
use with interactive
. In almost every case, one or other of
these options will enable you to pass the right information
interactively to a function. (See section `Code Characters for interactive
' in The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual.)
For example, the character `r' causes Emacs to pass the beginning and end of the region (the current values of point and mark) to the function as two separate arguments. It is used as follows:
(interactive "r")
On the other hand, a `B' tells Emacs to ask for the name of a
buffer that will be passed to the function. In this case, Emacs will
ask for the name by prompting the user in the minibuffer, using a string
that follows the `B', as in "BAppend to buffer: "
. Not
only will Emacs prompt for the name, but Emacs will complete the name if
you type enough of it and press TAB.
A function with two or more arguments can have information passed to
each argument by adding parts to the string that follows
interactive
. When you do this, the information is passed to
each argument in the same order it is specified in the
interactive
list. In the string, each part is separated from
the next part by a `\n', which is a newline. For example, you
could follow "BAppend to buffer: "
with a `\n') and an
`r'. This would cause Emacs to pass the values of point and mark
to the function as well as prompt you for the buffer--three arguments
in all.
In this case, the function definition would look like the following,
where buffer
, start
, and end
are the symbols to
which interactive
binds the buffer and the current values of the
beginning and ending of the region:
(defun name-of-function (buffer start end) "documentation..." (interactive "BAppend to buffer: \nr") body-of-function...)
(The space after the colon in the prompt makes it look better when you
are prompted. The append-to-buffer
function looks exactly like
this. See section The Definition of append-to-buffer
.)
If a function does not have arguments, then interactive
does not
require any. Such a function contains the simple expression
(interactive)
. The mark-whole-buffer
function is like
this.
Alternatively, if the special letter-codes are not right for your
application, you can pass your own arguments to interactive
as
a list. See section `Using Interactive
' in The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual, for more information about this advanced
technique.
When you install a function definition by evaluating it, it will stay installed until you quit Emacs. The next time you start a new session of Emacs, the function will not be installed unless you evaluate the function definition again.
At some point, you may want to have code installed automatically whenever you start a new session of Emacs. There are several ways of doing this:
load
function to cause Emacs to evaluate and thereby install each of the
functions in the files.
See section Loading Files.
Finally, if you have code that everyone who uses Emacs may want, you can post it on a computer network or send a copy to the Free Software Foundation. (When you do this, please put a copyleft notice on the code before posting it.) If you send a copy of your code to the Free Software Foundation, it may be included in the next release of Emacs. In large part, this is how Emacs has grown over the past years, by donations.
let
The let
expression is a special form in Lisp that you will need
to use in most function definitions. Because it is so common,
let
will be described in this section.
let
is used to attach or bind a symbol to a value in such a way
that the Lisp interpreter will not confuse the variable with a variable
of the same name that is not part of the function. To understand why
this special form is necessary, consider the situation in which you own
a home that you generally refer to as `the house', as in the sentence,
"The house needs painting." If you are visiting a friend and your
host refers to `the house', he is likely to be referring to his
house, not yours, that is, to a different house. If he is referring to
his house and you think he is referring to your house, you may be in for
some confusion. The same thing could happen in Lisp if a variable that
is used inside of one function has the same name as a variable that is
used inside of another function, and the two are not intended to refer
to the same value.
The let
special form prevents this kind of confusion. let
creates a name for a local variable that overshadows any use of
the same name outside the let
expression. This is like
understanding that whenever your host refers to `the house', he means
his house, not yours. (Symbols used in argument lists work the same
way. See section The defun
Special Form.)
Local variables created by a let
expression retain their value
only within the let
expression itself (and within
expressions called within the let
expression); the local
variables have no effect outside the let
expression.
let
can create more than one variable at once. Also,
let
gives each variable it creates an initial value, either a
value specified by you, or nil
. (In the jargon, this is called
`binding the variable to the value'.) After let
has created
and bound the variables, it executes the code in the body of the
let
, and returns the value of the last expression in the body,
as the value of the whole let
expression. (`Execute' is a jargon
term that means to evaluate a list; it comes from the use of the word
meaning `to give practical effect to' (Oxford English
Dictionary). Since you evaluate an expression to perform an action,
`execute' has evolved as a synonym to `evaluate'.)
let
Expression
A let
expression is a list of three parts. The first part is
the symbol let
. The second part is a list, called a
varlist, each element of which is either a symbol by itself or a
two-element list, the first element of which is a symbol. The third
part of the let
expression is the body of the let
. The
body usually consists of one or more lists.
A template for a let
expression looks like this:
(let varlist body...)
The symbols in the varlist are the variables that are given initial
values by the let
special form. Symbols by themselves are given
the initial value of nil
; and each symbol that is the first
element of a two-element list is bound to the value that is returned
when the Lisp interpreter evaluates the second element.
Thus, a varlist might look like this: (thread (needles 3))
. In
this case, in a let
expression, Emacs binds the symbol
thread
to an initial value of nil
, and binds the symbol
needles
to an initial value of 3.
When you write a let
expression, what you do is put the
appropriate expressions in the slots of the let
expression
template.
If the varlist is composed of two-element lists, as is often the case,
the template for the let
expression looks like this:
(let ((variable value) (variable value) ...) body...)
let
Expression
The following expression creates and gives initial values
to the two variables zebra
and tiger
. The body of the
let
expression is a list which calls the message
function.
(let ((zebra 'stripes) (tiger 'fierce)) (message "One kind of animal has %s and another is %s." zebra tiger))
Here, the varlist is ((zebra 'stripes) (tiger 'fierce))
.
The two variables are zebra
and tiger
. Each variable is
the first element of a two-element list and each value is the second
element of its two-element list. In the varlist, Emacs binds the
variable zebra
to the value stripes
, and binds the
variable tiger
to the value fierce
. In this case,
both values are symbols preceded by a quote. The values could just as
well have been another list or a string. The body of the let
follows after the list holding the variables. In this case, the body
is a list that uses the message
function to print a string in
the echo area.
You may evaluate the example in the usual fashion, by placing the cursor after the last parenthesis and typing C-x C-e. When you do this, the following will appear in the echo area:
"One kind of animal has stripes and another is fierce."
As we have seen before, the message
function prints its first
argument, except for `%s'. In this case, the value of the variable
zebra
is printed at the location of the first `%s' and the
value of the variable tiger
is printed at the location of the
second `%s'.
let
Statement
If you do not bind the variables in a let
statement to specific
initial values, they will automatically be bound to an initial value of
nil
, as in the following expression:
(let ((birch 3) pine fir (oak 'some)) (message "Here are %d variables with %s, %s, and %s value." birch pine fir oak))
Here, the varlist is ((birch 3) pine fir (oak 'some))
.
If you evaluate this expression in the usual way, the following will appear in your echo area:
"Here are 3 variables with nil, nil, and some value."
In this case, Emacs binds the symbol birch
to the number 3,
binds the symbols pine
and fir
to nil
, and binds
the symbol oak
to the value some
.
Note that in the first part of the let
, the variables pine
and fir
stand alone as atoms that are not surrounded by
parentheses; this is because they are being bound to nil
, the
empty list. But oak
is bound to some
and so is a part of
the list (oak 'some)
. Similarly, birch
is bound to the
number 3 and so is in a list with that number. (Since a number
evaluates to itself, the number does not need to be quoted. Also, the
number is printed in the message using a `%d' rather than a
`%s'.) The four variables as a group are put into a list to
delimit them from the body of the let
.
if
Special Form
A third special form, in addition to defun
and let
, is the
conditional if
. This form is used to instruct the computer to
make decisions. You can write function definitions without using
if
, but it is used often enough, and is important enough, to be
included here. It is used, for example, in the code for the
function beginning-of-buffer
.
The basic idea behind an if
, is that "if a test is true,
then an expression is evaluated." If the test is not true, the
expression is not evaluated. For example, you might make a decision
such as, "if it is warm and sunny, then go to the beach!"
An if
expression written in Lisp does not use the word `then';
the test and the action are the second and third elements of the list
whose first element is if
. Nonetheless, the test part of an
if
expression is often called the if-part and the second
argument is often called the then-part.
Also, when an if
expression is written, the true-or-false-test
is usually written on the same line as the symbol if
, but the
action to carry out if the test is true, the "then-part", is written
on the second and subsequent lines. This makes the if
expression easier to read.
(if true-or-false-test action-to-carry-out-if-test-is-true)
The true-or-false-test will be an expression that is evaluated by the Lisp interpreter.
Here is an example that you can evaluate in the usual manner. The test is whether the number 5 is greater than the number 4. Since it is, the message `5 is greater than 4!' will be printed.
(if (> 5 4) ; if-part (message "5 is greater than 4!")) ; then-part
(The function >
tests whether its first argument is greater than
its second argument and returns true if it is.)
Of course, in actual use, the test in an if
expression will not
be fixed for all time as it is by the expression (> 5 4)
.
Instead, at least one of the variables used in the test will be bound to
a value that is not known ahead of time. (If the value were known ahead
of time, we would not need to run the test!)
For example, the value may be bound to an argument of a function
definition. In the following function definition, the character of the
animal is a value that is passed to the function. If the value bound to
characteristic
is fierce
, then the message, `It's a
tiger!' will be printed; otherwise, nil
will be returned.
(defun type-of-animal (characteristic) "Print message in echo area depending on CHARACTERISTIC. If the CHARACTERISTIC is the symbol `fierce', then warn of a tiger." (if (equal characteristic 'fierce) (message "It's a tiger!")))
If you are reading this inside of GNU Emacs, you can evaluate the function definition in the usual way to install it in Emacs, and then you can evaluate the following two expressions to see the results:
(type-of-animal 'fierce) (type-of-animal 'zebra)
When you evaluate (type-of-animal 'fierce)
, you will see the
following message printed in the echo area: "It's a tiger!"
; and
when you evaluate (type-of-animal 'zebra)
you will see nil
printed in the echo area.
type-of-animal
Function in Detail
Let's look at the type-of-animal
function in detail.
The function definition for type-of-animal
was written by filling
the slots of two templates, one for a function definition as a whole, and
a second for an if
expression.
The template for every function that is not interactive is:
(defun name-of-function (argument-list) "documentation..." body...)
The parts of the function that match this template look like this:
(defun type-of-animal (characteristic)
"Print message in echo area depending on CHARACTERISTIC.
If the CHARACTERISTIC is the symbol `fierce',
then warn of a tiger."
body: the if
expression)
In this case, the name of function is type-of-animal
; it is
passed the value of one argument. The argument list is followed by a
multi-line documentation string. The documentation string is included in
the example because it is a good habit to write documentation string for
every function definition. The body of the function definition consists
of the if
expression.
The template for an if
expression looks like this:
(if true-or-false-test action-to-carry-out-if-the-test-returns-true)
In the type-of-animal
function, the actual code for the if
looks like this:
(if (equal characteristic 'fierce) (message "It's a tiger!")))
Here, the true-or-false-test is the expression:
(equal characteristic 'fierce)
In Lisp, equal
is a function that determines whether its first
argument is equal to its second argument. The second argument is the
quoted symbol 'fierce
and the first argument is the value of the
symbol characteristic
---in other words, the argument passed to
this function.
In the first exercise of type-of-animal
, the argument
fierce
is passed to type-of-animal
. Since fierce
is equal to fierce
, the expression, (equal characteristic
'fierce)
, returns a value of true. When this happens, the if
evaluates the second argument or then-part of the if
:
(message "It's tiger!")
.
On the other hand, in the second exercise of type-of-animal
, the
argument zebra
is passed to type-of-animal
. zebra
is not equal to fierce
, so the then-part is not evaluated and
nil
is returned by the if
expression.
An if
expression may have an optional third argument, called
the else-part, for the case when the true-or-false-test returns
false. When this happens, the second argument or then-part of the
overall if
expression is not evaluated, but the third or
else-part is evaluated. You might think of this as the cloudy
day alternative for the decision `if it is warm and sunny, then go to
the beach, else read a book!".
The word "else" is not written in the Lisp code; the else-part of an
if
expression comes after the then-part. In the written Lisp, the
else-part is usually written to start on a line of its own and is
indented less than the then-part:
(if true-or-false-test action-to-carry-out-if-the-test-returns-true) action-to-carry-out-if-the-test-returns-false)
For example, the following if
expression prints the message `4
is not greater than 5!' when you evaluate it in the usual way:
(if (> 4 5) ; if-part (message "5 is greater than 4!") ; then-part (message "4 is not greater than 5!")) ; else-part
Note that the different levels of indentation make it easy to
distinguish the then-part from the else-part. (GNU Emacs has several
commands that automatically indent if
expressions correctly.
See section GNU Emacs Helps You Type Lists.)
We can extend the type-of-animal
function to include an
else-part by simply incorporating an additional part to the if
expression.
You can see the consequences of doing this if you evaluate the following
version of the type-of-animal
function definition to install it
and then evaluate the two subsequent expressions to pass different
arguments to the function.
(defun type-of-animal (characteristic) ; Second version. "Print message in echo area depending on CHARACTERISTIC. If the CHARACTERISTIC is the symbol `fierce', then warn of a tiger; else say it's not fierce." (if (equal characteristic 'fierce) (message "It's a tiger!") (message "It's not fierce!")))
(type-of-animal 'fierce) (type-of-animal 'zebra)
When you evaluate (type-of-animal 'fierce)
, you will see the
following message printed in the echo area: "It's a tiger!"
; but
when you evaluate (type-of-animal 'zebra)
, you will see
"It's not fierce!"
.
(Of course, if the characteristic were ferocious
, the
message "It's not fierce!"
would be printed; and it would be
misleading! When you write code, you need to take into account the
possibility that some such argument will be tested by the if
and
write your program accordingly.)
There is an important aspect to the truth test in an if
expression. So far, we have spoken of `true' and `false' as values of
predicates as if they were new kinds of Lisp objects. In fact, `false'
is just our old friend nil
. Anything else--anything at all--is
`true'.
The expression that tests for truth is interpreted as true
if the result of evaluating it is a value that is not nil
. In
other words, the result of the test is considered true if the value
returned is a number such as 47, a string such as "hello"
, or a
symbol (other than nil
) such as flowers
, or a list, or
even a buffer!
Before illustrating this, we need an explanation of nil
.
In Lisp, the symbol nil
has two meanings. First, it means the
empty list. Second, it means false and is the value returned when a
true-or-false-test tests false. nil
can be written as an empty
list, ()
, or as nil
. As far as the Lisp interpreter is
concerned, ()
and nil
are the same. Humans, however, tend
to use nil
for false and ()
for the empty list.
In Lisp, any value that is not nil
---is not the empty list--is
considered true. This means that if an evaluation returns something
that is not an empty list, an if
expression will test true. For
example, if a number is put in the slot for the test, it will be
evaluated and will return itself, since that is what numbers do when
evaluated. In this case, the if
expression will test true. The
expression tests false only when nil
, an empty list, is returned
by evaluating the expression.
You can see this by evaluating the two expressions in the following examples.
In the first example, the number 4 is evaluated as the test in the
if
expression and returns itself; consequently, the then-part
of the expression is evaluated and returned: `true' appears in
the echo area. In the second example, the nil
indicates false;
consequently, the else-part of the expression is evaluated and
returned: `false' appears in the echo area.
(if 4 'true 'false) (if nil 'true 'false)
Incidentally, if some other useful value is not available for a test that
returns true, then the Lisp interpreter will return the symbol t
for true. For example, the expression (> 5 4)
returns t
when evaluated, as you can see by evaluating it in the usual way:
(> 5 4)
On the other hand, this function returns nil
if the test is false.
(> 4 5)
save-excursion
The save-excursion
function is the fourth and final special form
that we will discuss in this chapter.
In Emacs Lisp programs used for editing, the save-excursion
function is very common. It saves the location of point and mark,
executes the body of the function, and then restores point and mark to
their previous positions if their locations were changed. Its primary
purpose is to keep the user from being surprised and disturbed by
unexpected movement of point or mark.
Before discussing save-excursion
, however, it may be useful
first to review what point and mark are in GNU Emacs. Point is
the current location of the cursor. Wherever the cursor
is, that is point. More precisely, on terminals where the cursor
appears to be on top of a character, point is immediately before the
character. In Emacs Lisp, point is an integer. The first character in
a buffer is number one, the second is number two, and so on. The
function point
returns the current position of the cursor as a
number. Each buffer has its own value for point.
The mark is another position in the buffer; its value can be set
with a command such as C-SPC (set-mark-command
). If
a mark has been set, you can use the command C-x C-x
(exchange-point-and-mark
) to cause the cursor to jump to the mark
and set the mark to be the previous position of point. In addition, if
you set another mark, the position of the previous mark is saved in the
mark ring. Many mark positions can be saved this way. You can jump the
cursor to a saved mark by typing C-u C-SPC one or more
times.
The part of the buffer between point and mark is called the
region. Numerous commands work on the region, including
center-region
, count-lines-region
, kill-region
, and
print-region
.
The save-excursion
special form saves the locations of point and
mark and restores those positions after the code within the body of the
special form is evaluated by the Lisp interpreter. Thus, if point were
in the beginning of a piece of text and some code moved point to the end
of the buffer, the save-excursion
would put point back to where
it was before, after the expressions in the body of the function were
evaluated.
In Emacs, a function frequently moves point as part of its internal
workings even though a user would not expect this. For example,
count-lines-region
moves point. To prevent the user from being
bothered by jumps that are both unexpected and (from the user's point of
view) unnecessary, save-excursion
is often used to keep point and
mark in the location expected by the user. The use of
save-excursion
is good housekeeping.
To make sure the house stays clean, save-excursion
restores the
values of point and mark even if something goes wrong in the code inside
of it (or, to be more precise and to use the proper jargon, "in case of
abnormal exit"). This feature is very helpful.
In addition to recording the values of point and mark,
save-excursion
keeps track of the current buffer, and restores
it, too. This means you can write code that will change the buffer and
have save-excursion
switch you back to the original buffer. This
is how save-excursion
is used in append-to-buffer
.
(See section The Definition of append-to-buffer
.)
save-excursion
Expression
The template for code using save-excursion
is simple:
(save-excursion body...)
The body of the function is one or more expressions that will be
evaluated in sequence by the Lisp interpreter. If there is more than
one expression in the body, the value of the last one will be returned
as the value of the save-excursion
function. The other
expressions in the body are evaluated only for their side effects; and
save-excursion
itself is used only for its side effect (which
is restoring the positions of point and mark).
In more detail, the template for a save-excursion
expression
looks like this:
(save-excursion first-expression-in-body second-expression-in-body third-expression-in-body ... last-expression-in-body)
An expression, of course, may be a symbol on its own or a list.
In Emacs Lisp code, a save-excursion
expression often occurs
within the body of a let
expression. It looks like this:
(let varlist (save-excursion body...))
In the last few chapters we have introduced a fair number of functions and special forms. Here they are described in brief, along with a few similar functions that have not been mentioned yet.
eval-last-sexp
defun
(defun back-to-indentation () "Point to first visible character on line." (interactive) (beginning-of-line 1) (skip-chars-forward " \t"))
interactive
b
f
p
r
let
let
and give them an initial value, either nil
or a
specified value; then evaluate the rest of the expressions in the body
of the let
and return the value of the last one. Inside the
body of the let
, the Lisp interpreter does not see the values of
the variables of the same names that are bound outside of the
let
.
For example,
(let ((foo (buffer-name)) (bar (buffer-size))) (message "This buffer is %s and has %d characters." foo bar))
save-excursion
(message "We are %d characters into this buffer." (- (point) (save-excursion (goto-char (point-min)) (point))))
if
if
special form is called a conditional. There are
other conditionals in Emacs Lisp, but if
is perhaps the most
commonly used.
For example,
(if (string= (int-to-string 19) (substring (emacs-version) 10 12)) (message "This is version 19 Emacs") (message "This is not version 19 Emacs"))
equal
eq
equal
returns true if the
two objects have a similar structure and contents. Another function,
eq
, returns true if both arguments are actually the same object.
<
>
<=
>=
<
function tests whether the first argument is smaller than
the second argument. A corresponding function, >
, tests whether
the first argument is greater than the second. Likewise, <=
tests whether the first argument is less than or equal to the second and
>=
tests whether the first argument is greater than or equal to
the second. In all cases, both arguments must be numbers.
message
setq
set
setq
function sets the value of its first argument to the
value of the second argument. The first argument is automatically
quoted by setq
. It does the same for succeeding pairs of
arguments. Another function, set
, takes only two arguments and
evaluates both of them before setting the value returned by its first
argument to the value returned by its second argument.
buffer-name
buffer-file-name
current-buffer
other-buffer
other-buffer
as an argument and other than the current
buffer).
switch-to-buffer
set-buffer
buffer-size
point
point-min
point-max
fill-column
is greater than the argument passed to the function,
and if so, prints an appropriate message.
In this chapter we study in detail several of the functions used in GNU Emacs. This is called a "walk-through". These functions are used as examples of Lisp code, but are not imaginary examples; with the exception of the first, simplified function definition, these functions show the actual code used in GNU Emacs. You can learn a great deal from these definitions. The functions described here are all related to buffers. Later, we will study other functions.
In this walk-through, I will describe each new function as we come to it, sometimes in detail and sometimes briefly. If you are interested, you can get the full documentation of any Emacs Lisp function at any time by typing C-h f and then the name of the function (and then RET). Similarly, you can get the full documentation for a variable by typing C-h v and then the name of the variable (and then RET).
Also, if you want to see a function in its original source file, you
can use the find-tags
function to jump to it. Type M-.
(i.e., type the META and the period key at the same time, or
else type the ESC key and then type the period key), and then,
at the prompt, type in the name of the function whose source code you
want to see, such as mark-whole-buffer
, and then type
RET. Emacs will switch buffers and display the source code for
the function on your screen. To switch back to this buffer, type
C-x b RET.
Depending on how the initial default values of your copy of Emacs are
set, you may also need to specify a `tags table', which is a file
called `TAGS'. The one you will most likely want to specify is
in the `emacs/src' directory; thus you would use the
M-x visit-tags-table
command and specify a pathname such as
`/usr/local/lib/emacs/19.23/src/TAGS'.
See section `Tag Tables' in The GNU Emacs Manual.
Also, see section Create Your Own `TAGS' File,
for how to create your own.
After you become more familiar with Emacs Lisp, you will find that you will
frequently use find-tags
to navigate your way around source code;
and you will create your own `TAGS' tables.
Incidentally, the files that contain Lisp code are conventionally called libraries. The metaphor is derived from that of a specialized library, such as a law library or an engineering library, rather than a general library. Each library, or file, contains functions that relate to a particular topic or activity, such as `abbrev.el' for handling abbreviations and other typing shortcuts, and `help.el' for on-line help. (Sometimes several libraries provide code for a single activity, as the various `rmail...' files provide code for reading electronic mail.) In The GNU Emacs Manual, you will see sentences such as "The C-h p command lets you search the standard Emacs Lisp libraries by topic keywords."
beginning-of-buffer
Definition
The beginning-of-buffer
command is a good function to start with
since you are likely to be familiar with it and it is easy to
understand. Used as an interactive command, beginning-of-buffer
moves the cursor to the beginning of the buffer, leaving the mark at the
previous position. It is generally bound to M-<.
In this section, we will discuss a shortened version of the function
that shows how it is most frequently used. This shortened function
works as written, but it does not contain the code for a complex option.
In another section, we will describe the entire function.
(See section Complete Definition of beginning-of-buffer
.)
Before looking at the code, let's consider what the function definition has to contain: it must include an expression that makes the function interactive so it can be called by typing M-x beginning-of-buffer or by typing a keychord such as C-<; it must include code to leave a mark at the original position in the buffer; and it must include code to move the cursor to the beginning of the buffer.
Here is the complete text of the shortened version of the function:
(defun simplified-beginning-of-buffer () "Move point to the beginning of the buffer; leave mark at previous position." (interactive) (push-mark) (goto-char (point-min)))
Like all function definitions, this definition has five parts following
the special form defun
:
simplified-beginning-of-buffer
.
()
,
In this function definition, the argument list is empty; this means that this function does not require any arguments. (When we look at the definition for the complete function, we will see that it may be passed an optional argument.)
The interactive expression tells Emacs that the function is intended to
be used interactively. In this case, interactive
does not have
an argument because simplified-beginning-of-buffer
does not
require one.
The body of the function consists of the two lines:
(push-mark) (goto-char (point-min))
The first of these lines is the expression, (push-mark)
. When
this expression is evaluated by the Lisp interpreter, it sets a mark at
the current position of the cursor, wherever that may be. The position
of this mark is saved in the mark ring.
The next line is (goto-char (point-min))
. This expression
jumps the cursor to the minimum point in the buffer, that is, to the
beginning of the buffer (or to the beginning of the accessible portion
of the buffer if it is narrowed. See section Narrowing and Widening.)
The push-mark
command sets a mark at the place where the cursor
was located before it was moved to the beginning of the buffer by the
(goto-char (point-min))
expression. Consequently, you can, if
you wish, go back to where you were originally by typing C-x C-x.
That is all there is to the function definition!
When you are reading code such as this and come upon an unfamiliar
function, such as goto-char
, you can find out what it does by
using the describe-function
command. To use this command, type
C-h f and then type in the name of the function and press
RET. The describe-function
command will print the
function's documentation string in a `*Help*' window. For
example, the documentation for goto-char
is:
One arg, a number. Set point to that number. Beginning of buffer is position (point-min), end is (point-max).
(The prompt for describe-function
will offer you the symbol
preceding the cursor, so you can save typing by positioning the cursor
right after the function and then typing C-h f RET.)
The end-of-buffer
function definition is written in the same way as
the beginning-of-buffer
definition except that the body of the
function contains the expression (goto-char (point-max))
in place
of (goto-char (point-min))
.
mark-whole-buffer
The mark-whole-buffer
function is no harder to understand than the
simplified-beginning-of-buffer
function. In this case, however,
we will look at the complete function, not a shortened version.
The mark-whole-buffer
function is not as commonly used as the
beginning-of-buffer
function, but is useful nonetheless: it
marks a whole buffer as a region by putting point at the beginning and
a mark at the end of the buffer. It is generally bound to C-x
h.
The code for the complete function looks like this:
(defun mark-whole-buffer () "Put point at beginning and mark at end of buffer." (interactive) (push-mark (point)) (push-mark (point-max)) (goto-char (point-min)))
Like all other functions, the mark-whole-buffer
function fits
into the template for a function definition. The template looks like
this:
(defun name-of-function (argument-list) "documentation..." (interactive-expression...) body...)
Here is how the function works: the name of the function is
mark-whole-buffer
; it is followed by an empty argument list,
`()', which means that the function does not require arguments.
The documentation comes next.
The next line is an (interactive)
expression that tells Emacs
that the function will be used interactively. These details are similar
to the simplified-beginning-of-buffer
function described in the
previous section.
mark-whole-buffer
The body of the mark-whole-buffer
function consists of three
lines of code:
(push-mark (point)) (push-mark (point-max)) (goto-char (point-min))
The first of these lines is the expression, (push-mark (point))
.
This line does exactly the same job as the first line of the body of
the simplified-beginning-of-buffer
function, which is written
(push-mark)
. In both cases, the Lisp interpreter sets a mark
at the current position of the cursor.
I don't know why the expression in mark-whole-buffer
is written
(push-mark (point))
and the expression in
beginning-of-buffer
is written (push-mark)
. Perhaps
whoever wrote the code did not know that the argument for
push-mark
is optional and that if push-mark
is not
passed an argument, the function automatically sets mark at the
location of point by default. Or perhaps the expression was written
so as to parallel the structure of the next line. In any case, the
line causes Emacs to determine the position of point and set a mark
there.
The next line of mark-whole-buffer
is (push-mark
(point-max))
. This expression sets a mark at the point in the buffer
that has the highest number. This will be the end of the buffer (or,
if the buffer is narrowed, the end of the accessible portion of the
buffer. See section Narrowing and Widening, for
more about narrowing.) After this mark has been set, the previous
mark, the one set at point, is no longer set, but Emacs remembers its
position, just as all other recent marks are always remembered. This
means that you can, if you wish, go back to that position by typing
C-u C-SPC twice.
Finally, the last line of the function is (goto-char
(point-min)))
. This is written exactly the same way as it is written
in beginning-of-buffer
. The expression moves the cursor to
the minimum point in the buffer, that is, to the beginning of the buffer
(or to the beginning of the accessible portion of the buffer). As a
result of this, point is placed at the beginning of the buffer and mark
is set at the end of the buffer. The whole buffer is, therefore, the
region.
append-to-buffer
The append-to-buffer
command is very nearly as simple as the
mark-whole-buffer
command. What it does is copy the region (that
is, the part of the buffer between point and mark) from the current
buffer to a specified buffer.
The append-to-buffer
command uses the
insert-buffer-substring
function to copy the region.
insert-buffer-substring
is described by its name: it takes a
string of characters from part of a buffer, a "substring", and
inserts them into another buffer. Most of append-to-buffer
is
concerned with setting up the conditions for
insert-buffer-substring
to work: the code must specify both the
buffer to which the text will go and the region that will be copied.
Here is the complete text of the function:
(defun append-to-buffer (buffer start end) "Append to specified buffer the text of the region. It is inserted into that buffer before its point. When calling from a program, give three arguments: a buffer or the name of one, and two character numbers specifying the portion of the current buffer to be copied." (interactive "BAppend to buffer: \nr") (let ((oldbuf (current-buffer))) (save-excursion (set-buffer (get-buffer-create buffer)) (insert-buffer-substring oldbuf start end))))
The function can be understood by looking at it as a series of filled-in templates.
The outermost template is for the function definition. In this case, it looks like this (with several slots filled in):
(defun append-to-buffer (buffer start end) "documentation..." (interactive "BAppend to buffer: \nr") body...)
The first line of the function includes its name and three arguments.
The arguments are the buffer
to which the text will be copied, and
the start
and end
of the region in the current buffer that
will be copied.
The next part of the function is the documentation, which is clear and complete.
append-to-buffer
Interactive Expression
Since the append-to-buffer
function will be used interactively,
the function must have an interactive
expression. (For a
review of interactive
, see section Make a Function Interactive.) The expression reads as follows:
(interactive "BAppend to buffer: \nr")
This expression has an argument inside of quotation marks and that argument has two parts, separated by `\n'.
The first part is `BAppend to buffer: '. Here, the `B'
tells Emacs to ask for the name of the buffer that will be passed to the
function. Emacs will ask for the name by prompting the user in the
minibuffer, using the string following the `B', which is the string
`Append to buffer: '. Emacs then binds the variable buffer
in the function's argument list to the specified buffer.
The newline, `\n', separates the first part of the argument from
the second part. It is followed by an `r' that tells Emacs to bind
the two arguments that follow the symbol buffer
in the function's
argument list (that is, start
and end
) to the values of
point and mark.
append-to-buffer
The body of the append-to-buffer
function begins with let
.
As we have seen before (see section let
), the purpose of a
let
expression is to create and give initial values to one or
more variables that will only be used within the body of the
let
. This means that such a variable will not be confused with
any variable of the same name outside the let
expression.
We can see how the let
expression fits into the function as a
whole by showing a template for append-to-buffer
with the
let
expression in outline:
(defun append-to-buffer (buffer start end) "documentation..." (interactive "BAppend to buffer: \nr") (let ((variable value)) body...)
The let
expression has three elements:
let
;
(variable value)
;
let
expression.
In the append-to-buffer
function, the varlist looks like this:
(oldbuf (current-buffer))
In this part of the let
expression, the one variable,
oldbuf
, is bound to the value returned by the
(current-buffer)
expression. The variable, oldbuf
, is
used to keep track of the buffer in which you are working.
The element or elements of a varlist are surrounded by a set of
parentheses so the Lisp interpreter can distinguish the varlist from
the body of the let
. As a consequence, the two-element list
within the varlist is surrounded by a circumscribing set of parentheses.
The line looks like this:
(let ((oldbuf (current-buffer))) ... )
The two parentheses before oldbuf
might surprise you if you did
not realize that the first parenthesis before oldbuf
marks the
boundary of the varlist and the second parenthesis marks the beginning
of the two-element list, (oldbuf (current-buffer))
.
save-excursion
in append-to-buffer
The body of the let
expression in append-to-buffer
consists of a save-excursion
expression.
The save-excursion
function saves the locations of point and
mark, and restores them to those positions after the expressions in the
body of the save-excursion
complete execution. In addition,
save-excursion
keeps track of the original buffer, and
restores it. This is how save-excursion
is used in
append-to-buffer
.
Incidentally, it is worth noting here that a Lisp function is normally
formatted so that everything that is enclosed in a multi-line spread is
indented more to the right than the first symbol. In this function
definition, the let
is indented more than the defun
, and
the save-excursion
is indented more than the let
, like
this:
(defun ... ... ... (let... (save-excursion ...
This formatting convention makes it easy to see that the two lines in
the body of the save-excursion
are enclosed by the parentheses
associated with save-excursion
, just as the
save-excursion
itself is enclosed by the parentheses associated
with the let
:
(let ((oldbuf (current-buffer))) (save-excursion (set-buffer (get-buffer-create buffer)) (insert-buffer-substring oldbuf start end))))
The use of the save-excursion
function can be viewed as a process
of filling in the slots of a template:
(save-excursion first-expression-in-body second-expression-in-body ... last-expression-in-body)
In this function, the body of the save-excursion
contains only
two expressions. The body looks like this:
(set-buffer (get-buffer-create buffer)) (insert-buffer-substring oldbuf start end)
When the append-to-buffer
function is evaluated, the two
expressions in the body of the save-excursion
are evaluated in
sequence. The value of the last expression is returned as the value of
the save-excursion
function; the other expression is evaluated
only for its side effects.
The first line in the body of the save-excursion
uses the
set-buffer
function to change the current buffer to the one
specified in the first argument to append-to-buffer
. (Changing
the buffer is the side effect; as we have said before, in Lisp, a side
effect is often the primary thing we want.) The second line does the
primary work of the function.
The set-buffer
function changes Emacs' attention to the buffer to
which the text will be copied and from which save-excursion
will
return. The line looks like this:
(set-buffer (get-buffer-create buffer))
The innermost expression of this list is (get-buffer-create
buffer)
. This expression uses the get-buffer-create
function,
which either gets the named buffer, or if it does not exist, creates one
with the given name. This means you can use append-to-buffer
to
put text into a buffer that did not previously exist.
get-buffer-create
also keeps set-buffer
from getting an
unnecessary error: set-buffer
needs a buffer to go to; if you
were to specify a buffer that does not exist, Emacs would baulk.
Since get-buffer-create
will create a buffer if none exists,
set-buffer
is always provided with a buffer.
The last line of append-to-buffer
does the work of appending
the text:
(insert-buffer-substring oldbuf start end)
The insert-buffer-substring
function copies a string from
the buffer specified as its first argument and inserts the string into
the present buffer. In this case, the argument to
insert-buffer-substring
is the value of the variable created and
bound by the let
, namely the value of oldbuf
, which was
the current buffer when you gave the append-to-buffer
command.
After insert-buffer-substring
has done its work,
save-excursion
will restore the action to the original buffer and
append-to-buffer
will have done its job.
Written in skeletal form, the workings of the body look like this:
(let (bind-oldbuf
-to-value-of-current-buffer
) (save-excursion ; Keep track of buffer. change-buffer insert-substring-from-oldbuf
-into-buffer) change-back-to-original-buffer-when-finished let-the-local-meaning-of-oldbuf
-disappear-when-finished
In summary, append-to-buffer
works as follows: it saves the value
of the current buffer in the variable called oldbuf
. It gets the
new buffer, creating one if need be, and switches Emacs to it. Using
the value of oldbuf
, it inserts the region of text from the old
buffer into the new buffer; and then using save-excursion
, it
brings you back to your original buffer.
In looking at append-to-buffer
, you have explored a fairly
complex function. It shows how to use let
and
save-excursion
, and how to change to and come back from another
buffer. Many function definitions use let
,
save-excursion
, and set-buffer
this way.
Here is a brief summary of the various functions discussed in this chapter.
describe-function
describe-variable
find-tag
save-excursion
save-excursion
have been evaluated. Also, remember
the current buffer and return to it.
push-mark
goto-char
(point-min)
.
insert-buffer-substring
mark-whole-buffer
set-buffer
get-buffer-create
get-buffer
get-buffer
function returns nil
if the named
buffer does not exist.
simplified-end-of-buffer
function definition;
then test it to see whether it works.
if
and get-buffer
to write a function that prints a
message telling you whether a buffer exists.
find-tag
, find the source for the copy-to-buffer
function.
In this chapter, we build on what we have learned in previous
chapters by looking at more complex functions. The
copy-to-buffer
function illustrates use of two
save-excursion
expressions in one definition, while the
insert-buffer
function illustrates use of * in an
interactive
expression, use of or
, and the important
distinction between a name and the object to which the name refers.
copy-to-buffer
After understanding how append-to-buffer
works, it is easy to
understand copy-to-buffer
. This function copies text into a
buffer, but instead of adding to the second buffer, it replaces the
previous text in the second buffer. The code for the
copy-to-buffer
function is almost the same as the code for
append-to-buffer
, except that erase-buffer
and a second
save-excursion
are used. (See section The Definition of append-to-buffer
, for the description of
append-to-buffer
.)
The body of copy-to-buffer
looks like this
... (interactive "BCopy to buffer: \nr") (let ((oldbuf (current-buffer))) (save-excursion (set-buffer (get-buffer-create buffer)) (erase-buffer) (save-excursion (insert-buffer-substring oldbuf start end)))))
This code is similar to the code in append-to-buffer
: it is
only after changing to the buffer to which the text will be copied
that the definition for this function diverges from the definition for
append-to-buffer
: the copy-to-buffer
function erases the
buffer's former contents. (This is what is meant by `replacement'; to
replace text, Emacs erases the previous text and then inserts new
text.) After erasing the previous contents of the buffer,
save-excursion
is used for a second time and the new text is
inserted.
Why is save-excursion
used twice? Consider again what the
function does.
In outline, the body of copy-to-buffer
looks like this:
(let (bind-oldbuf
-to-value-of-current-buffer
) (save-excursion ; First use ofsave-excursion
. change-buffer (erase-buffer) (save-excursion ; Second use ofsave-excursion
. insert-substring-from-oldbuf
-into-buffer)))
The first use of save-excursion
returns Emacs to the buffer from
which the text is being copied. That is clear, and is just like its use
in append-to-buffer
. Why the second use? The reason is that
insert-buffer-substring
always leaves point at the end of
the region being inserted. The second save-excursion
causes
Emacs to leave point at the beginning of the text being inserted. In
most circumstances, users prefer to find point at the beginning of
inserted text. (Of course, the copy-to-buffer
function returns
the user to the original buffer when done--but if the user then
switches to the copied-to buffer, point will go to the beginning of the
text. Thus, this use of a second save-excursion
is a little
nicety.)
insert-buffer
insert-buffer
is yet another buffer-related function. This
command copies another buffer into the current buffer. It is the
reverse of append-to-buffer
or copy-to-buffer
, since they
copy a region of text from the current buffer to another buffer.
In addition, this code illustrates the use of interactive
with a
buffer that might be read-only and the important distinction
between the name of an object and the object actually referred to. Here
is the code:
(defun insert-buffer (buffer) "Insert after point the contents of BUFFER. Puts mark after the inserted text. BUFFER may be a buffer or a buffer name." (interactive "*bInsert buffer: ") (or (bufferp buffer) (setq buffer (get-buffer buffer))) (let (start end newmark) (save-excursion (save-excursion (set-buffer buffer) (setq start (point-min) end (point-max))) (insert-buffer-substring buffer start end) (setq newmark (point))) (push-mark newmark)))
As with other function definitions, you can use a template to see an outline of the function:
(defun insert-buffer (buffer) "documentation..." (interactive "*bInsert buffer: ") body...)
insert-buffer
In insert-buffer
, the argument to the interactive
declaration has two parts, an asterisk, `*', and `bInsert
buffer: '.
The asterisk is for the situation when the buffer is a read-only
buffer--a buffer that cannot be modified. If insert-buffer
is
called on a buffer that is read-only, a message to this effect is
printed in the echo area and the terminal may beep or blink at you;
you will not be permitted to insert anything into current buffer. The
asterisk does not need to be followed by a newline to separate it from
the next argument.
The next argument in the interactive expression starts with a lower
case `b'. (This is different from the code for
append-to-buffer
, which uses an upper-case `B'.
See section The Definition of append-to-buffer
.)
The lower-case `b' tells the Lisp interpreter that the argument
for insert-buffer
should be an existing buffer or else its
name. (The upper-case `B' option provides for the possibility
that the buffer does not exist.) Emacs will prompt you for the name
of the buffer, offering you a default buffer, with name completion
enabled. If the buffer does not exist, you receive a message that
says "No match"; your terminal may beep at you as well.
insert-buffer
Function
The body of the insert-buffer
function has two major parts: an
or
expression and a let
expression. The purpose of the
or
expression is to ensure that the argument buffer
is
bound to a buffer and not just the name of a buffer. The body of the
let
expression contains the code which copies the other buffer
into the current buffer.
In outline, the two expressions fit into the insert-buffer
function like this:
(defun insert-buffer (buffer)
"documentation..."
(interactive "*bInsert buffer: ")
(or ...
...
(let (varlist)
body-of-let
... )
To understand how the or
expression ensures that the argument
buffer
is bound to a buffer and not to the name of a buffer, it
is first necessary to understand the or
function.
Before doing this, let me rewrite this part of the function using
if
so that you can see what is done in a manner that will be familiar.
insert-buffer
With an if
Instead of an or
The job to be done is to make sure the value of buffer
is a
buffer itself and not the name of a buffer. If the value is the name,
then the buffer itself must be got.
You can imagine yourself at a conference where an usher is wandering around holding a list with your name on it and looking for you: the usher is "bound" to your name, not to you; but when the usher finds you and takes your arm, the usher becomes "bound" to you.
In Lisp, you might describe this situation like this:
(if (not (holding-on-to-guest)) (find-and-take-arm-of-guest))
We want to do the same thing with a buffer--if we do not have the buffer itself, we want to get it.
Using a predicate called bufferp
that tells us whether we have a
buffer (rather than its name), we can write the code like this:
(if (not (bufferp buffer)) ; if-part (setq buffer (get-buffer buffer))) ; then-part
Here, the true-or-false-test of the if
expression is
(not (bufferp buffer))
; and the then-part is the expression
(setq buffer (get-buffer buffer))
.
In the test, the function bufferp
returns true if its argument is
a buffer--but false if its argument is the name of the buffer. (The
last character of the function name bufferp
is the character
`p'; as we saw earlier, such use of `p' is a convention that
indicates that the function is a predicate, which is a term that means
that the function will determine whether some property is true or false.
See section Using the Wrong Type Object as an Argument.)
The function not
precedes the expression (bufferp buffer)
,
so the true-or-false-test looks like this:
(not (bufferp buffer))
not
is a function the returns true if its argument is false and
false if its argument is true. So if (bufferp buffer)
returns
true, the not
expression returns false and vice-versa: what is
"not true" is false and what is "not false" is true.
Using this test, the if
expression works as follows: when the
value of the variable buffer
is actually a buffer rather then
its name, the true-or-false-test returns false and the if
expression does not evaluate the then-part. This is fine, since we do
not need to do anything to the variable buffer
if it really is
a buffer.
On the other hand, when the value of buffer
is not a buffer
itself, but the name of a buffer, the true-or-false-test returns true
and the then-part of the expression is evaluated. In this case, the
then-part is (setq buffer (get-buffer buffer))
. This
expression uses the get-buffer
function to return an actual
buffer itself, given its name. The setq
then sets the variable
buffer
to the value of the buffer itself, replacing its previous
value (which was the name of the buffer).
or
in the Body
The purpose of the or
expression in the insert-buffer
function is to ensure that the argument buffer
is bound to a
buffer and not just the name of a buffer. The previous section shows
how the job could have been done using an if
expression.
However, the insert-buffer
function actually uses or
.
To understand this, it is necessary to understand how or
works.
An or
function can have any number of arguments. It evaluates
each argument in turn and returns the value of the first of its
arguments that is not nil
. Also, and this is a crucial feature
of or
, it does not evaluate any subsequent arguments after
returning the first non-nil
value.
The or
expression looks like this:
(or (bufferp buffer) (setq buffer (get-buffer buffer)))
The first argument to or
is the expression (bufferp buffer)
.
This expression returns true (a non-nil
value) if the buffer is
actually a buffer, and not just the name of a buffer. In the or
expression, if this is the case, the or
expression returns this
true value and does not evaluate the next expression--and this is fine
with us, since we do not want to do anything to the value of
buffer
if it really is a buffer.
On the other hand, if the value of (bufferp buffer)
is nil
,
which it will be if the value of buffer
is the name of a buffer,
the Lisp interpreter evaluates the next element of the or
expression. This is the expression (setq buffer (get-buffer
buffer))
. This expression returns a non-nil
value, which
is the value to which it sets the variable buffer
---and this
value is a buffer itself, not the name of a buffer.
The result of all this is that the symbol buffer
is always
bound to a buffer itself rather than the name of a buffer. All this
is necessary because the set-buffer
function in a following
line only works with a buffer itself, not with the name to a buffer.
Incidentally, using or
, the situation with the usher would be
written like this:
(or (holding-on-to-guest) (find-and-take-arm-of-guest))
let
Expression in insert-buffer
After ensuring that the variable buffer
refers to a buffer itself
and not just to the name of a buffer, the insert-buffer function
continues with a let
expression. This specifies three local
variables, start
, end
, and newmark
and binds them
to the initial value nil
. These variables are used inside the
remainder of the let
and temporarily hide any other occurrence of
variables of the same name in Emacs until the end of the let
.
The body of the let
contains two save-excursion
expressions. First, we will look at the inner save-excursion
expression in detail. The expression looks like this:
(save-excursion (set-buffer buffer) (setq start (point-min) end (point-max)))
The expression (set-buffer buffer)
changes Emacs's attention from
the current buffer to the one from which the text will copied. In that
buffer, the variables start
and end
are set to the
beginning and end of the buffer, using the commands point-min
and
point-max
. Note that we have here an illustration of how
setq
is able to set two variables in the same expression.
setq
's first argument is set to the value of its second and its
third argument is set to the value of its fourth.
After the body of the inner save-excursion
is evaluated, the
save-excursion
restores the original buffer, but start
and
end
remain set to the values of the beginning and end of the
buffer from which the text will be copied.
The outer save-excursion
expression looks like this:
(save-excursion (inner-save-excursion
-expression (go-to-new-buffer-and-set-start
-and-end
) (insert-buffer-substring buffer start end) (setq newmark (point)))
The insert-buffer-substring
function copies the text
into the current buffer from the region indicated by
start
and end
in buffer
. Since the whole of the
second buffer lies between start
and end
, the whole of
the second buffer is copied into the buffer you are editing. Next,
the value of point, which will be at the end of the inserted text, is
recorded in the variable newmark
.
After the body of the outer save-excursion
is evaluated, point
and mark are relocated to their original places.
However, it is convenient to locate a mark at the end of the newly
inserted text and locate point at its beginning. The newmark
variable records the end of the inserted text. In the last line of
the let
expression, the (push-mark newmark)
expression
function sets a mark to this location. (The previous location of the
mark is still accessible; it is recorded on the mark ring and you can
go back to it with C-u C-SPC.) Meanwhile, point is
located at the beginning of the inserted text, which is where it was
before you called the insert function.
The whole let
expression looks like this:
(let (start end newmark) (save-excursion (save-excursion (set-buffer buffer) (setq start (point-min) end (point-max))) (insert-buffer-substring buffer start end) (setq newmark (point))) (push-mark newmark))
Like the append-to-buffer
function, the insert-buffer
function uses let
, save-excursion
, and
set-buffer
. In addition, the function illustrates one way to
use or
. All these functions are building blocks that we will
find and use again and again.
beginning-of-buffer
The basic structure of the beginning-of-buffer
function has
already been discussed. (See section A Simplified beginning-of-buffer
Definition.)
This section describes the complex part of the definition.
As previously described, when invoked without an argument,
beginning-of-buffer
moves the cursor to the beginning of the
buffer, leaving the mark at the previous position. However, when the
command is invoked with a number between one and ten, the function
considers that number to be a fraction of the length of the buffer,
measured in tenths, and Emacs moves the cursor that fraction of the way
from the beginning of the buffer. Thus, you can either call this
function with the key command M-<, which will move the cursor to
the beginning of the buffer, or with a key command such as C-u 7
M-< which will move the cursor to a point 70% of the way through the
buffer. If a number bigger than ten is used for the argument, it moves
to the end of the buffer.
The beginning-of-buffer
function can be called with or without an
argument. The use of the argument is optional.
Unless told otherwise, Lisp expects that a function with an argument in its function definition will be called with a value for that argument. If that does not happen, you get an error and a message that says `Wrong number of arguments'.
However, optional arguments are a feature of Lisp: a keyword may
be used to tell the Lisp interpreter that an argument is optional.
The keyword is &optional
. (The `&' in front of
`optional' is part of the keyword.) In a function definition, if
an argument follows the keyword &optional
, a value does not
need to be passed to that argument when the function is called.
The first line of the function definition of beginning-of-buffer
therefore looks like this:
(defun beginning-of-buffer (&optional arg)
In outline, the whole function looks like this:
(defun beginning-of-buffer (&optional arg) "documentation..." (interactive "P") (push-mark) (goto-char (if-there-is-an-argument figure-out-where-to-go else-go-to (point-min))))
The function is similar to simplified-beginning-of-buffer
except
that the interactive
expression has "P"
as an argument and
the goto-char
function is followed by an if-then-else expression
that figures out where to put the cursor if there is an argument.
The "P"
in the interactive
expression tells Emacs to pass
a prefix argument, if there is one, to the function. A prefix argument
is made by typing the META key followed by a number, or by typing
C-u and then a number (if you don't type a number, C-u
defaults to 4).
The true-or-false-test of the if
expression is simple: it is
simply the argument arg
. If arg
has a value that is not
nil
, which will be the case if beginning-of-buffer
is
called with an argument, then this true-or-false-test will return true
and the then-part of the if
expression will be evaluated. On the
other hand, if beginning-of-buffer
is not called with an
argument, the value of arg
will be nil
and the else-part
of the if
expression will be evaluated. The else-part is simply
point-min
, and when this is the outcome, the whole
goto-char
expression is (goto-char (point-min))
, which is
how we saw the beginning-of-buffer
function in its simplified
form.
beginning-of-buffer
with an Argument
When beginning-of-buffer
is called with an argument, an
expression is evaluated which calculates what value to pass to
goto-char
. This expression is rather complicated at first sight.
It includes an inner if
expression and much arithmetic. It looks
like this:
(if (> (buffer-size) 10000) ;; Avoid overflow for large buffer sizes! (* (prefix-numeric-value arg) (/ (buffer-size) 10)) (/ (+ 10 (* (buffer-size) (prefix-numeric-value arg))) 10))
Like other complex-looking expressions, this one can be distangled by looking at it as parts of a template, in this case, the template for an if-then-else expression. When in skeletal form, the expression looks like this:
(if (buffer-is-large divide-buffer-size-by-10-and-multiply-by-arg else-use-alternate-calculation
The true-or-false-test of this inner if
expression checks the
size of the buffer. The reason for this is that version 18 Emacs Lisp
uses numbers that are no bigger than eight million or so (bigger numbers
are not needed) and in the computation that follows, Emacs might try to
use over-large numbers if the buffer were large. The term `overflow',
mentioned in the comment, means numbers that are over large.
There are two cases: if the buffer is large and if it is not.
In beginning-of-buffer
, the inner if
expression tests
whether the size of the buffer is greater than 10,000 characters. To do
this, it uses the >
function and the buffer-size
function.
The line looks like this:
(if (> (buffer-size) 10000)
When the buffer is large, the then-part of the if
expression is
evaluated. It reads like this (after formatting for easy reading):
(* (prefix-numeric-value arg) (/ (buffer-size) 10))
This expression is a multiplication, with two arguments to the function
*
.
The first argument is (prefix-numeric-value arg)
. When
"P"
is used as the argument for interactive
, the value
passed to the function as its argument is passed a "raw prefix
argument", and not a number. (It is a number in a list.) To perform
the arithmetic, a conversion is necessary, and
prefix-numeric-value
does the job.
The second argument is (/ (buffer-size) 10)
. This expression
divides the numeric value of the buffer by ten. This produces a number
that tells how many characters make up one tenth of the buffer size.
(In Lisp, /
is used for division, just as *
is
used for multiplication.)
In the multiplication expression as a whole, this amount is multiplied by the value of the prefix argument--the multiplication looks like this:
(* numeric-value-of-prefix-arg number-of-characters-in-one-tenth-of-the-buffer)
If, for example, the prefix argument is `7', the one-tenth value will be multiplied by 7 to give a position 70% of the way through the buffer.
The result of all this is that if the buffer is large, the
goto-char
expression reads like this:
(goto-char (* (prefix-numeric-value arg) (/ (buffer-size) 10)))
This puts the cursor where we want it.
If the buffer contains fewer than 10,000 characters, a slightly different computation is performed. You might think this is not necessary, since the first computation could do the job. However, in a small buffer, the first method may not put the cursor on exactly the desired line; the second method does a better job.
The code looks like this:
(/ (+ 10 (* (buffer-size) (prefix-numeric-value arg))) 10))
This is code in which you figure out what happens by discovering how the functions are embedded in parentheses. It is easier to read if you reformat it with each expression indented more deeply than its enclosing expression:
(/ (+ 10 (* (buffer-size) (prefix-numeric-value arg))) 10))
Looking at parentheses, we see that the innermost operation is
(prefix-numeric-value arg)
, which converts the raw argument to a
number. This number is multiplied by the buffer size in the following
expression:
(* (buffer-size) (prefix-numeric-value arg)
This multiplication creates a number that may be larger than the size of the buffer--seven times larger if the argument is 7, for example. Ten is then added to this number and finally the large number is divided by ten to provide a value that is one character larger than the percentage position in the buffer.
The number that results from all this is passed to goto-char
and
the cursor is moved to that point.
beginning-of-buffer
Here is the complete text of the beginning-of-buffer
function:
(defun beginning-of-buffer (&optional arg) "Move point to the beginning of the buffer; leave mark at previous position. With arg N, put point N/10 of the way from the true beginning. Don't use this in Lisp programs! \(goto-char (point-min)) is faster and does not set the mark." (interactive "P") (push-mark) (goto-char (if arg (if (> (buffer-size) 10000) ;; Avoid overflow for large buffer sizes! (* (prefix-numeric-value arg) (/ (buffer-size) 10)) (/ (+ 10 (* (buffer-size) (prefix-numeric-value arg))) 10)) (point-min))) (if arg (forward-line 1)))
Except for two small points, the previous discussion shows how this function works. The first point deals with a detail in the documentation string, and the second point concerns the last line of the function.
In the documentation string, there is reference to an expression:
\(goto-char (point-min))
A `\' is used before the first parenthesis of this expression. This `\' tells the Lisp interpreter that the expression should be printed as shown in the documentation rather than evaluated as a symbolic expression, which is what it looks like.
Finally, the last line of the beginning-of-buffer
command says to
move point to the beginning of the next line if the command is
invoked with an argument:
(if arg (forward-line 1)))
This puts the cursor at the beginning of the first line after the appropriate tenths position in the buffer. This is a flourish that means that the cursor is always located at least the requested tenths of the way through the buffer, which is a nicety that is, perhaps, not necessary, but which, if it did not occur, would be sure to draw complaints.
Here is a brief summary of some of the topics covered in this chapter.
or
nil
; if none return a value that is not
nil
, return nil
. In brief, return the first true value
of the arguments; return a true value if one or any of the
other are true.
and
nil
, return
nil
; if none are nil
, return the value of the last
argument. In brief, return a true value only if all the arguments are
true; return a true value if one and each of the others is
true.
&optional
prefix-numeric-value
(interactive
"P")
to a numeric value.
forward-line
forward-line
goes forward as far as
it can and then returns a count of the number of additional lines it was
supposed to move but couldn't.
erase-buffer
bufferp
t
if its argument is a buffer; otherwise return nil
.
&optional
Argument Exercise
Write an interactive function with an optional argument that tests
whether its argument, a number, is greater or less than the value of
fill-column
, and tells you which, in a message. However, if you
do not pass an argument to the function, use 56 as a default value.
Narrowing is a feature of Emacs that makes it possible for you to focus on a specific part of a buffer, and work without accidentally changing other parts. Narrowing is normally disabled since it can confuse novices.
With narrowing, the rest of a buffer is made invisible, as if it weren't there. This is an advantage if, for example, you want to replace a word in one part of a buffer but not in another: you narrow to the part you want and the replacement is carried out only in that section, not in the rest of the buffer. Searches will only work within a narrowed region, not outside of one, so if you are fixing a part of a document, you can keep yourself from accidentally finding parts you do not need to fix by narrowing just to the region you want.
However, narrowing does make the rest of the buffer invisible, which
can scare people who inadvertently invoke narrowing and think they
have deleted a part of their file. Moreover, the undo
command
(which is usually bound to C-x u) does not turn off narrowing
(nor should it), so people can become quite desperate if they do not
know that they can return the rest of a buffer to visibility with the
widen
command. (In Emacs version 18, the key binding for
widen
is C-x w; in version 19, it is C-x n w.)
Narrowing is just as useful to the Lisp interpreter as to a human.
Often, an Emacs Lisp function is designed to work on just part of a
buffer; or conversely, an Emacs Lisp function needs to work on all of a
buffer that has been narrowed. The what-line
function, for
example, removes the narrowing from a buffer, if it has any narrowing
and when it has finished its job, restores the narrowing to what it was.
On the other hand, the count-lines
function, which is called by
what-line
, uses narrowing to restrict itself to just that portion
of the buffer in which it is interested and then restores the previous
situation.
save-restriction
Special Form
In Emacs Lisp, you can use the save-restriction
special form to
keep track of whatever narrowing is in effect, if any. When the Lisp
interpreter meets with save-restriction
, it executes the code
in the body of the save-restriction
expression, and then undoes
any changes to narrowing that the code caused. If, for example, the
buffer is narrowed and the code that follows save-restriction
gets rid of the narrowing, save-restriction
returns the buffer
to its narrowed region afterwards. In the what-line
command,
any narrowing the buffer may have is undone by the widen
command that immediately follows the save-restriction
command.
Any original narrowing is restored just before the completion of the
function.
The template for a save-restriction
expression is simple:
(save-restriction body... )
The body of the save-restriction
is one or more expressions that
will be evaluated in sequence by the Lisp interpreter.
Finally, a point to note: when you use both save-excursion
and
save-restriction
, one right after the other, you should use
save-excursion
outermost. If you write them in reverse order,
you may fail to record narrowing in the buffer to which Emacs switches
after calling save-excursion
. Thus, when written together,
save-excursion
and save-restriction
should be written
like this:
(save-excursion (save-restriction body...))
what-line
The what-line
command tells you the number of the line in which
the cursor is located. The function illustrates the use of the
save-restriction
and save-excursion
commands. Here is the
text of the function in full:
(defun what-line () "Print the current line number (in the buffer) of point." (interactive) (save-restriction (widen) (save-excursion (beginning-of-line) (message "Line %d" (1+ (count-lines 1 (point)))))))
The function has a documentation line and is interactive, as you would
expect. The next two lines use the functions save-restriction
and
widen
.
The save-restriction
special form notes whatever narrowing is in
effect, if any, in the current buffer and restores that narrowing after
the code in the body of the save-restriction
has been evaluated.
The save-restriction
special form is followed by widen
.
This function undoes any narrowing the current buffer may have had
when what-line
was called. (The narrowing that was there is
the narrowing that save-restriction
remembers.) This widening
makes it possible for the line counting commands to count from the
beginning of the buffer. Otherwise, they would have been limited to
counting within the accessible region. Any original narrowing is
restored just before the completion of the function by the
save-restriction
special form.
The call to widen
is followed by save-excursion
, which
saves the location of the cursor (i.e., of point) and of the mark, and
restores them after the code in the body of the save-excursion
uses the beginning-of-line
function to move point.
(Note that the (widen)
expression comes between
save-restriction
and save-excursion
. When you write
the two save- ...
expressions in sequence, write
save-excursion
outermost.)
The last two lines of the what-line
function are functions to
count the number of lines in the buffer and then print the number in the
echo area.
(message "Line %d" (1+ (count-lines 1 (point)))))))
The message
function prints a one-line message at the bottom of the
Emacs screen. The first argument is inside of quotation marks and is
printed as a string of characters. However, it may contain `%d',
`%s', or `%c' to print arguments that follow the string.
`%d' prints the argument as a decimal, so the message will say
something such as `Line 243'.
The number that is printed in place of the `%d' is computed by the last line of the function:
(1+ (count-lines 1 (point)))
What this does is count the lines from the first position of the
buffer, indicated by the 1
, up to (point)
, and then add
one to that number. (The 1+
function adds one to its
argument.) We add one to it because line 2 has only one line before
it, and count-lines
counts only the lines before the
current line.
After count-lines
has done it job, and the message has been
printed in the echo area, the save-excursion
restores point and
mark to their original positions; and save-restriction
restores
the original narrowing, if any.
Write a function that will display the first 60 characters of the
current buffer, even if you have narrowed the buffer to its latter
half so that the first line is inaccessible. Restore point, mark,
and narrowing. For this exercise, you need to use
save-restriction
, widen
, goto-char
,
point-min
, buffer-substring
, message
, and other
functions, a whole potpourri.
car
, cdr
, cons
: Fundamental Functions
In Lisp, car
, cdr
, and cons
are fundamental
functions. The cons
function is used to construct lists, and
the car
and cdr
functions are used to take them apart.
In the walk through of the copy-region-as-kill
function, we
will see cons
as well as two variants on cdr
,
namely, setcdr
and nthcdr
. (See section copy-region-as-kill
.)
The name of the cons
function is not unreasonable: it is an
abbreviation of the word `construct'. The origins of the names for
car
and cdr
, on the other hand, are esoteric: car
is an acronym from the phrase `Contents of the Address part of the
Register'; and cdr
(pronounced `could-er') is an acronym from
the phrase `Contents of the Decrement part of the Register'. These
phrases refer to specific pieces of hardware on the very early
computer on which the original Lisp was developed. Besides being
obsolete, the phrases have been completely irrelevant for more than 25
years to anyone thinking about Lisp. Nonetheless, although a few
brave scholars have begun to use more reasonable names for these
functions, the old terms are still in use. In particular, since the
terms are used in the Emacs Lisp source code, we will use them in this
introduction.
car
and cdr
The car
of a list is, quite simply, the first item in the list.
Thus the car
of the list (rose violet daisy buttercup)
is
rose
.
If you are reading this in Info in GNU Emacs, you can see this by evaluating the following:
(car '(rose violet daisy buttercup))
After evaluating the expression, rose
will appear in the echo
area.
Clearly, a more reasonable name for the car
function would be
first
and this is often suggested.
car
does not remove the first item from the list; it only reports
what it is. After car
has been applied to a list, the list is
still the same as it was. In the jargon, car
is
`non-destructive'. This feature turns out to be important.
The cdr
of a list is the rest of the list, that is, the
cdr
function returns the part of the list that follows the first
item. Thus, while the car
of the list '(rose violet daisy
buttercup)
is rose
, the rest of the list, the value returned by
cdr
, is (violet daisy buttercup)
.
You can see this by evaluating the following in the usual way:
(cdr '(rose violet daisy buttercup))
When you evaluate this, (violet daisy buttercup)
will appear in
the echo area.
Like car
, cdr
does not remove any elements from the
list--it just returns a report of what the second and subsequent
elements are.
Incidentally, in the example, the list of flowers is quoted. If it were
not, the Lisp interpreter would try to evaluate the list by calling
rose
as a function. In this example, we do not want to do that.
Clearly, a more reasonable name for cdr
would be rest
.
(There is a lesson here: when you name new functions, consider very carefully about what you are doing, since you may be stuck with the names for far longer than you expect. The reason this document perpetuates these names is that the Emacs Lisp source code uses them, and if I did not use them, you would have a hard time reading the code; but do please try to avoid using these terms yourself. The people who come after you will be grateful to you.)
When car
and cdr
are applied to a list made up of symbols,
such as the list (pine fir oak maple)
, the element of the list
returned by the function car
is the symbol pine
without
any parentheses around it. pine
is the first element in the
list. However, the cdr
of the list is a list itself, (fir
oak maple)
, as you can see by evaluating the following expressions in
the usual way:
(car '(pine fir oak maple)) (cdr '(pine fir oak maple))
On the other hand, in a list of lists, the first element is itself a
list. car
returns this first element as a list. For example,
the following list contains three sub-lists, a list of carnivores, a
list of herbivores and a list of sea mammals:
(car '((lion tiger cheetah) (gazelle antelope zebra) (whale dolphin seal)))
In this case, the first element or car
of the list is the list of
carnivores, (lion tiger cheetah)
, and the rest of the list is
((gazelle antelope zebra) (whale dolphin seal))
.
(cdr '((lion tiger cheetah) (gazelle antelope zebra) (whale dolphin seal)))
It is worth saying again that car
and cdr
are
non-destructive--that is, they do not modify or change lists to which
they are applied. This is very important for how they are used.
Also, in the first chapter, in the discussion about atoms, I said that
in Lisp, "certain kinds of atom, such as an array, can be separated
into parts; but the mechanism for doing this is different from the
mechanism for splitting a list. As far as Lisp is concerned, the
atoms of a list are unsplittable." (See section Lisp Atoms.) The
car
and cdr
functions are used for splitting lists and
are considered fundamental to Lisp. Since they cannot split or gain
access to the parts of an array, an array is considered an atom.
Conversely, the other fundamental function, cons
, can put
together or construct a list, but not an array. (Arrays are handled
by array-specific functions. See section `Arrays' in The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual.)
cons
The cons
function constructs lists; it is the inverse of
car
and cdr
. For example, cons
can be used to make
a four element list from the three element list, (fir oak maple)
:
(cons 'pine '(fir oak maple))
After evaluating this list, you will see
(pine fir oak maple)
appear in the echo area. cons
puts a new element at the
beginning of a list; it attaches or pushes elements onto the list.
cons
must have a list to attach to.(2) You
cannot start from absolutely nothing. If you are building a list, you
need to provide at least an empty list at the beginning. Here is a
series of cons
's that build up a list of flowers. If you are
reading this in Info in GNU Emacs, you can evaluate each of the
expressions in the usual way; the value is printed in this text after
`=>', which you may read as `evaluates to'.
(cons 'buttercup ()) => (buttercup) (cons 'daisy '(buttercup)) => (daisy buttercup) (cons 'violet '(daisy buttercup)) => (violet daisy buttercup) (cons 'rose '(violet daisy buttercup)) => (rose violet daisy buttercup)
In the first example, the empty list is shown as ()
and a list
made up of buttercup
followed by the empty list is constructed.
As you can see, the empty list is not shown in the list that was
constructed. All that you see is (buttercup)
. The empty list is
not counted as an element of a list because there is nothing in an empty
list. Generally speaking, an empty list is invisible.
The second example, (cons 'daisy '(buttercup))
constructs a new,
two element list by putting daisy
in front of buttercup
;
and the third example constructs a three element list by putting
violet
in front of daisy
and buttercup
.
length
You can find out how many elements there are in a list by using the Lisp
function length
, as in the following examples:
(length '(buttercup)) => 1 (length '(daisy buttercup)) => 2 (length (cons 'violet '(daisy buttercup))) => 3
In the third example, the cons
function is used to construct a
three element list which is then passed to the length
function as
its argument.
We can also use length
to count the number of elements in an
empty list:
(length ()) => 0
As you would expect, the number of elements in an empty list is zero.
An interesting experiment is to find out what happens if you try to find
the length of no list at all; that is, if you try to call length
without giving it an argument, not even an empty list:
(length )
What you see, if you evaluate this, is the error message
Wrong number of arguments: #<subr length>, 0
This means that the function receives the wrong number of arguments, zero, when it expects some other number of arguments. In this case, one argument is expected, the argument being a list whose length the function is measuring. (Note that one list is one argument, even if the list has many elements inside it.)
The part of the error message that says `#<subr length>' is the
name of the function. This is written with a special notation,
`#<subr', that indicates that the function length
is one
of the primitive functions written in C rather than in Emacs Lisp.
(`subr' is an abbreviation for `subroutine'.) See section `What Is a Function?' in The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual, for more about subroutines.
nthcdr
The nthcdr
function is associated with the cdr
function.
What it does is take the cdr
of a list repeatedly.
If you take the cdr
of the list (pine fir
oak maple)
, you will be returned the list (fir oak maple)
. If you
repeat this on what was returned, you will be returned the list
(oak maple)
. (Of course, repeated cdr
ing on the original
list will just give you the original cdr
since the function does
not change the list. You need to evaluate the cdr
of the
cdr
and so on.) If you continue this, eventually you will be
returned an empty list, which in this case, instead of being shown as
()
is shown as nil
.
For review, here is a series of repeated cdr
s, the text following
the `=>' shows what is returned.
(cdr '(pine fir oak maple)) =>(fir oak maple) (cdr '(fir oak maple)) => (oak maple) (cdr '(oak maple)) =>(maple) (cdr '(maple)) => nil (cdr 'nil) => nil (cdr ()) => nil
You can also do several cdr
s without printing the values in
between, like this:
(cdr (cdr '(pine fir oak maple))) => (oak maple)
In this case, the Lisp interpreter evaluates the innermost list first.
The innermost list is quoted, so it just passes the list as it is to the
innermost cdr
. This cdr
passes a list made up of the
second and subsequent elements of the list to the outermost cdr
,
which produces a list composed of the third and subsequent elements of
the original list. In this example, the cdr
function is repeated
and returns a list that consists of the original list without its
first two elements.
The nthcdr
function does the same as repeating the call to
cdr
. In the following example, the argument 2 is passed to the
function nthcdr
, along with the list, and the value returned is
the list without its first two items, which is exactly the same
as repeating cdr
twice on the list:
(nthcdr 2 '(pine fir oak maple)) => (oak maple)
Using the original four element list, we can see what happens when
various numeric arguments are passed to nthcdr
, including 0, 1,
and 5:
;; Leave the list as it was. (nthcdr 0 '(pine fir oak maple)) => (pine fir oak maple) ;; Return a copy without the first element. (nthcdr 1 '(pine fir oak maple)) => (fir oak maple) ;; Return a copy of the list without three elements. (nthcdr 3 '(pine fir oak maple)) => (maple) ;; Return a copy lacking all four elements. (nthcdr 4 '(pine fir oak maple)) => nil ;; Return a copy lacking all elements. (nthcdr 5 '(pine fir oak maple)) => nil
It is worth mentioning that nthcdr
, like cdr
, does not
change the original list--the function is non-destructive. This is
in sharp contrast to the setcar
and setcdr
functions.
setcar
As you might guess from their names, the setcar
and setcdr
functions set the car
or the cdr
of a list to a new value.
They actually change the original list, unlike car
and cdr
which leave the original list as it was. One way to find out how this
works is to experiment. We will start with the setcar
function.
First, we can make a list and then set the value of a variable to the
list, using the setq
function. Here is a list of animals:
(setq animals '(giraffe antelope tiger lion))
If you are reading this in Info inside of GNU Emacs, you can evaluate this expression in the usual fashion, by positioning the cursor after the expression and typing C-x C-e. (I'm doing this right here as I write this. This is one of the advantages of having the interpreter built into the computing environment.)
When we evaluate the variable animals
, we see that it is bound to
the list (giraffe antelope tiger lion)
:
animals => (giraffe antelope tiger lion)
Put another way, the variable animals
points to the list
(giraffe antelope tiger lion)
.
Next, evaluate the function setcar
while passing it two
arguments, the variable animals
and the quoted symbol
hippopotamus
; this is done by writing the three element list
(setcar animals 'hippopotamus)
and then evaluating it in the
usual fashion:
(setcar animals 'hippopotamus)
After evaluating this expression, evaluate the variable animals
again. You will see that the list of animals has changed:
animals => (hippopotamus antelope tiger lion)
The first element on the list, giraffe
is replaced by
hippopotamus
.
So we can see that setcar
did not add a new element to the list
as cons
would have; it replaced giraffe
with
hippopotamus
; it changed the list.
setcdr
The setcdr
function is similar to the setcar
function,
except that the function replaces the second and subsequent elements of
a list rather than the first element.
To see how this works, set the value of the variable to a list of domesticated animals by evaluating the following expression:
(setq domesticated-animals '(horse cow sheep goat))
If you now evaluate the list, you will be returned the list
(horse cow sheep goat)
:
domesticated-animals => (horse cow sheep goat)
Next, evaluate setcdr
with two arguments, the name of the
variable which has a list as its value, and the list to which the
cdr
of the first list will be set;
(setcdr domesticated-animals '(cat dog))
If you evaluate this expression, the list (cat dog)
will appear
in the echo area. This is the value returned by the function. The
result we are interested in is the "side effect", which we can see by
evaluating the variable domesticated-animals
:
domesticated-animals => (horse cat dog)
Indeed, the list is changed from (horse cow sheep goat)
to
(horse cat dog)
. The cdr
of the list is changed from
(cow sheep goat)
to (cat dog)
.
Construct a list of four birds by evaluating several expressions with
cons
. Find out what happens when you cons
a list onto
itself. Replace the first element of the list of four birds with a
fish. Replace the rest of that list with a list of other fish.
Whenever you cut or clip text out of a buffer with a `kill' command in GNU Emacs, it is stored in a list and you can bring it back with a `yank' command.
(The use of the word `kill' in Emacs for processes which specifically do not destroy the values of the entities is an unfortunate historical accident. A much more appropriate word would be `clip' since that is what the kill commands do; they clip text out of a buffer and put it into storage from which it can be brought back. I have often been tempted to replace globally all occurrences of `kill' in the Emacs sources with `clip' and all occurrences of `killed' with `clipped'.)
When text is cut out of a buffer, it is stored on a list. Successive pieces of text are stored on the list successively, so the list might look like this:
("a piece of text" "last piece")
The function cons
can be used to add a piece of text to the list,
like this:
(cons "another piece" '("a piece of text" "last piece"))
If you evaluate this expression, a list of three elements will appear in the echo area:
("another piece" "a piece of text" "last piece")
With the car
and nthcdr
functions, you can retrieve
whichever piece of text you want. For example, in the following code,
nthcdr 1 ...
returns the list with the first item removed;
and the car
returns the first element of that remainder--the
second element of the original list:
(car (nthcdr 1 '("another piece" "a piece of text" "last piece"))) => "a piece of text"
The actual functions in Emacs are more complex than this, of course. The code for cutting and retrieving text has to be written so that Emacs can figure out which element in the list you want--the first, second, third, or whatever. In addition, when you get to the end of the list, Emacs should give you the first element of the list, rather than nothing at all.
The list that holds the pieces of text is called the kill ring.
This chapter leads up to a description of the kill ring and how it is
used by first tracing how the zap-to-char
function works. This
function uses (or `calls') a function that invokes a function that
manipulates the kill ring. Thus, before reaching the mountains, we
climb the foothills.
A subsequent chapter describes how text that is cut from the buffer is retrieved. See section Yanking Text Back.
zap-to-char
The zap-to-char
function is written differently in GNU Emacs
version 18 and version 19. The version 19 implementation is simpler,
and works slightly differently. We will first show the function as it
is written for version 19 and then for version 18.
The Emacs version 19 implementation of the interactive
zap-to-char
function removes the text in the region between the
location of the cursor (i.e., of point) up to and including the next
occurrence of a specified character. The text that zap-to-char
removes is put in the kill ring; and it can be retrieved from the kill
ring by typing C-y (yank
). If the command is given an
argument, it removes text through that number of occurrences. Thus, if the
cursor were at the beginning of this sentence and the character were
`s', `Thus' would be removed. If the argument were two,
`Thus, if the curs' would be removed, up to and including the
`s' in `cursor'.
The Emacs version 18 implementation removes the text from point up to but not including the specified character. Thus, in the example shown in the previous paragraph, the `s' would not be removed.
In addition, the version 18 implementation will go to the end of the buffer if the specified character is not found; but the version 19 implementation will simply generate an error (and not remove any text).
In order to determine how much text to remove, both versions of
zap-to-char
use a search function. Searches are used extensively
in code that manipulates text, and it is worth focusing attention on the
search function as well as on the deletion command.
Here is the complete text of the version 19 implementation of the function:
(defun zap-to-char (arg char) ; version 19 implementation "Kill up to and including ARG'th occurrence of CHAR. Goes backward if ARG is negative; error if CHAR not found." (interactive "*p\ncZap to char: ") (kill-region (point) (progn (search-forward (char-to-string char) nil nil arg) (point))))
interactive
Expression
The interactive expression in the zap-to-char
command looks like
this:
(interactive "*p\ncZap to char: ")
The part within quotation marks, "*p\ncZap to char: "
, specifies
three different things. First, and most simply, the asterisk, `*',
causes an error to be signalled if the buffer is read-only. This means that
if you try zap-to-char
in a read-only buffer you will not be able to
remove text, and you will receive a message that says "Buffer is
read-only"; your terminal may beep at you as well.
The second part of "*p\ncZap to char: "
is the `p'. This
part is ended by a newline, `\n'. The `p' means that the
first argument to the function will be passed the value of a `processed
prefix'. The prefix argument is passed by typing C-u and a
number, or M- and a number. If the function is called
interactively without a prefix, 1 is passed to this argument.
The third part of "*p\ncZap to char: "
is `cZap to char:
'. In this part, the lower case `c' indicates that
interactive
expects a prompt and that the argument will be a
character. The prompt follows the `c' and is the string `Zap
to char: ' (with a space after the colon to make it look good).
What all this does is prepare the arguments to zap-to-char
so they
are of the right type, and give the user a prompt.
zap-to-char
The body of the zap-to-char
function contains the code that
kills (that is, removes) the text in the region from the current
position of the cursor up to and including the specified character.
The first part of the code looks like this:
(kill-region (point) ...
(point)
is the current position of the cursor.
The next part of the code is an expression using progn
. The body
of the progn
consists of calls to search-forward
and
point
.
It is easier to understand how progn
works after learning about
search-forward
, so we will look at search-forward
and
then at progn
.
search-forward
Function
The search-forward
function is used to locate the
zapped-for-character in zap-to-char
. If the search is
successful, search-forward
leaves point immediately after the
last character in the target string. (In this case the target string is
just one character long.) If the search is backwards,
search-forward
leaves point just before the first character in
the target. Also, search-forward
returns t
for true.
(Moving point is therefore a `side effect'.)
In zap-to-char
, the search-forward
function looks like this:
(search-forward (char-to-string char) nil nil arg)
The search-forward
function takes four arguments:
zap-to-char
is a single
character. Because of the way computers are built, the Lisp interpreter
treats a single character as being different from a string of
characters. Inside the computer, a single character has a different
electronic format than a string of one character. (A single character
can often be recorded in the computer using exactly one byte; but a
string may be longer or shorter, and the computer needs to be ready for
this.) Since the search-forward
function searches for a string,
the character that the zap-to-char
function receives as its
argument must be converted inside the computer from one format to the
other; otherwise the search-forward
function will fail. The
char-to-string
function is used to make this conversion.
nil
.
nil
. A nil
as the third argument causes the function to
signal an error when the search fails.
search-forward
is the repeat count--how
many occurrences of the string to look for. This argument is optional
and if the function is called without a repeat count, this argument is
passed the value 1. If this argument is negative, the search goes
backwards.
In template form, a search-forward
expression looks like this:
(search-forward "target-string" limit-of-search what-to-do-if-search-fails repeat-count)
We will look at progn
next.
progn
Function
progn
is a function that causes each of its arguments to be
evaluated in sequence and then returns the value of the last one. The
preceding expressions are evaluated only for the side effects they
perform. The values produced by them are discarded.
The template for a progn
expression is very simple:
(progn body...)
In zap-to-char
, the progn
expression has to do two things:
put point in exactly the right position; and return the location of
point so that kill-region
will know how far to kill to.
The first argument to the progn
is search-forward
. When
search-forward
finds the string, the function leaves point
immediately after the last character in the target string. (In this
case the target string is just one character long.) If the search is
backwards, search-forward
leaves point just before the first
character in the target. The movement of point is a side effect.
The second and last argument to progn
is the expression
(point)
. This expression returns the value of point, which in
this case will be the location to which it has been moved by
search-forward
. This value is returned by the progn
expression and is passed to kill-region
as kill-region
's
second argument.
zap-to-char
Now that we have seen how search-forward
and progn
work,
we can see how the zap-to-char
function works as a whole.
The first argument to kill-region
is the position of the cursor
when the zap-to-char
command is given--the value of point at
that time. Within the progn
, the search function then moves
point to just after the zapped-to-character and point
returns the
value of this location. The kill-region
function puts together
these two values of point, the first one as the beginning of the region
and the second one as the end of the region, and removes the region.
The progn
function is necessary because the kill-region
command takes two arguments; and it would fail if search-forward
and point
expressions were written in sequence as two
additional arguments. The progn
expression is a single argument
to kill-region
and returns the one value that kill-region
needs for its second argument.
The version 18 implementation of zap-to-char
is slightly
different from the version 19 implementation: it zaps the text up to but
not including the zapped-to-character; and zaps to the end of the buffer
if the specified character is not found.
The difference is in the second argument to the kill-region
command. Where the version 19 implementation looks like this:
(progn (search-forward (char-to-string char) nil nil arg) (point))
The version 18 implementation looks like this:
(if (search-forward (char-to-string char) nil t arg) (progn (goto-char (if (> arg 0) (1- (point)) (1+ (point)))) (point)) (if (> arg 0) (point-max) (point-min)))
This looks considerably more complicated, but the code can be readily understood if it is looked at part by part.
The first part is:
(if (search-forward (char-to-string char) nil t arg)
This fits into an if
expression that does the following job, as
we shall see:
(if able-to-locate-zapped-for-character-and-move-point-to-it then-move-point-to-the-exact-spot-and-return-this-location else-move-to-end-of-buffer-and-return-that-location)
Evaluation of the if
expression specifies the second argument to
kill-region
. Since the first argument is point, this process
makes it possible for kill-region
to remove the text between
point and the zapped-to location.
We have already described how search-forward
moves point as a
side effect. The value that search-forward
returns is t
if the search is successful and either nil
or an error message
depending on the value of the third argument to search-forward
.
In this case, t
is the third argument and it causes the function
to return nil
when the search fails. As we will see, it is easy
to write the code for handling the case when the search returns
nil
.
In the version 18 implementation of zap-to-char
, the search
takes place because the if
causes the search expression to be
evaluated as its true-or-false-test. If the search is successful,
Emacs evaluates the then-part of the if
expression. On the
other hand, if the search fails, Emacs evaluates the else-part of the
if
expression.
In the if
expression, when the search succeeds, a progn
expression is executed--which is to say, it is run as a program.
As we said earlier, progn
is a function that causes each of its
arguments to be evaluated in sequence and then returns the value of the
last one. The preceding expressions are evaluated only for the side
effects they perform. The values produced by them are discarded.
In this version of zap-to-char
, the progn
expression is
executed when the search-forward
function finds the character for
which it is searching. The progn
expression has to do two
things: put point in exactly the right position; and return the location
of point so that kill-region
will know how far to kill to.
The reason for all the code in the progn
is that when
search-forward
finds the string it is looking for, it leaves
point immediately after the last character in the target string. (In
this case the target string is just one character long.) If the search
is backwards, search-forward
leaves point just before the first
character in the target.
However, this version of the zap-to-char
function is designed so
that it does not remove the character being zapped to. For example, if
zap-to-char
is to remove all the text up to a `z', this
version will not remove the `z' as well. So point has to be moved
just enough that the zapped-to character is not removed.
progn
expression
The body of the progn
consists of two expressions. Spread out to
delineate the different parts more clearly, and with comments added, the
progn
expression looks like this:
(progn (goto-char ; First expression inprogn
. (if (> arg 0) ; Ifarg
is positive, (1- (point)) ; move back one character; (1+ (point)))) ; else move forward one character. (point)) ; Second expression inprogn
: ; return position of point.
The progn
expression does this: when the search is forward
(arg
is positive), Emacs leaves point just after the searched-for
character. By moving point back one position, the character is
uncovered. In this case, the expression in the progn
reads as
follows: (goto-char (1- (point)))
. This moves point one
character back. (The 1-
function subtracts one from its
argument, just as 1+
adds ones to its argument.) On the other
hand, if the argument to zap-to-character
is negative, the search
will be backwards. The if
detects this and the expression reads:
(goto-char (1+ (point)))
. (The 1+
function adds one to
its argument.)
The second and last argument to progn
is the expression
(point)
. This expression returns the value of the position to
which point is moved by the first argument to progn
. This
value is then returned by the if
expression of which it is a
part and is passed to kill-region
as kill-region
's
second argument.
In brief, the function works like this: the first argument to
kill-region
is the position of the cursor when the
zap-to-char
command is given--the value of point at that time.
The search function then moves point if the search is successful. The
progn
expression moves point just enough so the zapped to
character is not removed, and returns the value of point after all this
is done. The kill-region
function then removes the region.
Finally, the else-part of the if
expression takes care of the
situation in which the zapped-towards character is not found. If the
argument to the zap-to-char
function is positive (or if none is
given) and the zapped-to character is not found, all the text is
removed from the current position of point to the end of the accessible
region of the buffer (the end of the buffer if there is no narrowing).
If the arg
is negative and the zapped-to character is not found,
the operation goes to the beginning of the accessible region. The code
for this is a simple if
clause:
(if (> arg 0) (point-max) (point-min))
This says that if arg
is a positive number, return the value of
point-max
, otherwise, return the value of point-min
.
For review, here is the code involving kill-region
, with
comments:
(kill-region
(point) ; beginning-of-region
(if (search-forward
(char-to-string char) ; target
nil ; limit-of-search: none
t ; Return nil
if fail.
arg) ; repeat-count.
(progn ; then-part
(goto-char
(if (> arg 0)
(1- (point))
(1+ (point))))
(point))
(if (> arg 0) ; else-part
(point-max)
(point-min))))
As you can see, the version 19 implementation does slightly less than the version 18 implementation, but is much simpler.
kill-region
The zap-to-char
function uses the kill-region
function.
This function is very simple; leaving out part of its documentation
string, it looks like this:
(defun kill-region (beg end) "Kill between point and mark. The text is deleted but saved in the kill ring." (interactive "*r") (copy-region-as-kill beg end) (delete-region beg end))
The main point to note is that it uses the delete-region
and
copy-region-as-kill
functions which are described in following
sections.
delete-region
: A Digression into C
The zap-to-char
command uses the kill-region
function,
which in turn uses two other functions, copy-region-as-kill
and
delete-region
. The copy-region-as-kill
function will be
described in a following section; it puts a copy of the region in the
kill ring so it can be yanked back. (See section copy-region-as-kill
.)
The delete-region
function removes the contents of a region and
you cannot get it back.
Unlike the other code discussed here, delete-region
is not written
in Emacs Lisp; it is written in C and is one of the primitives of the GNU
Emacs system. Since it is very simple, I will digress briefly from Lisp
and describe it here.
Like many of the other Emacs primitives, delete-region
is written
as an instance of a C macro, a macro being a template for code. The
first section of the macro looks like this:
DEFUN ("delete-region", Fdelete_region, Sdelete_region, 2, 2, "r", "Delete the text between point and mark.\n\ When called from a program, expects two arguments,\n\ character numbers specifying the stretch to be deleted.")
Without getting into the details of the macro writing process, let me
point out that this macro starts with the word DEFUN
. The word
DEFUN
was chosen since the code serves the same purpose as
defun
does in Lisp. The word DEFUN
is followed by seven
parts inside of parentheses:
delete-region
.
Fdelete_region
.
By convention, it starts with `F'. Since C does not use hyphens
in names, an underscore is used instead.
interactive
declaration in a function written in Lisp: a letter
followed, perhaps, by a prompt. In this case, the letter is "r"
which indicates that the two arguments to the function will be the
position of the beginning and end of a region in the buffer. In this
code, there isn't any prompt.
The formal parameters come next, with a statement of what kind of object
they are, and then what might be called the `body' of the macro. For
delete-region
the `body' consists of the following three lines:
validate_region (&b, &e); del_range (XINT (b), XINT (e)); return Qnil;
The first function, validate_region
checks whether the values
passed as the beginning and end of the region are the proper type and
are within range. The second function, del_range
, actually
deletes the text. If the function completes its work without error, the
third line returns Qnil
to indicate this.
del_range
is a complex function we will not look into. It
updates the buffer and does other things. However, it is worth
looking at the two arguments passed to del_range
. These are
XINT (b)
and XINT (e)
. As far as the C language
is concerned, b
and e
are two thirty-two bit integers
that mark the beginning and end of the region to be deleted. But like
other numbers in Emacs Lisp, only twenty-four bits of the thirty-two
bits are used for the number; the remaining eight bits are used for
keeping track of the type of information and other purposes. (On
certain machines, only six bits are so used.) In this case, the eight
bits are used to indicate that these numbers are for buffer positions.
When bits of a number are used this way, they are called a tag.
The use of the eight bit tag on each thirty-two bit integer made it
possible to write Emacs to run much faster than it would otherwise.
On the other hand, with numbers limited to twenty-four bits, Emacs
buffers are limited to approximately eight megabytes. (You can
sharply increase the maximum buffer size by adding defines for
VALBITS
and GCTYPEBITS
in the `emacs/src/config.h'
file before compiling. See the note in the `emacs/etc/FAQ' file
that is part of the Emacs distribution.)
`XINT' is a C macro that extracts the 24 bit number from the
thirty-two bit Lisp object; the eight bits used for other purposes are
discarded. So del_range (XINT (b), XINT (e))
deletes the
region between the beginning position, b
, and the ending
position, e
.
From the point of view of the person writing Lisp, Emacs is all very simple; but hidden underneath is a great deal of complexity to make it all work.
defvar
Unlike the delete-region
function, the copy-region-as-kill
function is written in Emacs Lisp. It copies a region in a buffer
and saves it in a variable called the kill-ring
. This section
describes how this variable is created and initialized.
(Again we note that the term kill-ring
is a misnomer. The text
that is clipped out of the buffer can be brought back; it is not a ring
of corpses, but a ring of resurrectable text.)
In Emacs Lisp, a variable such as the kill-ring
is created and
given an initial value by using the defvar
special form. The
name comes from "define variable".
The defvar
special form is similar to setq
in that it sets
the value of a variable. It is unlike setq
in two ways: first,
it only sets the value of the variable if the variable does not already
have a value. If the variable already has a value, defvar
does
not override the existing value. Second, defvar
has a
documentation string.
You can see the current value of a variable, any variable, by using
the describe-variable
function, which is usually invoked by
typing C-h v. If you type C-h v and then kill-ring
(followed by RET) when prompted, you will see what is in your
current kill ring--this may be quite a lot! Conversely, if you have
been doing nothing this Emacs session except read this document, you
may have nothing in it. At the end of the `*Help*' buffer, you
will see the documentation for kill-ring
:
Documentation: List of killed text sequences.
The kill ring is defined by a defvar
in the following way:
(defvar kill-ring nil "List of killed text sequences.")
In this variable definition, the variable is given an initial value of
nil
, which makes sense, since if you have saved nothing, you want
nothing back if you give a yank
command. The documentation
string is written just like the documentation string of a defun
.
As with the documentation string of the defun
, the first line of
the documentation should be a complete sentence, since some commands,
like apropos
, print only the first line of documentation.
Succeeding lines should not be indented; otherwise they look odd when
you use C-h v (describe-variable
).
Most variables are internal to Emacs, but some are intended as options
that you can readily set with the edit-options
command. (These
settings last only for the duration of an editing session; to set a
value permanently, write a `.emacs' file. See section Your `.emacs' File.)
A readily settable variable is distinguished from others in Emacs by an asterisk, `*', in the first column of its documentation string.
For example:
(defvar line-number-mode nil "*Non-nil means display line number in mode line.")
This means that you can use the edit-options
command to change
the value of line-number-mode
.
Of course, you can also change the value of line-number-mode
by
evaluating it within a setq
expression, like this:
(setq line-number-mode t)
See section Using setq
.
copy-region-as-kill
The copy-region-as-kill
function copies a region of text from a
buffer and saves it in a variable called the kill-ring
.
If you call copy-region-as-kill
immediately after a
kill-region
command, Emacs appends the newly copied text to the
previously copied text. This means that if you yank back the text, you
get it all, from both this and the previous operation. On the other
hand, if some other command precedes the copy-region-as-kill
,
the function copies the text into a separate entry in the kill ring.
Here is the complete text of the version 18
copy-region-as-kill
, formatted for clarity with several
comments added:
(defun copy-region-as-kill (beg end) "Save the region as if killed, but don't kill it." (interactive "r") (if (eq last-command 'kill-region) ;; then-part: Combine newly copied text ;; with previously copied text. (kill-append (buffer-substring beg end) (< end beg)) ;; else-part: Add newly copied text as a new element ;; to the kill ring and shorten the kill ring if necessary. (setq kill-ring (cons (buffer-substring beg end) kill-ring)) (if (> (length kill-ring) kill-ring-max) (setcdr (nthcdr (1- kill-ring-max) kill-ring) nil))) (setq this-command 'kill-region) (setq kill-ring-yank-pointer kill-ring))
As usual, this function can be divided into its component parts:
(defun copy-region-as-kill (argument-list) "documentation..." (interactive "r") body...)
The arguments are beg
and end
and the function is
interactive with "r"
, so the two arguments must refer to the
beginning and end of the region. If you have been reading though this
document from the beginning, understanding these parts of a function is
almost becoming routine.
The documentation is somewhat confusing unless you remember that the word `kill' has a meaning different from its usual meaning.
The body of the function starts with an if
clause. What this
clause does is distinguish between two different situations: whether
or not this command is executed immediately after a previous kill-region
command. In the first case, the new region is appended to the
previously copied text. Otherwise, it is inserted into the beginning
of the kill ring as a separate piece of text from the previous piece.
The last two lines of the function are two setq
expressions. One
of them sets the variable this-command
to kill-region
and
the other sets the variable kill-ring-yank-pointer
to point to
the kill ring.
The body of copy-region-as-kill
merits discussion in detail.
copy-region-as-kill
The copy-region-as-kill
function is written so that two or more
kills in a row combine their text into a single entry. If you yank back
the text from the kill ring, you get it all in one piece. Moreover,
kills that kill forward from the current position of the cursor are
added to the end of the previously copied text and commands that copy
text backwards add it to the beginning of the previously copied text.
This way, the words in the text stay in the proper order.
The function makes use of two variables that keep track of the current
and previous Emacs command. The two variables are this-command
and last-command
.
Normally, whenever a function is executed, Emacs sets the value of
this-command
to the function being executed (which in this case
would be copy-region-as-kill
). At the same time, Emacs sets
the value of last-command
to the previous value of
this-command
. However, the copy-region-as-kill
command
is different; it sets the value of this-command
to
kill-region
, which is the name of the function that calls
copy-region-as-kill
.
In the first part of the body of the copy-region-as-kill
function, an if
expression determines whether the value of
last-command
is kill-region
. If so, the then-part of
the if
expression is evaluated; it uses the kill-append
function to concatenate the text copied at this call to the function
with the text already in the first element (the CAR) of the kill
ring. On the other hand, if the value of last-command
is not
kill-region
, then the copy-region-as-kill
function
attaches a new element to the kill ring.
The if
expression reads as follows; it uses eq
, which is
a function we have not yet seen:
(if (eq last-command 'kill-region) ;; then-part (kill-append (buffer-substring beg end) (< end beg))
The eq
function tests whether its first argument is the same Lisp
object as its second argument. The eq
function is similar to the
equal
function in that it is used to test for equality, but
differs in that it determines whether two representations are actually
the same object inside the computer, but with different names.
equal
determines whether the structure and contents of two
expressions are the same.
kill-append
function
The kill-append
function looks like this:
(defun kill-append (string before-p) (setcar kill-ring (if before-p (concat string (car kill-ring)) (concat (car kill-ring) string))))
We can look at this function in parts. The setcar
function uses
concat
to concatenate the new text to the CAR of the kill
ring. Whether it prepends or appends the text depends on the results of
an if
expression:
(if before-p ; if-part (concat string (car kill-ring)) ; then-part (concat (car kill-ring) string)) ; else-part
If the region being killed is before the region that was killed in the
last command, then it should be prepended before the material that was
saved in the previous kill; and conversely, if the killed text follows
what was just killed, it should be appended after the previous text.
The if
expression depends on the predicate before-p
to
decide whether the newly saved text should be put before or after the
previously saved text.
The symbol before-p
is the name of one of the arguments to
kill-append
. When the kill-append
function is
evaluated, it is bound to the value returned by evaluating the actual
argument. In this case, this is the expression (< end beg)
.
This expression does not directly determine whether the killed text in
this command is located before or after the kill text of the last
command; what is does is determine whether the value of the variable
end
is less than the value of the variable beg
. If it
is, it means that the user is most likely heading towards the
beginning of the buffer. Also, the result of evaluating the predicate
expression, (< end beg)
, will be true and the text will be
prepended before the previous text. On the other hand, if the value of
the variable end
is greater than the value of the variable
beg
, the text will be appended after the previous text.
When the newly saved text will be prepended, then the string with the new text will be concatenated before the old test:
(concat string (car kill-ring))
But if the text will be appended, it will be concatenated after the old text:
(concat (car kill-ring) string))
To understand how this works, we first need to review the
concat
function. The concat
function links together or
unites two strings of text. The result is a string. For example:
(concat "abc" "def") => "abcdef" (concat "new " (car '("first element" "second element"))) => "new first element" (concat (car '("first element" "second element")) " modified") => "first element modified"
We can now make sense of kill-append
: it modifies the contents
of the kill ring. The kill ring is a list, each element of which is
saved text. The setcar
function actually changes the first
element of this list. It does this by using concat
to replace
the old first element of the kill ring (the CAR of the kill ring)
with a new first element made by concatenating together the old saved
text and the newly saved text. The newly saved text is put in front
of the old text or after the old text, depending on whether it is in
front of or after the old text in the buffer from which it is cut.
The whole concatenation becomes the new first element of the kill
ring.
Incidentally, this is what the beginning of my current kill ring looks like:
("concatenating together" "saved text" "element" ...
copy-region-as-kill
Now, back to the explanation of copy-region-as-kill
:
If the last command is not kill-region
, then instead of calling
kill-append
, it calls the else-part of the following code:
(if true-or-false-test what-is-done-if-test-returns-true ;; else-part (setq kill-ring (cons (buffer-substring beg end) kill-ring)) (if (> (length kill-ring) kill-ring-max) (setcdr (nthcdr (1- kill-ring-max) kill-ring) nil)))
The setq
line of the else-part sets the new value of the kill
ring to what results from adding the string being killed to the old kill
ring.
We can see how this works with a little example:
(setq example-list '("here is a clause" "another clause"))
After evaluating this expression with C-x C-e, you can evaluate
example-list
and see what it returns:
example-list => ("here is a clause" "another clause")
Now, we can add a new element on to this list by evaluating the following expression:
(setq example-list (cons "a third clause" example-list))
When we evaluate example-list
, we find its value is:
example-list => ("a third clause" "here is a clause" "another clause")
Thus, the third clause was added to the list by cons
.
This is exactly similar to what the setq
and cons
do in
the function, except that buffer-substring
is used to pull out a
copy of a region of text and hand it to the cons
. Here is the
line again:
(setq kill-ring (cons (buffer-substring beg end) kill-ring))
The next segment of the else-part of copy-region-as-kill
is
another if
clause. This if
clause keeps the kill ring
from growing too long. It reads as follows:
(if (> (length kill-ring) kill-ring-max) (setcdr (nthcdr (1- kill-ring-max) kill-ring) nil)))
This code checks whether the length of the kill ring is greater than the
maximum permitted length. This is the value of kill-ring-max
(which is 30, by default). If the length of the kill ring is too long,
then this code sets the last element of the kill ring to nil
. It
does this by using two functions, nthcdr
and setcdr
.
We looked at setcdr
earlier (see section setcdr
).
It sets the CDR of a list, just as setcar
sets the
CAR of a list. In this case, however, setcdr
will not be
setting the cdr
of the whole kill ring; the nthcdr
function is used to cause it to set the cdr
of the next to last
element of the kill ring--this means that since the cdr
of the
next to last element is the last element of the kill ring, it will set
the last element of the kill ring.
The nthcdr
function works by repeatedly taking the CDR of a
list--it takes the CDR of the CDR of the CDR
... It does this N times and returns the results.
Thus, if we had a four element list that was supposed to be three
elements long, we could set the CDR of the next to last element
to nil
, and thereby shorten the list.
You can see this by evaluating the following three expressions in turn.
First set the value of trees
to (maple oak pine birch)
,
then set the CDR of its second CDR to nil
and then
find the value of trees
:
(setq trees '(maple oak pine birch)) => (maple oak pine birch) (setcdr (nthcdr 2 trees) nil) => nil trees => (maple oak pine)
(The value returned by the setcdr
expression is nil
since
that is what the CDR is set to.)
To repeat, in copy-region-as-kill
, the nthcdr
function
takes the CDR a number of times that is one less than the maximum
permitted size of the kill ring and sets the CDR of that element
(which will be the rest of the elements in the kill ring) to
nil
. This prevents the kill ring from growing too long.
The next to last line of the copy-region-as-kill
function is
(setq this-command 'kill-region)
This line is not part of either the inner or the outer if
expression, so it is evaluated every time copy-region-as-kill
is
called. Here we find the place where this-command
is set to
kill-region
. As we saw earlier, when the next command is given,
the variable last-command
will be given this value.
Finally, the last line of the copy-region-as-kill
function is:
(setq kill-ring-yank-pointer kill-ring)
The kill-ring-yank-pointer
is a global variable that is set to be
the kill-ring
.
Even though the kill-ring-yank-pointer
is called a
`pointer', it is a variable just like the kill ring. However, the
name has been chosen to help humans understand how the variable is used.
The variable is used in functions such as yank
and
yank-pop
(see section Yanking Text Back).
This leads us to the code for bringing back text that has been cut out of the buffer--the yank commands. However, before discussing the yank commands, it is better to learn how lists are implemented in a computer. This will make clear such mysteries as the use of the term `pointer'.
Here is a brief summary of some recently introduced functions.
car
cdr
car
returns the first element of a list; cdr
returns the
second and subsequent elements of a list.
For example:
(car '(1 2 3 4 5 6 7)) => 1 (cdr '(1 2 3 4 5 6 7)) => (2 3 4 5 6 7)
cons
cons
constructs a list by prepending its first argument to its
second argument.
For example:
(cons 1 '(2 3 4)) => (1 2 3 4)
nthcdr
cdr
`n' times on a list. The `rest
of the rest' as it were.
For example:
(nthcdr 3 '(1 2 3 4 5 6 7)) => (4 5 6 7)
setcar
setcdr
setcar
changes the first element of a list; setcdr
changes the second and subsequent elements of a list.
For example:
(setq triple '(1 2 3)) (setcar triple '37) triple => (37 2 3) (setcdr triple '("foo" "bar")) triple => (37 "foo" "bar")
progn
(progn 1 2 3 4) => 4
save-restriction
search-forward
nil
or an
error message.
kill-region
delete-region
copy-region-as-kill
kill-region
cuts the text between point and mark from the
buffer and stores that text in the kill ring, so you can get it back
by yanking.
delete-region
removes the text between point and mark from the
buffer and throws it away. You cannot get it back.
copy-region-as-kill
copies the text between point and mark into
the kill ring, from which you can get it by yanking. The function
does not cut or remove the text from the buffer.
search-forward
for the name
of this function; if you do, you will overwrite the existing version of
search-forward
that comes with Emacs. Use a name such as
test-search
instead.)
copy-region-as-kill
no longer
sets this-command
. What are the consequences of this change?
What do you suppose motivated it?
In Lisp, atoms are recorded in a straightforward fashion; if the
implementation is not straightforward in practice, it is, nonetheless,
straightforward in theory. The atom `rose', for example, is
recorded as the four contiguous letters `r', `o', `s',
`e'. A list, on the other hand, is kept differently. The mechanism
is equally simple, but it takes a moment to get used to the idea. A
list is kept using a series of pairs of pointers. In the series, the
first pointer in each pair points to an atom or to another list, and the
second pointer in each pair points to the next pair, or to the symbol
nil
, which marks the end of the list.
A pointer itself is quite simply the electronic address of what is pointed to. Hence, a list is kept as a series of electronic addresses.
For example, the list (rose violet buttercup)
has three elements,
`rose', `violet', and `buttercup'. In the computer, the
electronic address of `rose' is recorded in a segment of computer
memory along with the address that gives the electronic address of where
the atom `violet' is located; and that address (the one that tells
where `violet' is located) is kept along with an address that tells
where the address for the atom `buttercup' is located.
This sounds more complicated than it is and is easier seen in a diagram:
___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ |___|___|--> |___|___|--> |___|___|--> nil | | | | | | --> rose --> violet --> buttercup
In the diagram, each box represents a word of computer memory that
holds a Lisp object, usually in the form of a memory address. The boxes,
i.e. the addresses, are in pairs. Each arrow points to what the address
is the address of, either an atom or another pair of addresses. The
first box is the electronic address of `rose' and the arrow points
to `rose'; the second box is the address of the next pair of boxes,
the first part of which is the address of `violet' and the second
part of which is the address of the next pair. The very last box
points to the symbol nil
, which marks the end of the list.
When a variable is set to a list with a function such as setq
,
it stores the address of the first box in the variable. Thus,
evaluation of the expression
(setq bouquet '(rose violet buttercup))
creates a situation like this:
bouquet | | ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ ___ --> |___|___|--> |___|___|--> |___|___|--> nil | | | | | | --> rose --> violet --> buttercup
In this case, the symbol bouquet
holds the address of the first
pair of boxes. Indeed, the symbol bouquet
consists of a group
of address-boxes, one of which is the address of the printed word
`bouquet', a second of which is the address of a function
definition attached to the symbol, if any, a third of which is the
address of the first pair of address-boxes for the list (rose
violet buttercup)
, and so on.
This same list can be illustrated in a different sort of box notation like this:
bouquet | | -------------- --------------- ---------------- | | car | cdr | | car | cdr | | car | cdr | -->| rose | o------->| violet | o------->| butter- | nil | | | | | | | | cup | | -------------- --------------- ----------------
In an earlier section, I suggested that you might imagine a symbol as being a chest of drawers. The function definition is put in one drawer, the value in another, and so on. What is put in the drawer holding the value can be changed without affecting the contents of the drawer holding the function definition, and vice-versa. Actually, what is put in each drawer is the address of the value or function definition. It is as if you found an old chest in the attic, and in one of its drawers you found a map giving you directions to where the buried treasure lies.
(In addition to its name, symbol definition, and variable value, a symbol has a `drawer' for a property list which can be used to record other information. Property lists are not discussed here; see section `Property Lists' in The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual.)
Here is a fanciful representation:
Chest of Drawers Contents of Drawers --------------------- | | | symbol name | bouquet | | --------------------- | | | symbol definition | [none] | | --------------------- | | | variable value | (rose violet buttercup) | | --------------------- | | | property list | [not described here] | | --------------------- |/ \|
If symbol is set to the CDR of a list, the list itself is not changed; the symbol simply has an address further down the list. (In the jargon, CAR and CDR are `non-destructive'.) Thus, evaluation of the following expression
(setq flowers (cdr bouquet))
produces this:
bouquet flowers | | | ___ ___ | ___ ___ ___ ___ --> | | | --> | | | | | | |___|___|----> |___|___|--> |___|___|--> nil | | | | | | --> rose --> violet --> buttercup
The value of flowers
is (violet buttercup)
, which is
to say, the symbol flowers
holds the address of the pair of
address-boxes, the first of which holds the address of violet
,
and the second of which holds the address of buttercup
.
A pair of address-boxes is called a cons cell or dotted pair. See section `List Type' in The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual, and section `Dotted Pair Notation' in The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual, for more information about cons cells and dotted pairs.
The function cons
adds a new pair of addresses to the front of
a series of addresses like that shown above. For example, evaluating
the expression
(setq bouquet (cons 'lilly bouquet))
produces:
bouquet flowers | | | ___ ___ ___ ___ | ___ ___ ___ ___ --> | | | | | | --> | | | | | | |___|___|----> |___|___|----> |___|___|---->|___|___|--> nil | | | | | | | | --> lilly --> rose --> violet --> buttercup
However, this does not change the value of the symbol
flowers
, as you can see by evaluating the following,
(eq (cdr (cdr bouquet)) flowers)
which returns t
for true.
Until it is reset, flowers
still has the value
(violet buttercup)
; that is, it has the address of the cons
cell whose first address is of violet
. Also, this does not
alter any of the pre-existing cons cells; they are all still there.
Thus, in Lisp, to get the CDR of a list, you just get the address
of the next cons cell in the series; to get the CAR of a list,
you get the address of the first element of the list; to cons
a
new element on a list, you add a new cons cell to the front of the list.
That is all there is to it! The underlying structure of Lisp is
brilliantly simple!
And what does the last address in a series of cons cells refer to? It
is the address of the empty list, of nil
.
In summary, when a Lisp variable is set to a value, it is provided with the address of the list to which the variable refers.
Set flowers
to violet
and buttercup
. Cons two
more flowers on to this list and set this new list to
more-flowers
. Set the CAR of flowers
to a fish.
What does the more-flowers
list now contain?
Whenever you cut text out of a buffer with a `kill' command in GNU Emacs, you can bring it back with a `yank' command. The text that is cut out of the buffer is put in the kill ring and the yank commands insert the appropriate contents of the kill ring back into a buffer (not necessarily the original buffer).
A simple C-y (yank
) command inserts the first item from
the kill ring into the current buffer. If the C-y command is
followed immediately by M-y, the first element is replaced by
the second element. Successive M-y commands replace the second
element with the third, fourth, or fifth element, and so on. When the
last element in the kill ring is reached, it is replaced by the first
element and the cycle is repeated. (Thus the kill ring is called a
`ring' rather than just a `list'. However, the actual data structure
that holds the text is a list.
See section Handling the Kill Ring, for the details of how the
list is handled as a ring.)
The kill ring is a list of textual strings. This is what it looks like:
("some text" "a different piece of text" "yet more text")
If this were the contents of my kill ring and I pressed C-y, the string of characters saying `some text' would be inserted in this buffer where my cursor is located.
The yank
command is also used for duplicating text by copying it.
The copied text is not cut from the buffer, but a copy of it is put on the
kill ring and is inserted by yanking it back.
Three functions are used for bringing text back from the kill ring:
yank
, which is usually bound to C-y; yank-pop
,
which is usually bound to M-y; and rotate-yank-pointer
,
which is used by the two other functions.
These functions refer to the kill ring through a variable called the
kill-ring-yank-pointer
. Indeed, the insertion code for both the
yank
and yank-pop
functions is:
(insert (car kill-ring-yank-pointer))
To begin to understand how yank
and yank-pop
work, it is
first necessary to look at the kill-ring-yank-pointer
variable
and the rotate-yank-pointer
function.
kill-ring-yank-pointer
Variable
kill-ring-yank-pointer
is a variable, just as kill-ring
is
a variable. It points to something by being bound to the value of what
it points to, like any other Lisp variable.
Thus, if the value of the kill ring is:
("some text" "a different piece of text" "yet more text")
and the kill-ring-yank-pointer
points to the second clause, the
value of kill-ring-yank-pointer
is:
("a different piece of text" "yet more text")
As explained in the previous chapter (see section How Lists are Implemented), the
computer does not keep two different copies of the text being pointed to
by both the kill-ring
and the kill-ring-yank-pointer
. The
words "a different piece of text" and "yet more text" are not
duplicated. Instead, the two Lisp variables point to the same pieces of
text. Here is a diagram:
kill-ring kill-ring-yank-pointer | | | ___ ___ | ___ ___ ___ ___ ---> | | | --> | | | | | | |___|___|----> |___|___|--> |___|___|--> nil | | | | | | | | --> "yet more text" | | | --> "a different piece of text | --> "some text"
Both the variable kill-ring
and the variable
kill-ring-yank-pointer
are pointers. But the kill ring itself is
usually described as if it were actually what it is composed of. The
kill-ring
is spoken of as if it were the list rather than that it
points to the list. Conversely, the kill-ring-yank-pointer
is
spoken of as pointing to a list.
These two ways of talking about the same thing sound confusing at first but
make sense on reflection. The kill ring is generally thought of as the
complete structure of data that holds the information of what has recently
been cut out of the Emacs buffers. The kill-ring-yank-pointer
on the other hand, serves to indicate--that is, to `point to'---that part
of the kill ring of which the first element (the CAR) will be
inserted.
The rotate-yank-pointer
function changes the element in the
kill ring to which the kill-ring-yank-pointer
points; when the
pointer is set to point to the next element beyond the end of the kill
ring, it automatically sets it to point to the first element of the
kill ring. This is how the list is transformed into a ring. The
rotate-yank-pointer
function itself is not difficult, but
contains many details. It and the much simpler yank
and
yank-pop
functions are described in an appendix.
See section Handling the Kill Ring.
yank
and nthcdr
describe-variable
), look at the value of
your kill ring. Add several items to your kill ring; look at its
value again. Using M-y (yank-pop)
, move all the way
around the kill ring. How many items were in your kill ring? Find
the value of kill-ring-max
. Was your kill ring full, or could
you have kept more blocks of text within it?
nthcdr
and car
, construct a series of expressions
to return the first, second, third, and fourth elements of a list.
Emacs Lisp has two primary ways to cause an expression, or a series of
expressions, to be evaluated repeatedly: one uses a while
loop, and the other uses recursion.
Repetition can be very valuable. For example, to move forward four sentences, you need only write a program that will move forward one sentence and then repeat the process four times. Since a computer does not get bored or tired, such repetitive action does not have the deleterious effects that excessive or the wrong kinds of repetition can have on humans.
while
The while
special form tests whether the value returned by
evaluating its first argument is true or false. This is similar to what
the Lisp interpreter does with an if
; what the interpreter does
next, however, is different.
In a while
expression, if the value returned by evaluating the
first argument is false, the Lisp interpreter skips the rest of the
expression (the body of the expression) and does not evaluate it.
However, if the value is true, the Lisp interpreter evaluates the body
of the expression and then again tests whether the first argument to
while
is true or false. If the value returned by evaluating the
first argument is again true, the Lisp interpreter again evaluates the
body of the expression.
The template for a while
expression looks like this:
(while true-or-false-test body...)
So long as the true-or-false-test of the while
expression
returns a true value when it is evaluated, the body is repeatedly
evaluated. This process is called a loop since the Lisp interpreter
repeats the same thing again and again, like an airplane doing a loop.
When the result of evaluating the true-or-false-test is false, the
Lisp interpreter does not evaluate the rest of the while
expression and `exits the loop'.
Clearly, if the value returned by evaluating the first argument to
while
is always true, the body following will be evaluated
again and again ... and again ... forever. Conversely, if the
value returned is never true, the expressions in the body will never
be evaluated. The craft of writing a while
loop consists of
choosing a mechanism such that the true-or-false-test returns true
just the number of times that you want the subsequent expressions to
be evaluated, and then have the test return false.
The value returned by evaluating a while
is the value of the
true-or-false-test. An interesting consequence of this is that a
while
loop that evaluates without error will return nil
or false regardless of whether it has looped 1 or 100 times or none at
all. A while
expression that evaluates successfully never
returns a true value! What this means is that while
is always
evaluated for its side effects, which is to say, the consequences of
evaluating the expressions within the body of the while
loop.
This makes sense. It is not the mere act of looping that is desired,
but the consequences of what happens when the expressions in the loop
are repeatedly evaluated.
while
Loop and a List
A common way to control a while
loop is to test whether a list
has any elements. If it does, the loop is repeated; but if it does not,
the repetition is ended. Since this is an important technique, we will
create a short example to illustrate it.
A simple way to test whether a list has elements is to evaluate the
list: if it has no elements, it is an empty list and will return the
empty list, ()
, which is a synonym for nil
or false. On
the other hand, a list with elements will return those elements when it
is evaluated. Since Lisp considers as true any value that is not
nil
, a list that returns elements will test true in a
while
loop.
For example, you can set the variable empty-list
to nil
by
evaluating the following setq
expression:
(setq empty-list ())
After evaluating the setq
expression, you can evaluate the
variable empty-list
in the usual way, by placing the cursor after
the symbol and typing C-x C-e; nil
will appear in your
echo area:
empty-list
On the other hand, if you set a variable to be a list with elements, the list will appear when you evaluate the variable, as you can see by evaluating the following two expressions:
(setq animals '(giraffe gazelle lion tiger)) animals
Thus, to create a while
loop that tests whether there are any
items in the list animals
, the first part of the loop will be
written like this:
(while animals ...
When the while
tests its first argument, the variable
animals
is evaluated. It returns a list. So long as the list
has elements, the while
considers the results of the test to be
true; but when the list is empty, it considers the results of the test
to be false.
To prevent the while
loop from running forever, some mechanism
needs to be provided to empty the list eventually. An oft-used
technique is to have one of the subsequent forms in the while
expression set the value of the list to be the CDR of the list.
Each time the cdr
function is evaluated, the list will be made
shorter, until eventually only the empty list will be left. At this
point, the test of the while
loop will return false, and the
arguments to the while
will no longer be evaluated.
For example, the list of animals bound to the variable animals
can be set to be the CDR of the original list with the
following expression:
(setq animals (cdr animals))
If you have evaluated the previous expressions and then evaluate this
expression, you will see (gazelle lion tiger)
appear in the echo
area. If you evaluate the expression again, (lion tiger)
will
appear in the echo area. If you evaluate it again and yet again,
(tiger)
appears and then the empty list, shown by nil
.
A template for a while
loop that uses the cdr
function
repeatedly to cause the true-or-false-test eventually to test false
looks like this:
(while test-whether-list-is-empty body... set-list-to-cdr-of-list)
This test and use of cdr
can be put together in a function that
goes through a list and prints each element of the list on a line of its
own.
print-elements-of-list
The print-elements-of-list
function illustrates a while
loop with a list.
The function requires several lines for its output. Since the echo
area is only one line, we cannot illustrate how it works in the same
way we have been illustrating functions in the past, by evaluating
them inside Info. Instead, you need to copy the necessary
expressions to your `*scratch*' buffer and evaluate them there.
You can copy the expressions by marking the beginning of the region
with C-SPC (set-mark-command
), moving the cursor to
the end of the region and then copying the region using M-w
(copy-region-as-kill
). In the `*scratch*' buffer, you can
yank the expressions back by typing C-y (yank
).
After you have copied the expressions to the `*scratch*' buffer,
evaluate each expression in turn. Be sure to evaluate the last
expression, (print-elements-of-list animals)
, by typing
C-u C-x C-e, that is, by giving an argument to
eval-last-sexp
. This will cause the result of the evaluation
to be printed in the `*scratch*' buffer instead of being printed
in the echo area. (Otherwise you will see something like this in your
echo area: ^Jgiraffe^J^Jgazelle^J^Jlion^J^Jtiger^Jnil
, in which
each `^J' stands for the newline that in the `*scratch*'
buffer puts each word on its own line. You can evaluate these
expressions right now in the Info buffer, if you like, to see this
effect.)
(setq animals '(giraffe gazelle lion tiger)) (defun print-elements-of-list (list) "Print each element of LIST on a line of its own." (while list (print (car list)) (setq list (cdr list)))) (print-elements-of-list animals)
When you evaluate the three expressions in sequence in the `*scratch*' buffer, this will be printed in the buffer:
giraffe gazelle lion tiger nil
Each element of the list is printed on a line of its own (that is what
the function print
does) and then the value returned by the
function is printed. Since the last expression in the function is the
while
loop, and since while
loops always return
nil
, a nil
is printed after the last element of the list.
A loop is not useful unless it stops when it ought. Besides controlling a loop with a list, a common way of stopping a loop is to write the first argument as a test that returns false when the correct number of repetitions are complete. This means that the loop must have a counter--an expression that counts how many times the loop repeats itself.
The test can be an expression such as (< count desired-number)
which returns t
for true if the value of count
is less
than the desired-number
of repetitions and nil
for false if
the value of count
is equal to or is greater than the
desired-number
. The expression that increments the count can be
a simple setq
such as (setq count (1+ count))
, where
1+
is a built-in function in Emacs Lisp that adds 1 to its
argument. (The expression (1+ count)
has the same result as
(+ count 1)
, but is easier for a human to read.)
The template for a while
loop controlled by an incrementing
counter looks like this:
set-count-to-initial-value (while (< count desired-number) ; true-or-false-test body... (setq count (1+ count))) ; incrementer
Note that you need to set the initial value of count
; usually it
is set to 1.
Suppose you are playing on the beach and decide to make a triangle of pebbles, putting one pebble in the first row, two in the second row, three in the third row and so on, like this:
* * * * * * * * * *
(About 2500 years ago, Pythagoras and others developed the beginnings of number theory by considering questions such as this.)
Suppose you want to know how many pebbles you will need to make a triangle with 7 rows?
Clearly, what you need to do is add up the numbers from 1 to 7. There
are two ways to do this; start with the smallest number, one, and add up
the list in sequence, 1, 2, 3, 4 and so on; or start with the largest
number and add the list going down: 7, 6, 5, 4 and so on. Because both
mechanisms illustrate common ways of writing while
loops, we will
create two examples, one counting up and the other counting down. In
this first example, we will start with 1 and add 2, 3, 4 and so on.
If you are just adding up a short list of numbers, the easiest way to do it is to add up all the numbers at once. However, if you do not know ahead of time how many numbers your list will have, or if you want to be prepared for a very long list, then you need to design your addition so that what you do is repeat a simple process many times instead of doing a more complex process once.
For example, instead of adding up all the pebbles all at once, what you can do is add the number of pebbles in the first row, 1, to the number in the second row, 2, and then add the total of those two rows to the third row, 3. Then you can add the number in the fourth row, 4, to the total of the first three rows; and so on.
The critical characteristic of the process is that each repetitive action is simple. In this case, at each step we add only two numbers, the number of pebbles in the row and the total already found. This process of adding two numbers is repeated again and again until the last row has been added to the total of all the preceding rows. In a more complex loop the repetitive action might not be so simple, but it will be simpler than doing everything all at once.
The preceding analysis gives us the bones of our function definition:
first, we will need a variable that we can call total
that will
be the total number of pebbles. This will be the value returned by
the function.
Second, we know that the function will require an argument: this
argument will be the total number of rows in the triangle. It can be
called number-of-rows
.
Finally, we need a variable to use as a counter. We could call this
variable counter
, but a better name is row-number
.
That is because what the counter does is count rows, and a program
should be written to be as understandable as possible.
When the Lisp interpreter first starts evaluating the expressions in the
function, the value of total
should be set to zero, since we have
not added anything to it. Then the function should add the number of
pebbles in the first row to the total, and then add the number of
pebbles in the second to the total, and then add the number of
pebbles in the third row to the total, and so on, until there are no
more rows left to add.
Both total
and row-number
are used only inside the
function, so they can be declared as local variables with let
and given initial values. Clearly, the initial value for total
should be 0. The initial value of row-number
should be 1,
since we start with the first row. This means that the let
statement will look like this:
(let ((total 0) (row-number 1)) body...)
After the internal variables are declared and bound to their initial
values, we can begin the while
loop. The expression that serves
as the test should return a value of t
for true so long as the
row-number
is less than or equal to the number-of-rows
.
(If the expression tests true only so long as the row number is less
than the number of rows in the triangle, the last row will never be
added to the total; hence the row number has to be either less than or
equal to the number of rows.)
Lisp provides the <=
function that returns true if the value of
its first argument is less than or equal to the value of its second
argument and false otherwise. So the expression that the while
will evaluate as its test should look like this:
(<= row-number number-of-rows)
The total number of pebbles can be found by repeatedly adding the number of pebbles in a row to the total already found. Since the number of pebbles in the row is equal to the row number, the total can be found by adding the row number to the total. (Clearly, in a more complex situation, the number of pebbles in the row might be related to the row number in a more complicated way; if this were the case, the row number would be replaced by the appropriate expression.)
(setq total (+ total row-number))
What this does is set the new value of total
to be equal to the
sum of adding the number of pebbles in the row to the previous total.
After setting the value of total
, the conditions need to be
established for the next repetition of the loop, if there is one. This
is done by incrementing the value of the row-number
variable,
which serves as a counter. After the row-number
variable has
been incremented, the true-or-false-test at the beginning of the
while
loop tests whether its value is still less than or equal to
the value of the number-of-rows
and if it is, adds the new value
of the row-number
variable to the total
of the previous
repetition of the loop.
The built-in Emacs Lisp function 1+
adds 1 to a number, so the
row-number
variable can be incremented with this expression:
(setq row-number (1+ row-number))
We have created the parts for the function definition; now we need to put them together.
First, the contents of the while
expression:
(while (<= row-number number-of-rows) ; true-or-false-test (setq total (+ total row-number)) (setq row-number (1+ row-number))) ; incrementer
Along with the let
expression varlist, this very nearly
completes the body of the function definition. However, it requires
one final element, the need for which is somewhat subtle.
The final touch is to place the variable total
on a line by
itself after the while
expression. Otherwise, the value returned
by the whole function is the value of the last expression that is
evaluated in the body of the let
, and this is the value
returned by the while
, which is always nil
.
This may not be evident at first sight. It almost looks as if the
incrementing expression is the last expression of the whole function.
But that expression is part of the body of the while
; it is the
last element of the list that starts with the symbol while
.
Moreover, the whole of the while
loop is a list within the body
of the let
.
In outline, the function will look like this:
(defun name-of-function (argument-list) "documentation..." (let (varlist) (while (true-or-false-test) body-of-while... ) ... ) ; Need final expression here.
The result of evaluating the let
is what is going to be returned
by the defun
since the let
is not embedded within any
containing list, except for the defun
as a whole. However, if
the while
is the last element of the let
expression, the
function will always return nil
. This is not what we want!
Instead, what we want is the value of the variable total
. This
is returned by simply placing the symbol as the last element of the list
starting with let
. It gets evaluated after the preceding
elements of the list are evaluated, which means it gets evaluated after
it has been assigned the correct value for the total.
It may be easier to see this by printing the list starting with
let
all on one line. This format makes it evident that the
varlist and while
expressions are the second and third
elements of the list starting with let
, and the total
is
the last element:
(let (varlist) (while (true-or-false-test) body-of-while... ) total)
Putting everything together, the triangle
function definition
looks like this:
(defun triangle (number-of-rows) ; Version with ; incrementing counter. "Add up the number of pebbles in a triangle. The first row has one pebble, the second row two pebbles, the third row three pebbles, and so on. The argument is NUMBER-OF-ROWS." (let ((total 0) (row-number 1)) (while (<= row-number number-of-rows) (setq total (+ total row-number)) (setq row-number (1+ row-number))) total))
After you have installed triangle
by evaluating the function, you
can try it out. Here are two examples:
(triangle 4) (triangle 7)
The sum of the first four numbers is 10 and the sum of the first seven numbers is 28.
Another common way to write a while
loop is to write the test
so that it determines whether a counter is greater than zero. So long
as the counter is greater than zero, the loop is repeated. But when
the counter is equal to or less than zero, the loop is stopped. For
this to work, the counter has to start out greater than zero and then
be made smaller and smaller by one of the forms that is evaluated
repeatedly.
The test will be an expression such as (> counter 0)
which
returns t
for true if the value of counter
is greater
than zero, and nil
for false if the value of counter
is
equal to or less than zero. The expression that makes the number
smaller and smaller can be a simple setq
such as (setq
counter (1- counter))
, where 1-
is a built-in function in
Emacs Lisp that subtracts 1 from its argument.
The template for a decrementing while
loop looks like this:
(while (> counter 0) ; true-or-false-test body... (setq counter (1- counter))) ; decrementer
To illustrate a loop with a decrementing counter, we will rewrite the
triangle
function so the counter decreases to zero.
This is the reverse of the earlier version of the function. In this case, to find out how many pebbles are needed to make a triangle with 3 rows, add the number of pebbles in the third row, 3, to the number in the preceding row, 2, and then add the total of those two rows to the row that precedes them, which is 1.
Likewise, to find the number of pebbles in a triangle with 7 rows, add the number of pebbles in the seventh row, 7, to the number in the preceding row, which is 6, and then add the total of those two rows to the row that precedes them, which is 5, and so on. As in the previous example, each addition only involves adding two numbers, the total of the rows already added up and the number of pebbles in the row that is being added to the total. This process of adding two numbers is repeated again and again until there are no more pebbles to add.
We know how many pebbles to start with: the number of pebbles in the last row is equal to the number of rows. If the triangle has seven rows, the number of pebbles in the last row is 7. Likewise, we know how many pebbles are in the preceding row: it is one less than the number in the row.
We start with three variables: the total number of rows in the
triangle; the number of pebbles in a row; and the total number of
pebbles, which is what we want to calculate. These variables can be
named number-of-rows
, number-of-pebbles-in-row
, and
total
, respectively.
Both total
and number-of-pebbles-in-row
are used only
inside the function and are declared with let
. The initial
value of total
should, of course, be zero. However, the
initial value of number-of-pebbles-in-row
should be equal to
the number of rows in the triangle, since the addition will start with
the longest row.
This means that the beginning of the let
expression will look
like this:
(let ((total 0) (number-of-pebbles-in-row number-of-rows)) body...)
The total number of pebbles can be found by repeatedly adding the number of pebbles in a row to the total already found, that is, by repeatedly evaluating the following expression:
(setq total (+ total number-of-pebbles-in-row))
After the number-of-pebbles-in-row
is added to the total
,
the number-of-pebbles-in-row
should be decremented by one, since
the next time the loop repeats, the preceding row will be
added to the total.
The number of pebbles in a preceding row is one less than the number of
pebbles in a row, so the built-in Emacs Lisp function 1-
can be
used to compute the number of pebbles in the preceding row. This can be
done with the following expression:
(setq number-of-pebbles-in-row (1- number-of-pebbles-in-row))
Finally, we know that the while
loop should stop making repeated
additions when there are no pebbles in a row. So the test for
the while
loop is simply:
(while (> number-of-pebbles-in-row 0)
Putting these expressions together, we have a function definition that looks like this:
;;; First subtractive version. (defun triangle (number-of-rows) "Add up the number of pebbles in a triangle." (let ((total 0) (number-of-pebbles-in-row number-of-rows)) (while (> number-of-pebbles-in-row 0) (setq total (+ total number-of-pebbles-in-row)) (setq number-of-pebbles-in-row (1- number-of-pebbles-in-row))) total))
As written, this function works.
However, it turns out that one of the local variables,
number-of-pebbles-in-row
, is unneeded!
When the triangle
function is evaluated, the symbol
number-of-rows
will be bound to a number, giving it an initial
value. That number can be changed in the body of the function as if
it were a local variable, without any fear that such a change will
effect the value of the variable outside of the function. This is a
very useful characteristic of Lisp; it means that the variable
number-of-rows
can be used anywhere in the function where
number-of-pebbles-in-row
is used.
Here is a second version of the function written a bit more cleanly:
(defun triangle (number) ; Second version. "Return sum of numbers 1 through NUMBER inclusive." (let ((total 0)) (while (> number 0) (setq total (+ total number)) (setq number (1- number))) total))
In brief, a properly written while
loop will consist of three parts:
A recursive function contains code that tells itself to evaluate itself. When the function evaluates itself, it again finds the code that tells itself to evaluate itself, so the function evaluates itself again ... and again ... A recursive function will keep telling itself to evaluate itself again forever unless it is also provided with a stop condition.
A recursive function typically contains a conditional expression which has three parts:
Recursive functions can be much simpler than any other kind of function. Indeed, when people first start to use them, they often look so mysteriously simple as to be incomprehensible. Like riding a bicycle, reading a recursive function definition takes a certain knack which is hard at first but then seems simple.
A template for a recursive function looks like this:
(defun name-of-recursive-function (argument-list) "documentation..." body... (if do-again-test (name-of-recursive-function next-step-expression)))
Each time the recursive function is evaluated, an argument is bound to the value of the next-step-expression; and that value is used in the do-again-test. The next-step-expression is designed so that the do-again-test returns false when the function should no longer be repeated.
The do-again-test is sometimes called the stop condition, since it stops the repetitions when it tests false.
The example of a while
loop that printed the elements of a list
of numbers can be written recursively. Here is the code, including
an expression to set the value of the variable animals
to a list.
This example must be copied to the `*scratch*' buffer and each
expression must be evaluated there. Use C-u C-x C-e to evaluate
the (print-elements-recursively animals)
expression so that the
results are printed in the buffer; otherwise the Lisp interpreter will
try to squeeze the results into the one line of the echo area.
Also, place your cursor immediately after the last closing parenthesis
of the print-elements-recursively
function, before the comment.
Otherwise, the Lisp interpreter will try to evaluate the comment.
(setq animals '(giraffe gazelle lion tiger)) (defun print-elements-recursively (list) "Print each element of LIST on a line of its own. Uses recursion." (print (car list)) ; body (if list ; do-again-test (print-elements-recursively ; recursive call (cdr list)))) ; next-step-expression (print-elements-recursively animals)
The print-elements-recursively
function first prints the first
element of the list, the CAR of the list. Then, if the list is
not empty, the function invokes itself, but gives itself as its
argument, not the whole list, but the second and subsequent elements
of the list, the CDR of the list.
When this evaluation occurs, the function prints the first element of
the list it receives as its argument (which is the second element
of the original list). Then, the if
expression is evaluated
and when true, the function calls itself with the CDR of the list
it is invoked with, which (the second time around) is the CDR of
the CDR of the original list.
Each time the function invokes itself, it invokes itself on a shorter
version of the original list. Eventually, the function invokes itself
on an empty list. The print
function prints the empty list as
nil
. Next, the conditional expression tests the value of
list
. Since the value of list
is nil
, the
if
expression tests false so the then-part is not evaluated.
The function as a whole then returns nil
. Consequently, you
see nil
twice when you evaluate the function.
When you evaluate (print-elements-recursively animals)
in the
`*scratch*' buffer, you see this result:
giraffe gazelle lion tiger nil nil
(The first nil
is the value of the empty list that is printed;
the second nil
is the value returned by the whole function.)
The triangle
function described in a previous section can also
be written recursively. It looks like this:
(defun triangle-recursively (number) "Return the sum of the numbers 1 through NUMBER inclusive. Uses recursion." (if (= number 1) ; do-again-test 1 ; then-part (+ number ; else-part (triangle-recursively ; recursive call (1- number))))) ; next-step-expression (triangle-recursively 7)
You can install this function by evaluating it and then try it by
evaluating (triangle-recursively 7)
. (Remember to put your
cursor immediately after the last parenthesis of the function
definition, before the comment.)
To understand how this function works, let's consider what happens in the various cases when the function is passed 1, 2, 3, or 4 as the value of its argument.
First, what happens if the value of the argument is 1?
The function has an if
expression after the documentation
string. It tests whether the value of number
is equal to 1; if
so, Emacs evaluates the then-part of the if
expression, which
returns the number 1 as the value of the function. (A triangle with
one row has one pebble in it.)
Suppose, however, that the value of the argument is 2. In this case,
Emacs evaluates the else-part of the if
expression.
The else-part consists of an addition, the recursive call to
triangle-recursively
and a decrementing action; and it looks like
this:
(+ number (triangle-recursively (1- number)))
When Emacs evaluates this expression, the innermost expression is evaluated first; then the other parts in sequence. Here are the steps in detail:
(1- number)
so Emacs decrements the
value of number
from 2 to 1.
triangle-recursively
function.
triangle-recursively
function
In this case, Emacs evaluates triangle-recursively
with an
argument of 1. This means that this evaluation of
triangle-recursively
returns 1.
number
.
number
is the second element of the list that
starts with +
; its value is 2.
+
expression.
+
expression receives two arguments, the first
from the evaluation of number
(Step 3) and the second from the
evaluation of triangle-recursively
(Step 2).
The result of the addition is the sum of 2 plus 1, and the number 3 is
returned, which is correct. A triangle with two rows has three
pebbles in it.
Suppose that triangle-recursively
is called with an argument of
3.
if
expression is evaluated first. This is the do-again
test and returns false, so the else-part of the if
expression
is evaluated. (Note that in this example, the do-again-test causes
the function to call itself when it tests false, not when it tests
true.)
triangle-recursively
function.
triangle-recursively
function.
We know what happens when Emacs evaluates triangle-recursively
with
an argument of 2. After going through the sequence of actions described
earlier, it returns a value of 3. So that is what will happen here.
The value returned by the function as a whole will be 6.
Now that we know what will happen when triangle-recursively
is
called with an argument of 3, it is evident what will happen if it is
called with an argument of 4:
In the recursive call, the evaluation of
(triangle-recursively (1- 4))will return the value of evaluating
(triangle-recursively 3)which is 6 and this value will be added to 4 by the addition in the third line.
The value returned by the function as a whole will be 10.
Each time triangle-recursively
is evaluated, it evaluates a
version of itself with a smaller argument, until the argument is small
enough so that it does not evaluate itself.
cond
The version of triangle-recursively
described earlier is written
with the if
special form. It can also be written using another
special form called cond
. The name of the special form
cond
is an abbreviation of the word `conditional'.
Although the cond
special form is not used as often in the
Emacs Lisp sources as if
, it is used often enough to justify
explaining it.
The template for a cond
expression looks like this:
(cond body...)
where the body is a series of lists.
Written out more fully, the template looks like this:
(cond ((first-true-or-false-test first-consequent) (second-true-or-false-test second-consequent) (third-true-or-false-test third-consequent) ...)
When the Lisp interpreter evaluates the cond
expression, it
evaluates the first element (the CAR or true-or-false-test) of
the first expression in a series of expressions within the body of the
cond
.
If the true-or-false-test returns nil
the rest of that
expression, the consequent, is skipped and the true-or-false-test of the
next expression is evaluated. When an expression is found whose
true-or-false-test returns a value that is not nil
, the
consequent of that expression is evaluated. The consequent can be one
or more expressions. If the consequent consists of more than one
expression, the expressions are evaluated in sequence and the value of
the last one is returned. If the expression does not have a consequent,
the value of the true-or-false-test is returned.
If none of the true-or-false-tests test true, the cond
expression
returns nil
.
Written using cond
, the triangle
function looks like this:
(defun triangle-using-cond (number) (cond ((<= number 0) 0) ((= number 1) 1) ((> number 1) (+ number (triangle-using-cond (1- number))))))
In this example, the cond
returns 0 if the number is less than or
equal to 0, it returns 1 if the number is 1 and it evaluates (+
number (triangle-using-cond (1- number)))
if the number is greater than
1.
triangle
in which each row has a
value which is the square of the row number. Use a while
loop.
triangle
that multiplies instead of
adds the values.
cond
.
Regular expression searches are used extensively in GNU Emacs. The two
functions, forward-sentence
and forward-paragraph
illustrate
these searches well.
Regular expression searches are described in section `Regular Expression Search' in The GNU Emacs Manual, as well as in
section `Regular Expressions' in The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual. In writing this chapter, I am presuming that you have at
least a mild acquaintance with them. The major point to remember is
that regular expressions permit you to search for patterns as well as
for literal strings of characters. For example, the code in
forward-sentence
searches for the pattern of possible
characters that could mark the end of a sentence, and moves point to
that spot.
Before looking at the code for the forward-sentence
function, it
is worth considering what the pattern that marks the end of a sentence
must be. The pattern is discussed in the next section; following that
is a description of the regular expression search function,
re-search-forward
. The forward-sentence
function
is described in the section following. Finally, the
forward-paragraph
function is described in the last section of
this chapter. forward-paragraph
is a complex function that
introduces several new features.
sentence-end
The symbol sentence-end
is bound to the pattern that marks the
end of a sentence. What should this regular expression be?
Clearly, a sentence may be ended by a period, a question mark, or an exclamation mark. Indeed, only clauses that end with one of those three characters should be considered the end of a sentence. This means that the pattern should include the character set:
[.?!]
However, we do not want forward-sentence
merely to jump to a
period, a question mark, or an exclamation mark, because such a character
might be used in the middle of a sentence. A period, for example, is
used after abbreviations. So other information is needed.
According to convention, you type two spaces after every sentence, but only one space after a period, a question mark, or an exclamation mark in the body of a sentence. So a period, a question mark, or an exclamation mark followed by two spaces is a good indicator of an end of sentence. However, in a file, the two spaces may instead be a tab or the end of a line. This means that the regular expression should include these three items as alternatives. This group of alternatives will look like this:
\\($\\| \\| \\) ^ ^^ TAB SPC
Here, `$' indicates the end of the line, and I have pointed out where the tab and two spaces are inserted in the expression. Both are inserted by putting the actual characters into the expression.
Two backslashes, `\\', are required before the parentheses and vertical bars: the first backslash to quote the following backslash in Emacs; and the second to indicate that the following character, the parenthesis or the vertical bar, is special.
Also, a sentence may be followed by one or more carriage returns, like this:
[ ]*
Like tabs and spaces, a carriage return is inserted into a regular expression by inserting it literally. The asterisk indicates that the RET is repeated zero or more times.
But a sentence end does not consist only of a period, a question mark or an exclamation mark followed by appropriate space: a closing quotation mark or a closing brace of some kind may precede the space. Indeed more than one such mark or brace may precede the space. These require a expression that looks like this:
[]\"')}]*
In this expression, the first `]' is the first character in the expression; the second character is `"', which is preceded by a `\' to tell Emacs the `"' is not special. The last three characters are `'', `)', and `}'.
All this suggests what the regular expression pattern for matching the
end of a sentence should be; and, indeed, if we evaluate
sentence-end
we find that it returns the following value:
sentence-end => "[.?!][]\"')}]*\\($\\| \\| \\)[ ]*"
re-search-forward
Function
The re-search-forward
function is very like the
search-forward
function. (See section The search-forward
Function.)
re-search-forward
searches for a regular expression. If the
search is successful, it leaves point immediately after the last
character in the target. If the search is backwards, it leaves point
just before the first character in the target. You may tell
re-search-forward
to return t
for true. (Moving point
is therefore a `side effect'.)
Like search-forward
, the re-search-forward
function takes
four arguments:
nil
as the third argument causes the function to
signal an error (and print a message) when the search fails; any other
value causes it to return nil
if the search fails and t
if the search succeeds.
re-search-forward
to search backwards.
The template for re-search-forward
looks like this:
(re-search-forward "regular-expression" limit-of-search what-to-do-if-search-fails repeat-count)
The second, third, and fourth arguments are optional. However, if you want to pass a value to either or both of the last two arguments, you must also pass a value to all the preceding arguments. Otherwise, the Lisp interpreter will mistake which argument you are passing the value to.
In the forward-sentence
function, the regular expression will be
the value of the variable sentence-end
, namely:
"[.?!][]\"')}]*\\($\\| \\| \\)[ ]*"
The limit of the search will be the end of the paragraph (since a
sentence cannot go beyond a paragraph). If the search fails, the
function will return nil
; and the repeat count will be provided
by the argument to the forward-sentence
function.
forward-sentence
The command to move the cursor forward a sentence is a straightforward illustration of how to use regular expression searches in Emacs Lisp. Indeed, the function looks longer and more complicated than it is; this is because the function is designed to go backwards as well as forwards; and, optionally, over more than one sentence. The function is usually bound to the key command M-e.
Here is the code for forward-sentence
:
(defun forward-sentence (&optional arg) "Move forward to next sentence-end. With argument, repeat. With negative argument, move backward repeatedly to sentence-beginning. Sentence ends are identified by the value of sentence-end treated as a regular expression. Also, every paragraph boundary terminates sentences as well." (interactive "p") (or arg (setq arg 1)) (while (< arg 0) (let ((par-beg (save-excursion (start-of-paragraph-text) (point)))) (if (re-search-backward (concat sentence-end "[^ \t\n]") par-beg t) (goto-char (1- (match-end 0))) (goto-char par-beg))) (setq arg (1+ arg))) (while (> arg 0) (let ((par-end (save-excursion (end-of-paragraph-text) (point)))) (if (re-search-forward sentence-end par-end t) (skip-chars-backward " \t\n") (goto-char par-end))) (setq arg (1- arg))))
The function looks long at first sight and it is best to look at its skeleton first, and then its muscle. The way to see the skeleton is to look at the expressions that start in the left-most columns:
(defun forward-sentence (&optional arg) "documentation..." (interactive "p") (or arg (setq arg 1)) (while (< arg 0) body-of-while-loop (while (> arg 0) body-of-while-loop
This looks much simpler! The function definition consists of
documentation, an interactive
expression, an or
expression, and while
loops.
Let's look at each of these parts in turn.
We note that the documentation is thorough and understandable.
The function has an interactive "p"
declaration. This means
that the processed prefix argument, if any, is passed to the
function as its argument. (This will be a number.) If the function
is not passed an argument (it is optional) then the argument
arg
will be bound to 1. When forward-sentence
is called
non-interactively without an argument, arg
is bound to
nil
.
The or
expression handles the prefix argument. What it does is
either leave the value of arg
as it is, but only if arg
is bound to a value; or it sets the value of arg
to 1, in the
case when arg
is bound to nil
.
while
loops
Two while
loops follow the or
expression. The first
while
has a true-or-false-test that tests true if the prefix
argument for forward-sentence
is a negative number. This is for
going backwards. The body of this loop is similar to the body of the
second while
clause, but it is not exactly the same. We will
skip this while
loop and concentrate on the second while
loop.
The second while
loop is for moving point forward. Its skeleton
looks like this:
(while (> arg 0) ; true-or-false-test
(let varlist
(if (true-or-false-test)
then-part
else-part
(setq arg (1- arg)))) ; while
loop decrementer
The while
loop is of the decrementing kind.
(See section Loop with a Decrementing Counter.) It
has a true-or-false-test that tests true so long as the counter (in
this case, the variable arg
) is greater than zero; and it has a
decrementer that subtracts 1 from the value of the counter every time
the loop repeats.
If no prefix argument is given to forward-sentence
, which is
the most common way the command is used, this while
loop will
run once, since the value of arg
will be 1.
The body of the while
loop consists of a let
expression,
which creates and binds a local variable, and has, as its body, an
if
expression.
The body of the while
loop looks like this:
(let ((par-end (save-excursion (end-of-paragraph-text) (point)))) (if (re-search-forward sentence-end par-end t) (skip-chars-backward " \t\n") (goto-char par-end)))
The let
expression creates and binds the local variable
par-end
. As we shall see, this local variable is designed to
provide a bound or limit to the regular expression search. If the
search fails to find a proper sentence ending in the paragraph, it will
stop on reaching the end of the paragraph.
But first, let us examine how par-end
is bound to the value of
the end of the paragraph. What happens is that the let
sets the
value of par-end
to the value returned when the Lisp interpreter
evaluates the expression
(save-excursion (end-of-paragraph-text) (point))
In this expression, (end-of-paragraph-text)
moves point to the
end of the paragraph, (point)
returns the value of point, and then
save-excursion
restores point to its original position. Thus,
the let
binds par-end
to the value returned by the
save-excursion
expression, which is the position of the end of
the paragraph. (The (end-of-paragraph-text)
function uses
forward-paragraph
, which we will discuss shortly.)
Emacs next evaluates the body of the let
, which is an if
expression that looks like this:
(if (re-search-forward sentence-end par-end t) ; if-part (skip-chars-backward " \t\n") ; then-part (goto-char par-end))) ; else-part
The if
tests whether its first argument is true and if so,
evaluates its then-part; otherwise, the Emacs Lisp interpreter
evaluates the else-part. The true-or-false-test of the if
expression is the regular expression search.
It may seem odd to have what looks like the `real work' of
the forward-sentence
function buried here, but this is a common
way this kind of operation is carried out in Lisp.
The re-search-forward
function searches for the end of the
sentence, that is, for the pattern defined by the sentence-end
regular expression. If the pattern is found--if the end of the sentence is
found--then the re-search-forward
function does two things:
re-search-forward
function carries out a side effect, which
is to move point to the end of the occurrence found.
re-search-forward
function returns a value of true. This is
the value received by the if
, and means that the search was
successful.
The side effect, the movement of point, is completed before the
if
function is handed the value returned by the successful
conclusion of the search.
When the if
function receives the value of true from a successful
call to re-search-forward
, the if
evaluates the then-part,
which is the expression (skip-chars-backward " \t\n")
. This
expression moves backwards over any blank spaces, tabs or carriage
returns until a printed character is found and then leaves point after
the character. Since point has already been moved to the end of the
pattern that marks the end of the sentence, this action leaves point
right after the closing printed character of the sentence, which is
usually a period.
On the other hand, if the re-search-forward
function fails to
find a pattern marking the end of the sentence, the function returns
false. The false then causes the if
to evaluate its third
argument, which is (goto-char par-end)
: it moves point to the
end of the paragraph.
Regular expression searches are exceptionally useful and the pattern
illustrated by re-search-forward
, in which the search is the
test of an if
expression, is handy. You will see or write code
incorporating this pattern often.
forward-paragraph
: a Goldmine of Functions
The forward-paragraph
function moves point forward to the end
of the paragraph. It is usually bound to M-} and makes use of a
number of functions that are important in themselves, including
let*
, match-beginning
, and looking-at
.
The function definition for forward-paragraph
is considerably
longer than the function definition for forward-sentence
because it works with a paragraph, each line of which may begin with a
fill prefix.
A fill prefix consists of a string of characters that are repeated at the beginning of each line. For example, in Lisp code, it is a convention to start each line of a paragraph-long comment with `;;; '. In Text mode, four blank spaces make up another common fill prefix, creating an indented paragraph. (See section `Fill Prefix' in The GNU Emacs Manual, for more information about fill prefixes.)
The existence of a fill prefix means that in addition to being able to
find the end of a paragraph whose lines begin on the left-most
column, the forward-paragraph
function must be able to find the
end of a paragraph when all or many of the lines in the buffer begin
with the fill prefix.
Moreover, it is sometimes practical to ignore a fill prefix that exists, especially when blank lines separate paragraphs. This is an added complication.
Rather than print all of the forward-paragraph
function, we
will only print parts of it. Read without preparation, the function
can be daunting!
In outline, the function looks like this:
(defun forward-paragraph (&optional arg) "documentation..." (interactive "p") (or arg (setq arg 1)) (let* varlist (while (< arg 0) ; backward-moving-code ... (setq arg (1+ arg))) (while (> arg 0) ; forward-moving-code ... (setq arg (1- arg)))))
The first parts of the function are routine: the function's argument list consists of one optional argument. Documentation follows.
The lower case `p' in the interactive
declaration means
that the processed prefix argument, if any, is passed to the function.
This will be a number, and is the repeat count of how many paragraphs
point will move. The or
expression in the next line handles
the common case when no argument is passed to the function, which occurs
if the function is called from other code rather than interactively.
This case was described earlier. (See section forward-sentence
.) Now we reach the end of the
familiar part of this function.
let*
expression
The next line of the forward-paragraph
function begins a
let*
expression. This is a different kind of expression than
we have seen so far. The symbol is let*
not let
.
The let*
special form is like let
except that Emacs sets
each variable in sequence, one after another, and variables in the
latter part of the varlist can make use of the values to which Emacs
set variables in the earlier part of the varlist.
In the let*
expression in this function, Emacs binds two
variables: fill-prefix-regexp
and paragraph-separate
.
The value to which paragraph-separate
is bound depends on the
value of fill-prefix-regexp
.
Let's look at each in turn. The symbol fill-prefix-regexp
is
set to the value returned by evaluating the following list:
(and fill-prefix (not (equal fill-prefix "")) (not paragraph-ignore-fill-prefix) (regexp-quote fill-prefix))
This is an expression whose first element is the function and
.
The and
function evaluates each of its arguments until one of
the arguments returns a value of nil
, in which case the
and
expression returns nil
; however, if none of the
arguments returns a value of nil
, the value resulting from
evaluating the last argument is returned. (Since such a value is not
nil
, it is considered true in Lisp.) In other words, an
and
expression returns a true value only if all its arguments
are true.
In this case, the variable fill-prefix-regexp
is bound to a
non-nil
value only if the following four expressions produce a
true (i.e., a non-nil
) value when they are evaluated; otherwise,
fill-prefix-regexp
is bound to nil
.
fill-prefix
nil
.
(not (equal fill-prefix "")
(not paragraph-ignore-fill-prefix)
nil
if the variable
paragraph-ignore-fill-prefix
has been turned on by being set to a
true value such as t
.
(regexp-quote fill-prefix)
and
function. If all the
arguments to the and
are true, the value resulting from
evaluating this expression will be returned by the and
expression
and bound to the variable fill-prefix-regexp
,
The result of evaluating this and
expression successfully is that
fill-prefix-regexp
will be bound to the value of
fill-prefix
as modified by the regexp-quote
function.
What regexp-quote
does is read a string and return a regular
expression that will exactly match the string and match nothing else.
This means that fill-prefix-regexp
will be set to a value that
will exactly match the fill prefix if the fill prefix exists.
Otherwise, the variable will be set to nil
.
The second local variable in the let*
expression is
paragraph-separate
. It is bound to the value returned by
evaluating the expression:
(if fill-prefix-regexp (concat paragraph-separate "\\|^" fill-prefix-regexp "[ \t]*$") paragraph-separate)))
This expression shows why let*
rather than let
was used.
The true-or-false-test for the if
depends on whether the variable
fill-prefix-regexp
evaluates to nil
or some other value.
If fill-prefix-regexp
does not have a value, Emacs evaluates
the else-part of the if
expression and binds
paragraph-separate
to its local value.
(paragraph-separate
is a regular expression that matches what
separates paragraphs.)
But if fill-prefix-regexp
does have a value, Emacs evaluates
the then-part of the if
expression and binds
paragraph-separate
to a regular expression that includes the
fill-prefix-regexp
as part of the pattern.
Specifically, paragraph-separate
is set to the original value
of the paragraph separate regular expression concatenated with an
alternative expression that consists of the fill-prefix-regexp
followed by a blank line. The `^' indicates that the
fill-prefix-regexp
must begin a line, and the optional
whitespace to the end of the line is defined by "[ \t]*$"
.)
The `\\|' defines this portion of the regexp as an alternative to
paragraph-separate
.
Now we get into the body of the let*
. The first part of the body
of the let*
deals with the case when the function is given a
negative argument and is therefore moving backwards. We will skip this
section.
while
loop
The second part of the body of the let*
deals with forward
motion. It is a while
loop that repeats itself so long as the
value of arg
is greater than zero. In the most common use of
the function, the value of the argument is 1, so the body of the
while
loop is evaluated exactly once, and the cursor moves
forward one paragraph.
This part handles three situations: when point is between paragraphs, when point is within a paragraph and there is a fill prefix, and when point is within a paragraph and there is no fill prefix.
The while
loop looks like this:
(while (> arg 0) (beginning-of-line) ;; between paragraphs (while (prog1 (and (not (eobp)) (looking-at paragraph-separate)) (forward-line 1))) ;; within paragraphs, with a fill prefix (if fill-prefix-regexp ;; There is a fill prefix; it overrides paragraph-start. (while (and (not (eobp)) (not (looking-at paragraph-separate)) (looking-at fill-prefix-regexp)) (forward-line 1)) ;; within paragraphs, no fill prefix (if (re-search-forward paragraph-start nil t) (goto-char (match-beginning 0)) (goto-char (point-max)))) (setq arg (1- arg)))
We can see immediately that this is a decrementing counter while
loop, using the expression (setq (1- arg))
as the decrementer.
The body of the loop consists of three expressions:
;; between paragraphs (beginning-of-line) (while body-of-while) ;; within paragraphs, with fill prefix (if true-or-false-test then-part ;; within paragraphs, no fill prefix else-part
When the Emacs Lisp interpreter evaluates the body of the
while
loop, the first thing it does is evaluate the
(beginning-of-line)
expression and move point to the beginning
of the line. Then there is an inner while
loop. This
while
loop is designed to move the cursor out of the blank
space between paragraphs, if it should happen to be there. Finally
there is an if
expression that actually moves point to the end
of the paragraph.
First, let us look at the inner while
loop. This loop handles
the case when point is between paragraphs; it uses three functions
that are new to us: prog1
, eobp
and looking-at
.
prog1
is similar to the progn
function,
except that prog1
evaluates its arguments in sequence and then
returns the value of its first argument as the value of the whole
expression. (progn
returns the value of its last argument as the
value of the expression.) The second and subsequent arguments to
prog1
are evaluated only for their side effects.
eobp
is an abbreviation of `End Of Buffer P' and is a
function that returns true if point is at the end of the buffer.
looking-at
is a function that returns true if the text following
point matches the regular expression passed looking-at
as its
argument.
The while
loop we are studying looks like this:
(while (prog1 (and (not (eobp)) (looking-at paragraph-separate)) (forward-line 1)))
This is a while
loop with no body! The true-or-false-test of the
loop is the expression:
(prog1 (and (not (eobp)) (looking-at paragraph-separate)) (forward-line 1)))
The first argument to the prog1
is the and
expression. It
has within in it a test of whether point is at the end of the buffer and
also a test of whether the pattern following point matches the regular
expression for separating paragraphs.
If the cursor is not at the end of the buffer and if the characters
following the cursor mark the separation between two paragraphs, then
the and
expression is true. After evaluating the and
expression, the Lisp interpreter evaluates the second argument to
prog1
, which is forward-line
. This moves point forward
one line. The value returned by the prog1
however, is the
value of its first argument, so the while
loop continues so
long as point is not at the end of the buffer and is between
paragraphs. When, finally, point is moved to a paragraph, the
and
expression tests false. Note however, that the
forward-line
command is carried out anyhow. This means that
when point is moved from between paragraphs to a paragraph, it is left
at the beginning of the second line of the paragraph.
The next expression in the outer while
loop is an if
expression. The Lisp interpreter evaluates the then-part of the
if
when the fill-prefix-regexp
variable has a value other
than nil
, and it evaluates the else-part when the value of
if fill-prefix-regexp
is nil
, that is, when there is no
fill prefix.
It is simplest to look at the code for the case when there is no fill
prefix first. This code consists of yet another inner if
expression, and reads as follows:
(if (re-search-forward paragraph-start nil t) (goto-char (match-beginning 0)) (goto-char (point-max)))
This expression actually does the work that most people think of as
the primary purpose of the forward-paragraph
command: it causes
a regular expression search to occur that searches forward to the
start of the next paragraph and if it is found, moves point there; but
if the start of another paragraph if not found, it moves point to the
end of the accessible region of the buffer.
The only unfamiliar part of this is the use of match-beginning
.
This is another function that is new to us. The
match-beginning
function returns a number specifying the
location of the start of the text that was matched by the last regular
expression search.
The match-beginning
function is used here because of a
characteristic of a forward search: a successful forward search,
regardless of whether it is a plain search or a regular expression
search, will move point to the end of the text that is found. In this
case, a successful search will move point to the end of the pattern for
paragraph-start
, which will be the beginning of the next
paragraph rather than the end of the current one.
However, we want to put point at the end of the current paragraph, not at the beginning of the next one. The two positions may be different, because there may be several blank lines between paragraphs.
When given an argument of 0, match-beginning
returns the position
that is the start of the text that the most recent regular
expression search matched. In this case, the most recent regular
expression search is the one looking for paragraph-start
, so
match-beginning
returns the beginning position of the pattern,
rather than the end of the pattern. The beginning position is the end
of the paragraph.
(Incidentally, when passed a positive number as an argument, the
match-beginning
function will place point at that parenthesized
expression in the last regular expression. It is a useful function.)
The inner if
expression just discussed is the else-part of an enclosing
if
expression which tests whether there is a fill prefix. If
there is a fill prefix, the then-part of this if
is evaluated.
It looks like this:
(while (and (not (eobp)) (not (looking-at paragraph-separate)) (looking-at fill-prefix-regexp)) (forward-line 1))
What this expression does is move point forward line by line so long as three conditions are true:
The last condition may be puzzling, until you remember that point was
moved to the beginning of the line early in the forward-paragraph
function. This means that if the text has a fill prefix, the
looking-at
function will see it.
In summary, when moving forward, the forward-paragraph
function
does the following:
For review, here is the code we have just been discussing, formatted for clarity:
(interactive "p") (or arg (setq arg 1)) (let* ( (fill-prefix-regexp (and fill-prefix (not (equal fill-prefix "")) (not paragraph-ignore-fill-prefix) (regexp-quote fill-prefix))) (paragraph-separate (if fill-prefix-regexp (concat paragraph-separate "\\|^" fill-prefix-regexp "[ \t]*$") paragraph-separate))) backward-moving-code (omitted) ... (while (> arg 0) ; forward-moving-code (beginning-of-line) (while (prog1 (and (not (eobp)) (looking-at paragraph-separate)) (forward-line 1))) (if fill-prefix-regexp (while (and (not (eobp)) ; then-part (not (looking-at paragraph-separate)) (looking-at fill-prefix-regexp)) (forward-line 1)) ; else-part: the inner-if (if (re-search-forward paragraph-start nil t) (goto-char (match-beginning 0)) (goto-char (point-max)))) (setq arg (1- arg))))) ; decrementer
The full definition for the forward-paragraph
function not only
includes this code for going forwards, but also code for going backwards.
If you are reading this inside of GNU Emacs and you want to see the
whole function, you can type M-. (find-tag
) and the name
of the function when prompted for it. If the find-tag
function
first asks you for the name of a `TAGS' table, give it the name
of the `TAGS' file in your `emacs/src' directory, which will
have a pathname such as `/usr/local/lib/emacs/19.23/src/TAGS'.
(The exact path to the `emacs/src' directory depends on how your
copy of Emacs was installed. If you don't know the path, you can
sometimes find out by typing C-h i to enter Info and then typing
C-x C-f to see the path to the `emacs/info' directory. The
path to the `TAGS' file is often the corresponding
`emacs/src' path; sometimes, however, Info files are stored
elsewhere.)
You can also create your own `TAGS' file for directories that lack one.
You can create your own `TAGS' file to help you jump to sources.
For example, if you have a large number of files in your
`~/emacs' directory, as I do--I have 137 `.el' files in it,
of which I load 17-- you will find it easier to jump to specific
functions if you create a `TAGS' file for that directory than if
you search for the function name with grep
or some other tool.
You can create a `TAGS' file by calling the etags
program
that comes as a part of the Emacs distribution. Usually, etags
is compiled and installed when Emacs is built. (etags
is not
an Emacs Lisp function or a part of Emacs; it is a C program.)
To create a `TAGS' file, first switch to the directory in which
you want to create the file. In Emacs you can do this with the
M-x cd command, or by visiting a file in the directory, or by
listing the directory with C-x d (dired
). Then type
M-! etags *.el
to create a `TAGS' file. The etags
program takes all the
usual shell `wildcards'. For example, if you have two directories for
which you want a single `TAGS file', type the command like this,
where `../elisp/' is the second directory:
M-! etags *.el ../elisp/*.el
Type
M-! etags --help
to see a list of the options accepted by etags
.
The etags
program handles Emacs Lisp, Common Lisp, Scheme, C,
Fortran, Pascal, LaTeX, and most assemblers. The program has no
switches for specifying the language; it recognizes the language in an
input file according to its file name and contents.
Also, `etags' is very helpful when you are writing code yourself
and want to refer back to functions you have already written. Just
run etags
again at intervals as you write new functions, so
they become part of the `TAGS' file.
Here is a brief summary of some recently introduced functions.
while
nil
. (The
expression is evaluated only for its side effects.)
For example:
(let ((foo 2)) (while (> foo 0) (insert (format "foo is %d.\n" foo)) (setq foo (1- foo)))) => foo is 2. foo is 1. nil(The
insert
function inserts its arguments at point; the
format
function returns a string formatted from its arguments
the way message
formats its arguments; \n
produces a new
line.)
re-search-forward
search-forward
:
nil
or an
error message.
let*
(let* ((foo 7) (bar (* 3 foo))) (message "`bar' is %d." bar)) => `bar' is 21.
match-beginning
looking-at
t
for true if the text after point matches the argument,
which should be a regular expression.
eobp
t
for true if point is at the end of the accessible part
of a buffer. The end of the accessible part is the end of the buffer
if the buffer is not narrowed; it is the end of the narrowed part if
the buffer is narrowed.
prog1
(prog1 1 2 3 4) => 1
re-search-forward
the-the
Function.
Repetition and regular expression searches are powerful tools that you
often use when you write code in Emacs Lisp. This chapter illustrates
the use of regular expression searches through the construction of
word count commands using while
loops and recursion.
The standard Emacs distribution contains a function for counting the number of lines within a region. However, there is no corresponding function for counting words.
Certain types of writing ask you to count words. Thus, if you write
an essay, you may be limited to 800 words; if you write a novel, you
may discipline yourself to write 1000 words a day. It seems odd to me
that Emacs lacks a word count command. Perhaps people use Emacs
mostly for code or types of documentation that do not require word
counts; or perhaps they restrict themselves to the operating system
word count command, wc
. Alternatively, people may follow
the publishers' convention and compute a word count by dividing the
number of characters in a document by five. In any event, here are
commands to count words.
count-words-region
Function
A word count command could count words in a line, paragraph, region,
or buffer. What should the command cover? You could design the
command to count the number of words in a complete buffer. However,
the Emacs tradition encourages flexibility--you may want to count
words in just a section, rather than all of a buffer. So it makes
more sense to design the command to count the number of words in a
region. Once you have a count-words-region
command, you can,
if you wish, count words in a whole buffer by marking it with C-x
h (mark-whole-buffer
).
Clearly, counting words is a repetitive act: starting from the
beginning of the region, you count the first word, then the second
word, then the third word, and so on, until you reach the end of the
region. This means that word counting is ideally suited to recursion
or to a while
loop.
First, we will implement the word count command with a while
loop, then with recursion. The command will, of course, be
interactive.
The template for an interactive function definition is, as always:
(defun name-of-function (argument-list) "documentation..." (interactive-expression...) body...)
What we need to do is fill in the slots.
The name of the function should be self-explanatory and similar to the
existing count-lines-region
name. This makes the name easier
to remember. count-words-region
is a good choice.
The function counts words within a region. This means that the
argument list must contain symbols that are bound to the two
positions, the beginning and end of the region. These two positions
can be called `beginning' and `end' respectively. The first
line of the documentation should be a single sentence, since that is
all that is printed as documentation by a command such as
apropos
. The interactive expression will be of the form
`(interactive "r")', since that will cause Emacs to pass the
beginning and end of the region to the function's argument list. All
this is routine.
The body of the function needs to be written so as to do three tasks:
first to set up conditions under which the while
loop can count words,
second to run the while
loop, and, third, to send a message to the
user.
When a user calls count-words-region
, point may be at the
beginning or the end of the region. However, the counting process
must start at the beginning of the region. This means we will want
to put point there if it is not already there. Executing
(goto-char beginning)
ensures this. Of course, we will want to
return point to its expected position when the function finishes its
work. For this reason, the body must be enclosed in a
save-excursion
expression.
The central part of the body of the function consists of a
while
loop in which one expression jumps point forward word by
word, and another expression counts those jumps. The true-or-false-test
of the while
loop should test true so long as point should jump
forward, and false when point is at the end of the region.
We could use (forward-word 1)
as the expression for moving point
forward word by word, but it is easier to see what Emacs identifies as a
`word' if we use a regular expression search.
A regular expression search that finds the pattern for which it is searching leaves point after the last character matched. This means that a succession of successful word searches will move point forward word by word.
As a practical matter, we want the regular expression search to jump over whitespace and punctuation between words as well as over the words themselves. A regexp that refuses to jump over interword whitespace would never jump more than one word! This means that the regexp should include the whitespace and punctuation that follows a word, if any, as well as the word itself. (A word may end a buffer and not have any following whitespace or punctuation, so that part of the regexp must be optional.)
Thus, what we want for the regexp is a pattern defining one or more word constituent characters followed, optionally, by one or more characters that are not word constituents. The regular expression for this is:
\w+\W*
The buffer's syntax table determines which characters are and are not word constituents. (See section What Constitutes a Word or Symbol?, for more about syntax. Also, see section `The Syntax Table' in The GNU Emacs Manual, and, section `Syntax Tables' in The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual.)
The search expression looks like this:
(re-search-forward "\\w+\\W*")
(Note that paired backslashes precede the `w' and `W'. A single backslash has special meaning to the Emacs Lisp interpreter. It indicates that the following character is interpreted differently than usual. For example, the two characters, `\n', stand for `newline', rather than for a backslash followed by `n'. Two backslashes in a row stand for an ordinary, `unspecial' backslash.)
We need a counter to count how many words there are; this variable
must first be set to 0 and then incremented each time Emacs goes
around the while
loop. The incrementing expression is simply:
(setq count (1+ count))
Finally, we want to tell the user how many words there are in the
region. The message
function is intended for presenting this
kind of information to the user. The message has to be phrased so
that it reads properly regardless of how many words there are in the
region: we don't want to say that "there are 1 words in the region".
The conflict between singular and plural is ungrammmatical. We can
solve this problem by using a conditional expression that evaluates
different messages depending on the number of words in the region.
There are three possibilities: no words in the region, one word in the
region, and more than one word. This means that the cond
special form is appropriate.
All this leads to the following function definition:
;;; First version; has bugs! (defun count-words-region (beginning end) "Print number of words in the region. Words are defined as at least one word-constituent character followed by at least one character that is not a word-constituent. The buffer's syntax table determines which characters these are." (interactive "r") (message "Counting words in region ... ") ;;; 1. Set up appropriate conditions. (save-excursion (goto-char beginning) (let ((count 0)) ;;; 2. Run the while loop. (while (< (point) end) (re-search-forward "\\w+\\W*") (setq count (1+ count))) ;;; 3. Send a message to the user. (cond ((zerop count) (message "The region does NOT have any words.")) ((= 1 count) (message "The region has 1 word.")) (t (message "The region has %d words." count))))))
As written, the function works, but not in all circumstances.
count-words-region
The count-words-region
command described in the preceding
section has two bugs, or rather, one bug with two manifestations.
First, if you mark a region containing only whitespace in the middle
of some text, the count-words-region
command tells you that the
region contains one word! Second, if you mark a region containing
only whitespace at the end of the buffer or the accessible portion of
a narrowed buffer, the command displays an error message that looks
like this:
Search failed: "\\w+\\W*"
If you are reading this in Info in GNU Emacs, you can test for these bugs yourself.
First, evaluate the function in the usual manner to install it.
If you wish, you can also install this keybinding by evaluating it, too:
(global-set-key "\C-c=" 'count-words-region)
To conduct the first test, set mark and point to the beginning and end of the following line and then type C-c = (or M-x count-words-region if you have not bound C-c =):
one two three
Emacs will tell you, correctly, that the region has three words.
Repeat the test, but place mark at the beginning of the line and place point just before the word `one'. Again type the command C-c = (or M-x count-words-region). Emacs should tell you that the region has no words, since it is composed only of the whitespace at the beginning of the line. But instead Emacs tells you that the region has one word!
For the third test, copy the sample line to the end of the `*scratch*' buffer and then type several spaces at the end of the line. Place mark right after the word `three' and point at the end of line. (The end of the line will be the end of the buffer.) Type C-c = (or M-x count-words-region) as you did before. Again, Emacs should tell you that the region has no words, since it is composed only of the whitespace at the end of the line. Instead, Emacs displays an error message saying `Search failed'.
The two bugs stem from the same problem.
Consider the first manifestation of the bug, in which the command
tells you that the whitespace at the beginning of the line contains
one word. What happens is this: The M-x count-words-region
command moves point to the beginning of the region. The while
tests whether the value of point is smaller than the value of
end
, which it is. Consequently, the regular expression search
looks for and finds the first word. It leaves point after the word.
count
is set to one. The while
loop repeats; but this
time the value of point is larger than the value of end
, the
loop is exited; and the function displays a message saying the number
of words in the region is one. In brief, the regular expression
search looks for and finds the word even though it is outside
the marked region.
In the second manifestation of the bug, the region is whitespace at
the end of the buffer. Emacs says `Search failed'. What happens
is that the true-or-false-test in the while
loop tests true, so
the search expression is executed. But since there are no more words
in the buffer, the search fails.
In both manifestations of the bug, the search extends or attempts to extend outside of the region.
The solution is to limit the search to the region--this is a fairly simple action, but as you may have come to expect, it is not quite as simple as you might think.
As we have seen, the re-search-forward
function takes a search
pattern as its first argument. But in addition to this first,
mandatory argument, it accepts three optional arguments. The optional
second argument bounds the search. The optional third argument, if
t
, causes the function to return nil
rather than signal
an error if the search fails. The optional fourth argument is a
repeat count. (In Emacs, you can get a function's documentation by
typing C-h f, the name of the function, and then RET.)
In the count-words-region
definition, the value of the end of
the region is held by the variable end
which is passed as an
argument to the function. Thus, we can add end
as an argument
to the regular expression search expression:
(re-search-forward "\\w+\\W*" end)
However, if you make only this change to the count-words-region
definition and then test the new version of the definition on a
stretch of whitespace, you will receive an error message saying
`Search failed'.
What happens is this: the search is limited to the region, and fails as you expect because there are no word-constituent characters in the region. Since it fails, we receive an error message. But we do not want to receive an error message in this case; we want to receive the message that "The region does NOT have any words."
The solution to this problem is to provide re-search-forward
with a third argument of t
, which causes the function to return
nil
rather than signal an error if the search fails.
However, if you make this change and try it, you will see the message
"Counting words in region ... " and ... you will keep on seeing
that message ..., until you type C-g (keyboard-quit
).
Here is what happens: the search is limited to the region, as before,
and it fails because there are no word-constituent characters in the
region, as expected. Consequently, the re-search-forward
expression returns nil
. It does nothing else. In particular,
it does not move point, which it does as a side effect if it finds the
search target. After the re-search-forward
expression returns
nil
, the next expression in the while
loop is evaluated.
This expression increments the count. Then the loop repeats. The
true-or-false-test tests true because the value of point is still less
than the value of end, since the re-search-forward
expression
did not move point. ... and the cycle repeats ...
The count-words-region
definition requires yet another
modification, to cause the true-or-false-test of the while
loop
to test false if the search fails. Put another way, there are two
conditions that must be satisfied in the true-or-false-test before the
word count variable is incremented: point must still be within the
region and the search expression must have found a word to count.
Since both the first condition and the second condition must be true
together, the two expressions, the region test and the search
expression, can be joined with an and
function and embedded in
the while
loop as the true-or-false-test, like this:
(and (< (point) end) (re-search-forward "\\w+\\W*" end t))
(For information about and
, see
section forward-paragraph
: a Goldmine of Functions.)
The re-search-forward
expression returns t
if the search
succeeds and as a side effect moves point. Consequently, as words are
found, point is moved through the region. When the search
expression fails to find another word, or when point reaches the end
of the region, the true-or-false-test tests false, the while
loop exists, and the count-words-region
function displays one
or other of its messages.
After incorporating these final changes, the count-words-region
works without bugs (or at least, without bugs that I have found!).
Here is what it looks like:
;;; Final version: while
(defun count-words-region (beginning end)
"Print number of words in the region."
(interactive "r")
(message "Counting words in region ... ")
;;; 1. Set up appropriate conditions.
(save-excursion
(let ((count 0))
(goto-char beginning)
;;; 2. Run the while loop.
(while (and (< (point) end)
(re-search-forward "\\w+\\W*" end t))
(setq count (1+ count)))
;;; 3. Send a message to the user.
(cond ((zerop count)
(message
"The region does NOT have any words."))
((= 1 count)
(message
"The region has 1 word."))
(t
(message
"The region has %d words." count))))))
You can write the function for counting words recursively as well as
with a while
loop. Let's see how this is done.
First, we need to recognize that the count-words-region
function has three jobs: it sets up the appropriate conditions for
counting to occur; it counts the words in the region; and it sends a
message to the user telling how many words there are.
If we write a single recursive function to do everything, we will receive a message for every recursive call. If the region contains 13 words, we will receive thirteen messages, one right after the other. We don't want this! Instead, we must write two functions to do the job, one of which (the recursive function) will be used inside of the other. One function will set up the conditions and display the message; the other will return the word count.
Let us start with the function that causes the message to be displayed.
We can continue to call this count-words-region
.
This is the function that the user will call. It will be interactive.
Indeed, it will be similar to our previous versions of this
function, except that it will call recursive-count-words
to
determine how many words are in the region.
We can readily construct a template for this function, based on our previous versions:
;; Recursive version; uses regular expression search (defun count-words-region (beginning end) "documentation..." (interactive-expression...) ;;; 1. Set up appropriate conditions. (explanatory message) (set-up functions... ;;; 2. Count the words. recursive call ;;; 3. Send a message to the user. message providing word count))
The definition looks straightforward, except that somehow, the count
returned by the recursive call must be passed to the message
displaying the word count. A little thought suggests that this can be
done by making use of a let
expression: we can bind a variable
in the varlist of a let
expression to the number of words in
the region, as returned by the recursive call; and then the
cond
expression, using binding, can display the value to the
user.
Often, one thinks of the binding within a let
expression as
somehow secondary to the `primary' work of a function. But in this
case, what you might consider the `primary' job of the function,
counting words, is done within the let
expression.
Using let
, the function definition looks like this:
(defun count-words-region (beginning end) "Print number of words in the region." (interactive "r") ;;; 1. Set up appropriate conditions. (message "Counting words in region ... ") (save-excursion (goto-char beginning) ;;; 2. Count the words. (let ((count (recursive-count-words end))) ;;; 3. Send a message to the user. (cond ((zerop count) (message "The region does NOT have any words.")) ((= 1 count) (message "The region has 1 word.")) (t (message "The region has %d words." count))))))
Next, we need to write the recursive counting function.
A recursive function has at least three parts: the `do-again-test', the `next-step-expression', and the recursive call.
The do-again-test determines whether the function will or will not be
called again. Since we are counting words in a region and can use a
function that moves point forward for every word, the do-again-test
can check whether point is still within the region. The do-again-test
should find the value of point and determine whether point is before,
at, or after the value of the end of the region. We can use the
point
function to locate point. Clearly, we must pass the
value of the end of the region to the recursive counting function as an
argument.
In addition, the do-again-test should also test whether the search finds a word. If it does not, the function should not call itself again.
The next-step-expression changes a value so that when the recursive function is supposed to stop calling itself, it stops. More precisely, the next-step-expression changes a value so that at the right time, the do-again-test stops the recursive function from calling itself again. In this case, the next-step-expression can be the expression that moves point forward word by word.
The third part of a recursive function is the recursive call.
Somewhere, also, we also need a part that does the `work' of the function, a part that does the counting. A vital part!
But already, we have an outline of the recursive counting function:
(defun recursive-count-words (region-end) "documentation..." do-again-test next-step-expression recursive call)
Now we need to fill in the slots. Let's start with the simplest cases first: if point is at or beyond the end of the region, there cannot be any words in the region, so the function should return zero. Likewise, if the search fails, there are no words to count, so the function should return zero.
On the other hand, if point is within the region and the search succeeds, the function should call itself again.
Thus, the do-again-test should look like this:
(and (< (point) region-end) (re-search-forward "\\w+\\W*" region-end t))
Note that the search expression is part of the do-again-test--the
function returns t
if its search succeeds and nil
if it
fails. (See section The Whitespace Bug in count-words-region
, for an explanation of how
re-search-forward
works.)
The do-again-test is the true-or-false test of an if
clause.
Clearly, if the do-again-test succeeds, the then-part of the if
clause should call the function again; but if it fails, the else-part
should return zero since either point is outside the region or the
search failed because there were no words to find.
But before considering the recursive call, we need to consider the next-step-expression. What is it? Interestingly, it is the search part of the do-again-test.
In addition to returning t
or nil
for the
do-again-test, re-search-forward
moves point forward as a side
effect of a successful search. This is the action that changes the
value of point so that the recursive function stops calling itself
when point completes its movement through the region. Consequently,
the re-search-forward
expression is the next-step-expression.
In outline, then, the body of the recursive-count-words
function looks like this:
(if do-again-test-and-next-step-combined ;; then recursive-call-returning-count ;; else return-zero)
How to incorporate the mechanism that counts?
If you are not used to writing recursive functions, a question like this can be troublesome. But it can and should be approached systematically.
We know that the counting mechanism should be associated in some way
with the recursive call. Indeed, since the next-step-expression moves
point forward by one word, and since a recursive call is made for
each word, the counting mechanism must be an expression that adds one
to the value returned by a call to recursive-count-words
.
Consider several cases:
From the sketch we can see that the else-part of the if
returns
zero for the case of no words. This means that the then-part of the
if
must return a value resulting from adding one to the value
returned from a count of the remaining words.
The expression will look like this, where 1+
is a function that
adds one to its argument.
(1+ (recursive-count-words region-end))
The whole recursive-count-words
function will then look like
this:
(defun recursive-count-words (region-end) "documentation..." ;;; 1. do-again-test (if (and (< (point) region-end) (re-search-forward "\\w+\\W*" region-end t)) ;;; 2. then-part: the recursive call (1+ (recursive-count-words region-end)) ;;; 3. else-part 0))
Let's examine how this works:
If there are no words in the region, the else part of the if
expression is evaluated and consequently the function returns zero.
If there is one word in the region, the value of point is less than
the value of region-end
and the search succeeds. In this case,
the true-or-false-test of the if
expression tests true, and the
then-part of the if
expression is evaluated. The counting
expression is evaluated. This expression returns a value (which will
be the value returned by the whole function) that is the sum of one
added to the value returned by a recursive call.
Meanwhile, the next-step-expression has caused point to jump over the
first (and in this case only) word in the region. This means that
when (recursive-count-words region-end)
is evaluated a second
time, as a result of the recursive call, the value of point will be
equal to or greater than the value of region end. So this time,
recursive-count-words
will return zero. The zero will be added
to one, and the original evaluation of recursive-count-words
will return one plus zero, which is one, which is the correct amount.
Clearly, if there are two words in the region, the first call to
recursive-count-words
returns one added to the value returned
by calling recursive-count-words
on a region containing the
remaining word--that is, it adds one to one, producing two, which is
the correct amount.
Similarly, if there are three words in the region, the first call to
recursive-count-words
returns one added to the value returned
by calling recursive-count-words
on a region containing the
remaining two words--and so on and so on.
With full documentation the two functions look like this:
The recursive function:
(defun recursive-count-words (region-end) "Number of words between point and REGION-END." ;;; 1. do-again-test (if (and (< (point) region-end) (re-search-forward "\\w+\\W*" region-end t)) ;;; 2. then-part: the recursive call (1+ (recursive-count-words region-end)) ;;; 3. else-part 0))
The wrapper:
;;; Recursive version (defun count-words-region (beginning end) "Print number of words in the region. Words are defined as at least one word-constituent character followed by at least one character that is not a word-constituent. The buffer's syntax table determines which characters these are." (interactive "r") (message "Counting words in region ... ") (save-excursion (goto-char beginning) (let ((count (recursive-count-words end))) (cond ((zerop count) (message "The region does NOT have any words.")) ((= 1 count) (message "The region has 1 word.")) (t (message "The region has %d words." count))))))
Using a while
loop, write a function to count the number of
punctuation marks in a region--period, comma, semicolon, colon,
exclamation mark, question mark. Do the same using recursion.
defun
Our next project is to count the number of words in a function
definition. Clearly, this can be done using some variant of
count-word-region
. See section Counting: Repetition and Regexps. If we are just going to count the words in
one definition, it is easy enough to mark the definition with the
C-M-h (mark-defun
) command, and then call
count-word-region
.
However, I am more ambitious: I want to count the words and symbols in every definition in the Emacs sources and then print a graph that shows how many functions there are of each length: how many contain 40 to 49 words or symbols, how many contain 50 to 59 words or symbols, and so on. I have often been curious how long a typical function is, and this will tell.
Described in one phrase, the histogram project is daunting; but divided into numerous small steps, each of which we can take one at a time, the project becomes less fearsome. Let us consider what the steps must be:
count-words-in-defun
function.
This is quite a project! But if we take each step slowly, it will not be difficult.
When we first start thinking about how to count the words in a
function definition, the first question is (or ought to be) what are
we going to count? When we speak of `words' with respect to a Lisp
function definition, we are actually speaking, in large part, of
`symbols'. For example, the following multiply-by-seven
function contains the five symbols defun
,
multiply-by-seven
, number
, *
, and 7
. In
addition, in the documentation string, it contains the four words
`Multiply', `NUMBER', `by', and `seven'. The
symbol `number' is repeated, so the definition contains a total
of ten words and symbols.
(defun multiply-by-seven (number) "Multiply NUMBER by seven." (* 7 number))
However, if we mark the multiply-by-seven
definition with
C-M-h (mark-defun
), and then call
count-words-region
on it, we will find that
count-words-region
claims the definition has eleven words, not
ten! Something is wrong!
The problem is twofold: count-words-region
does not count the
`*' as a word, and it counts the single symbol,
multiply-by-seven
, as containing three words. The hyphens are
treated as if they were interword spaces rather than intraword
connectors: `multiply-by-seven' is counted as if it were written
`multiply by seven'.
The cause of this confusion is the regular expression search within
the count-words-region
definition that moves point forward word
by word. In the canonical version of count-words-region
, the
regexp is:
"\\w+\\W*"
This regular expression is a pattern defining one or more word constituent characters possibly followed by one or more characters that are not word constituents. What is meant by `word constituent characters' brings us to the issue of syntax, which is worth a section of its own.
Emacs treats different characters as belonging to different syntax categories. For example, the regular expression, `\\w+', is a pattern specifying one or more word constituent characters. Word constituent characters are members of one syntax category. Other syntax categories include the class of punctuation characters, such as the period and the comma, and the class of whitespace characters, such as the blank space and the tab character. (For more information, see section `The Syntax Table' in The GNU Emacs Manual, and, section `Syntax Tables' in The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual.)
Syntax tables specify which characters belong to which categories.
Usually, a hyphen is not specified as a `word constituent character'.
Instead, it is specified as being in the `class of characters that are
part of symbol names but not words.' This means that the
count-words-region
function treats it in the same way it treats
an interword white space, which is why count-words-region
counts `multiply-by-seven' as three words.
There are two ways to cause Emacs to count `multiply-by-seven' as one symbol: modify the syntax table or modify the regular expression.
We could redefine a hyphen as a word constituent character by modifying the syntax table that Emacs keeps for each mode. This action would serve our purpose, except that a hyphen is merely the most common character within symbols that is not typically a word constituent character; there are others, too.
Alternatively, we can redefine the regular expression used in the
count-words
definition so as to include symbols. This
procedure has the merit of clarity, but the task is a little tricky.
The first part is simple enough: the pattern must match "at least one character that is a word or symbol constituent". Thus:
\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)+
The `\\(' is the first part of the grouping construct that includes the `\\w' and the `\\s_' as alternatives, separated by the `\\|'. The `\\w' matches any word-constituent character and the `\\s_' matches any character that is part of a symbol name but not a word-constituent character. The `+' following the group indicates that the word or symbol constituent characters must be matched at least once.
However, the second part of the regexp is more difficult to design. What we want is to follow the first part with "optionally one or more characters that are not constituents of a word or symbol". At first, I thought I could define this with the following:
\\(\\W\\|\\S_\\)*"
The upper case `W' and `S' match characters that are not word or symbol constituents. Unfortunately, this expression matches any character that is either not a word constituent or not a symbol constituent. This matches any character!
I then noticed that every word or symbol in my test region was followed by white space (blank space, tab, or newline). So I tried placing a pattern to match one or more blank spaces after the pattern for one or more word or symbol constituents. This failed, too. Words and symbols are often separated by whitespace, but in actual code parentheses may follow symbols and punctuation may follow words. So finally, I designed a pattern in which the word or symbol constituents are followed optionally by characters that are not white space and then followed optionally by white space.
Here is the full regular expression:
"\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)+[^ \t\n]*[ \t\n]*"
count-words-in-defun
Function
We have seen that there are several ways to write a
count-word-region
function. To write a
count-words-in-defun
, we need merely adapt one of these
versions.
The version that uses a while
loop is easy to understand, so I
am going to adapt that. Because count-words-in-defun
will be
part of a more complex program, it need not be interactive and it need
not display a message but just return the count. These considerations
simplify the definition a little.
On the other hand, count-words-in-defun
will be used within a
buffer that contains function definitions. Consequently, it is
reasonable to ask that the function determine whether it is called
when point is within a function definition, and if it is, to return
the count for that definition. This adds complexity to the
definition, but saves us from needing to pass arguments to the
function.
These considerations lead us to prepare the following template:
(defun count-words-in-defun () "documentation..." (set up... (while loop...) return count)
As usual, our job is to fill in the slots.
First, the set up.
We are presuming that this function will be called within a buffer
containing function definitions. Point will either be within a
function definition or not. For count-words-in-defun
to work,
point must move to the beginning of the definition, a counter must
start at zero, and the counting loop must stop when point reaches the
end of the definition.
The beginning-of-defun
function searches backwards for an
opening delimiter such as a `(' at the beginning of a line, and
moves point to that position, or else to the limit of the search. In
practice, this means that beginning-of-defun
moves point to the
beginning of an enclosing or preceding function definition, or else to
the beginning of the buffer. We can use beginning-of-defun
to
place point where we wish to start.
The while
loop requires a counter to keep track of the words or
symbols being counted. A let
expression can be used to create
a local variable for this purpose, and bind it to an initial value of zero.
The end-of-defun
function works like beginning-of-defun
except that it moves point to the end of the definition.
end-of-defun
can be used as part of an expression that
determines the position of the end of the definition.
The set up for count-words-in-defun
takes shape rapidly: first
we move point to the beginning of the definition, then we create a
local variable to hold the count, and, finally, we record the position
of the end of the definition so the while
loop will know when to stop
looping.
The code looks like this:
(beginning-of-defun) (let ((count 0) (end (save-excursion (end-of-defun) (point))))
The code is simple. The only slight complication is likely to concern
end
: it is bound to the position of the end of the definition
by a save-excursion
expression that returns the value of point
after end-of-defun
temporarily moves it to the end of the
definition.
The second part of the count-words-in-defun
, after the set up,
is the while
loop.
The loop must contain an expression that jumps point forward word by
word and symbol by symbol, and another expression that counts the
jumps. The true-or-false-test for the while
loop should test
true so long as point should jump forward, and false when point is at
the end of the definition. We have already redefined the regular
expression for this (see section What Constitutes a Word or Symbol?), so the loop is straightforward:
(while (and (< (point) end) (re-search-forward "\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)+[^ \t\n]*[ \t\n]*" end t) (setq count (1+ count)))
The third part of the function definition returns the count of words
and symbols. This part is the last expression within the body of the
let
expression, and can be, very simply, the local variable
count
, which when evaluated returns the count.
Put together, the count-words-in-defun
definition looks like this:
(defun count-words-in-defun () "Return the number of words and symbols in a defun." (beginning-of-defun) (let ((count 0) (end (save-excursion (end-of-defun) (point)))) (while (and (< (point) end) (re-search-forward "\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)+[^ \t\n]*[ \t\n]*" end t)) (setq count (1+ count))) count))
How to test this? The function is not interactive, but it is easy to
put a wrapper around the function to make it interactive; we can use
almost the same code as for the recursive version of
count-words-region
:
;;; Interactive version. (defun count-words-defun () "Number of words and symbols in a function definition." (interactive) (message "Counting words and symbols in function definition ... ") (let ((count (count-words-in-defun))) (cond ((zerop count) (message "The definition does NOT have any words or symbols.")) ((= 1 count) (message "The definition has 1 word or symbol.")) (t (message "The definition has %d words or symbols." count)))))
Let's re-use C-c = as a convenient keybinding:
(global-set-key "\C-c=" 'count-words-defun)
Now we can try out count-words-defun
: install both
count-words-in-defun
and count-words-defun
, and set the
keybinding, and then place the cursor within the following definition:
(defun multiply-by-seven (number) "Multiply NUMBER by seven." (* 7 number)) => 10
Success! The definition has 10 words and symbols.
The next problem is to count the numbers of words and symbols in several definitions within a single file.
defuns
Within a FileA file such as `simple.el' may have 80 or more function definitions within it. Our long term goal is to collect statistics on many files, but as a first step, our immediate goal is to collect statistics on one file.
The information will be a series of numbers, each number being the length of a function definition. We can store the numbers in a list.
We know that we will want to incorporate the information regarding one file with information about many other files; this means that the function for counting definition lengths within one file need only return the lengths' list. It need not and should not display any messages.
The word count commands contain one expression to jump point forward word by word and another expression to count the jumps. The definitions' lengths' function can be designed to work the same way, with one expression to jump point forward definition by definition and another expression to construct the lengths' list.
This statement of the problem makes it elementary to write the
function definition. Clearly, we will start the count at the
beginning of the file, so the first command will be (goto-char
(point-min))
. Next, we start the while
loop; and the
true-or-false test of the loop can be a regular expression search for
the next function definition--so long as the search succeeds, point
is moved forward and then the body of the loop is evaluated. The body
needs an expression that constructs the lengths' list. cons
,
the list construction command, can be used to create the list. That
is almost all there is to it.
Here is what this fragment of code looks like:
(goto-char (point-min)) (while (re-search-forward "^(defun" nil t) (setq lengths-list (cons (count-words-in-defun) lengths-list)))
What we have left out is the mechanism for finding the file that contains the function definitions.
In previous examples, we either used this, the Info file, or we switched back and forth to some other buffer, such as the `*scratch*' buffer.
Finding a file is a new process that we have not yet discussed.
To find a file in Emacs, you use the C-x C-f (find-file
)
command. This command is almost, but not quite right for the lengths
problem.
Let's look at the source for find-file
(you can use the
find-tag
command to find the source of a function):
(defun find-file (filename) "Edit file FILENAME. Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one if none already exists." (interactive "FFind file: ") (switch-to-buffer (find-file-noselect filename)))
The definition possesses short but complete documentation and an
interactive specification that prompts you for a file name when you
use the command interactively. The body of the definition contains
two functions, find-file-noselect
and switch-to-buffer
.
According to its documentation as shown by C-h f (the
describe-function
command), the find-file-noselect
function reads the named file into a buffer and returns the buffer.
However, the buffer is not selected. Emacs does not switch its
attention (or yours if you are using find-file-noselect
) to the
named buffer. That is what switch-to-buffer
does: it switches
the buffer to which Emacs attention is directed; and it switches the
buffer displayed in the window to the new buffer. We have discussed
buffer switching elsewhere. (See section Switching Buffers.)
In this histogram project, we do not need to display each file on the
screen as the program determines the length of each definition within
it. Instead of employing switch-to-buffer
, we can work with
set-buffer
, which redirects the attention of the computer
program to a different buffer but does not redisplay it on the screen.
So instead of calling on find-file
to do the job, we must write
our own expression.
The task is easy: use find-file-noselect
and set-buffer
.
lengths-list-file
in Detail
The core of the lengths-list-file
function is a while
loop containing a function to move point forward `defun by defun' and
a function to count the number of words and symbols in each defun.
This core must be surrounded by functions that do various other tasks,
including finding the file, and ensuring that point starts out at the
beginning of the file. The function definition looks like this:
(defun lengths-list-file (filename) "Return list of definitions' lengths within FILE. The returned list is a list of numbers. Each number is the number of words or symbols in one function definition." (message "Working on `%s' ... " filename) (save-excursion (let ((buffer (find-file-noselect filename)) (lengths-list)) (set-buffer buffer) (setq buffer-read-only t) (widen) (goto-char (point-min)) (while (re-search-forward "^(defun" nil t) (setq lengths-list (cons (count-words-in-defun) lengths-list))) (kill-buffer buffer) lengths-list)))
The function is passed one argument, the name of the file on which it will work. It has four lines of documentation, but no interactive specification. Since people worry that a computer is broken if they don't see anything going on, the first line of the body is a message.
The next line contains a save-excursion
that returns Emacs
attention to the current buffer when the function completes. This is
useful in case you embed this function in another function that
presumes point is restored to the original buffer.
In the varlist of the let
expression, Emacs finds the file and
binds the local variable buffer
to the buffer containing the
file. At the same time, Emacs creates lengths-list
as a local
variable.
Next, Emacs switches its attention to the buffer.
In the following line, Emacs makes the buffer read-only. Ideally, this line is not necessary. None of the functions for counting words and symbols in a function definition should change the buffer. Besides, the buffer is not going to be saved, even if it were changed. This line is entirely the consequence of great, perhaps excessive, caution. The reason for the caution is that this function and those it calls work on the sources for Emacs and it is very inconvenient if they are inadvertently modified. It goes without saying that I did not realize a need for this line until an experiment went awry and started to modify my Emacs source files ...
Next comes a call to widen the buffer if it is narrowed. This function is usually not needed--Emacs creates a fresh buffer if none already exists; but if a buffer visiting the file already exists Emacs returns that one. In this case, the buffer may be narrowed and must be widened. If we wanted to be fully `user-friendly', we would arrange to save the restriction and the location of point, but we won't.
The (goto-char (point-min))
expression moves point to the
beginning of the buffer.
Then comes a while
loop in which the `work' of the function is
carried out. In the loop, Emacs determines the length of each
definition and constructs a lengths' list containing the information.
Emacs kills the buffer after working through it. This is to save
space inside of Emacs. My version of Emacs 19 contains over 300
source files of interest. Another function will apply
lengths-list-file
to each of them. If Emacs visits all of them
and deletes none, my computer may run out of virtual memory.
Finally, the last expression within the let
expression is the
lengths-list
variable; its value is returned as the value of
the whole function.
You can try this function by installing it in the usual fashion. Then
place your cursor after the following expression and type C-x
C-e (eval-last-sexp
).
(lengths-list-file "../lisp/debug.el")
(You may need to change the pathname of the file; the one here works
if this Info file and the Emacs sources are in neighboring places, such
as /usr/local/emacs/info
and /usr/local/emacs/lisp
. To
change the expression, copy it to the `*scratch*' buffer and edit
it. Then evaluate it.)
On my version of Emacs, the lengths' list for `debug.el' takes seven seconds to produce and looks like this:
(75 41 80 62 20 45 44 68 45 12 34 235)
Note that the length of the last definition in the file is first in the list.
defuns
in Different FilesIn the previous section, we created a function that returns a list of the lengths of each definition in a file. Now, we want to define a function to return a master list of the lengths of the definitions in a list of files.
Working on each of a list of files is a repetitious act, so we can use
either a while
loop or recursion.
The design using a while
loop is routine. The argument passed
the function is a list of files. As we saw earlier (see section A while
Loop and a List), you can write a while
loop so that the body of the
loop is evaluated if such a list contains elements, but to exit the
loop if the list is empty. For this design to work, the body of the
loop must contain an expression that shortens the list each time the
body is evaluated, so that eventually the list is empty. The usual
technique is to set the value of the list to the value of the CDR
of the list each time the body is evaluated.
The template looks like this:
(while test-whether-list-is-empty body... set-list-to-cdr-of-list)
Also, we remember that a while
loop returns nil
(the
result of evaluating the true-or-false-test), not the result of any
evaluation within its body. (The evaluations within the body of the
loop are done for their side effects.) However, the expression that
sets the lengths' list is part of the body--and that is the value
that we want returned by the function as a whole. To do this, we
enclose the while
loop within a let
expression, and
arrange that the last element of the let
expression contains
the value of the lengths' list. (See section Example with incrementing counter.)
These considerations lead us directly to the function itself:
;;; Use while
loop.
(defun lengths-list-many-files (list-of-files)
"Return list of lengths of defuns in LIST-OF-FILES."
(let (lengths-list)
;;; true-or-false-test
(while list-of-files
(setq lengths-list
(append
lengths-list
;;; Generate a lengths' list.
(lengths-list-file
(expand-file-name (car list-of-files)))))
;;; Make files' list shorter.
(setq list-of-files (cdr list-of-files)))
;;; Return final value of lengths' list.
lengths-list))
expand-file-name
is a built-in function that converts a file
name to its absolute, long, path name form. Thus,
debug.el
becomes
/usr/local/emacs/lisp/debug.el
The only other new element of this function definition is the as yet
unstudied function append
, which merits a short section for
itself.
append
Function
The append
function attaches one list to another. Thus,
(append '(1 2 3 4) '(5 6 7 8))
produces the list
(1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8)
This is exactly how we want to attach two lengths' lists produced by
lengths-list-file
to each other. The results contrast with
cons
,
(cons '(1 2 3 4) '(5 6 7 8))
which constructs a new list in which the first argument to cons
becomes the first element of the new list:
((1 2 3 4) 5 6 7 8)
Besides a while
loop, you can work on each of a list of files
with recursion. A recursive version of lengths-list-many-files
is short and simple.
The recursive function has the usual parts: the `do-again-test', the
`next-step-expression', and the recursive call. The `do-again-test'
determines whether the function should call itself again, which it
will do if the list-of-files
contains any remaining elements;
the `next-step-expression' resets the list-of-files
to the
CDR of itself, so eventually the list will be empty; and the
recursive call calls itself on the shorter list. The complete
function is shorter than this description!
(defun recursive-lengths-list-many-files (list-of-files) "Return list of lengths of each defun in LIST-OF-FILES." (if list-of-files ; do-again-test (append (lengths-list-file (expand-file-name (car list-of-files))) (recursive-lengths-list-many-files (cdr list-of-files)))))
In a sentence, the function returns the lengths' list for the first of
the list-of-files
appended to the result of calling itself on
the rest of the list-of-files
.
Here is a test of recursive-lengths-list-many-files
, along with
the results of running lengths-list-file
on each of the files
individually.
Install recursive-lengths-list-many-files
and
lengths-list-file
, if necessary, and then evaluate the
following expressions. You may need to change the files' pathnames;
those here work when this Info file and the Emacs sources are located
in their customary places. To change the expressions, copy them to
the `*scratch*' buffer, edit them, and then evaluate them.
The results are shown after the `=>'. (These results are for files from Emacs Version 18.57; files from other versions of Emacs may produce different results.)
(lengths-list-file "../lisp/macros.el") => (176 154 86) (lengths-list-file "../lisp/mailalias.el") => (116 122 265) (lengths-list-file "../lisp/makesum.el") => (85 179) (recursive-lengths-list-many-files '("../lisp/macros.el" "../lisp/mailalias.el" "../lisp/makesum.el")) => (176 154 86 116 122 265 85 179)
The recursive-lengths-list-many-files
function produces the
output we want.
The next step is to prepare the data in the list for display in a graph.
The recursive-lengths-list-many-files
function returns a list
of numbers. Each number records the length of a function definition.
What we need to do now is transform this data into a list of numbers
suitable for generating a graph. The new list will tell how many
functions definitions contain less than 10 words and
symbols, how many contain between 10 and 19 words and symbols, how
many contain between 20 and 29 words and symbols, and so on.
In brief, we need to go through the lengths' list produced by the
recursive-lengths-list-many-files
function and count the number
of defuns within each range of lengths, and produce a list of those
numbers.
Based on what we have done before, we can readily foresee that it should not be too hard to write a function that `CDRs' down the lengths' list, looks at each element, determines which length range it is in, and increments a counter for that range.
However, before beginning to write such a function, we should consider the advantages of sorting the lengths' list first, so the numbers are ordered from smallest to largest. First, sorting will make it easier to count the numbers in each range, since two adjacent numbers will either be in the same length range or in adjacent ranges. Second, by inspecting a sorted list, we can discover the highest and lowest number, and thereby determine the largest and smallest length range that we will need.
Emacs contains a function to sort lists, called (as you might guess)
sort
. The sort
function takes two arguments, the list
to be sorted, and a predicate that determines whether the first of
two list elements is "less" than the second.
As we saw earlier (see section Using the Wrong Type Object as an Argument), a predicate is a function that
determines whether some property is true or false. The sort
function will reorder a list according to whatever property the
predicate uses; this means that sort
can be used to sort
non-numeric lists by non-numeric criteria--it can, for example,
alphabetize a list.
The <
function is used when sorting a numeric list. For example,
(sort '(4 8 21 17 33 7 21 7) '<)
produces this:
(4 7 7 8 17 21 21 33)
(Note that in this example, both the arguments are quoted so that the
symbols are not evaluated before being passed to sort
as
arguments.)
Sorting the list returned by the
recursive-lengths-list-many-files
function is straightforward:
(sort (recursive-lengths-list-many-files '("../lisp/macros.el" "../lisp/mailalias.el" "../lisp/makesum.el")) '<)
which produces:
(85 86 116 122 154 176 179 265)
(Note that in this example, the first argument to sort
is not
quoted, since the expression must be evaluated so as to produce the
list that is passed to sort
.)
The recursive-lengths-list-many-files
function requires a list
of files as its argument. For our test examples, we constructed such
a list by hand; but the Emacs Lisp source directory is too large for
us to do for that. Instead, we need to use the directory-files
function to construct a list for us.
The directory-files
function takes three arguments: the first
argument is the name of a directory, a string; a non-nil
second
argument causes the function to return the files' absolute pathnames;
and the third argument is a selector. If it contains a regular
expression (rather than nil
), only pathnames that match that
regular expression are returned.
Thus, on my system,
(length (directory-files "../lisp" t "\\.el$"))
tells me that my version 19.25 Lisp sources directory contains 307 `.el' files.
An expression to sort the list returned by
recursive-lengths-list-many-files
looks like this:
(sort (recursive-lengths-list-many-files (directory-files "../lisp" t "\\.el$")) '<)
Our immediate goal is to generate a list that tells us how many
function definitions contain fewer than 10 words and symbols, how many
contain between 10 and 19 words and symbols, how many contain between
20 and 29 words and symbols, and so on. With a sorted list of
numbers, this is easy: count how many elements of the list are smaller
than 10, then, after moving past the numbers just counted, count how
many are smaller than 20, then, after moving past the numbers just
counted, count how many are smaller than 30, and so on. Each of the
numbers, 10, 20, 30, 40, and the like, is one larger than the top of
that range. We can call the list of such numbers the
top-of-ranges
list.
If we wanted to, we could generate this list automatically, but it is simpler to write a list manually. Here it is:
(defvar top-of-ranges '(10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 200 210 220 230 240 250 260 270 280 290 300) "List specifying ranges for `defuns-per-range'.")
To change the ranges, we edit this list.
Next, we need to write the function that creates the list of the
number of definitions within each range. Clearly, this function must
take the sorted-lengths
and the top-of-ranges
lists
as arguments.
The defuns-per-range
function must do two things again and
again: it must count the number of definitions within a range
specified by the current top-of-range value; and it must shift to the
next higher value in the top-of-ranges
list after counting the
number of definitions in the current range. Since each of these
actions is repetitive, we can use while
loops for the job.
One loop counts the number of definitions in the range defined by the
current top-of-range value, and the other loop selects each of the
top-of-range values in turn.
Several entries of the sorted-lengths
list are counted for each
range; this means that the loop for the sorted-lengths
list
will be inside the loop for the top-of-ranges
list, like a
small gear inside a big gear.
The inner loop counts the number of definitions within the range. It
is a simple counting loop of the type we have seen before.
(See section A Loop with an Incrementing Counter.)
The true-or-false test of the loop tests whether the value from the
sorted-lengths
list is smaller than the current value of the
top of the range. If it is, the function increments the counter and
tests the next value from the sorted-lengths
list.
The inner loop looks like this:
(while length-element-smaller-than-top-of-range (setq number-within-range (1+ number-within-range)) (setq sorted-lengths (cdr sorted-lengths)))
The outer loop must start with the lowest value of the
top-of-ranges
list, and then be set to each of the succeeding
higher values in turn. This can be done with a loop like this:
(while top-of-ranges body-of-loop... (setq top-of-ranges (cdr top-of-ranges)))
Put together, the two loops look like this:
(while top-of-ranges ;; Count the number of elements within the current range. (while length-element-smaller-than-top-of-range (setq number-within-range (1+ number-within-range)) (setq sorted-lengths (cdr sorted-lengths))) ;; Move to next range. (setq top-of-ranges (cdr top-of-ranges)))
In addition, in each circuit of the outer loop, Emacs should record
the number of definitions within that range (the value of
number-within-range
) in a list. We can use cons
for
this purpose. (See section cons
.)
The cons
function works fine, except that the list it
constructs will contain the number of definitions for the highest
range at its beginning and the number of definitions for the lowest
range at its end. This is because cons
attaches new elements
of the list to the beginning of the list, and since the two loops are
working their way through the lengths' list from the lower end first,
the defuns-per-range-list
will end up largest number first.
But we will want to print our graph with smallest values first and the
larger later. The solution is to reverse the order of the
defuns-per-range-list
. We can do this using the
nreverse
function, which reverses the order of a list.
For example,
(nreverse '(1 2 3 4))
produces:
(4 3 2 1)
Note that the nreverse
function is "destructive"---that is,
it changes the list to which it is applied; this contrasts with the
car
and cdr
functions, which are non-destructive. In
this case, we do not want the original defuns-per-range-list
,
so it does not matter that it is destroyed. (The reverse
function provides a reversed copy of a list, leaving the original list
as is.)
Put all together, the defuns-per-range
looks like this:
(defun defuns-per-range (sorted-lengths top-of-ranges) "SORTED-LENGTHS defuns in each TOP-OF-RANGES range." (let ((top-of-range (car top-of-ranges)) (number-within-range 0) defuns-per-range-list) ;; Outer loop. (while top-of-ranges ;; Inner loop. (while (and ;; Need number for numeric test. (car sorted-lengths) (< (car sorted-lengths) top-of-range)) ;; Count number of definitions within current range. (setq number-within-range (1+ number-within-range)) (setq sorted-lengths (cdr sorted-lengths))) ;; Exit inner loop but remain within outer loop. (setq defuns-per-range-list (cons number-within-range defuns-per-range-list)) (setq number-within-range 0) ; Reset count to zero. ;; Move to next range. (setq top-of-ranges (cdr top-of-ranges)) ;; Specify next top of range value. (setq top-of-range (car top-of-ranges))) ;; Exit outer loop and count the number of defuns larger than ;; the largest top-of-range value. (setq defuns-per-range-list (cons (length sorted-lengths) defuns-per-range-list)) ;; Return a list of the number of definitions within each range, ;; smallest to largest. (nreverse defuns-per-range-list)))
The function is straightforward except for one subtle feature. The true-or-false test of the inner loop looks like this:
(and (car sorted-lengths) (< (car sorted-lengths) top-of-range))
instead of like this:
(< (car sorted-lengths) top-of-range)
The purpose of the test is to determine whether the first item in the
sorted-lengths
list is less than the value of the top of the
range.
The simple version of the test works fine unless the
sorted-lengths
list has a nil
value. In that case, the
(car sorted-lengths)
expression function returns
nil
. The <
function cannot compare a number to
nil
, which is an empty list, so Emacs signals an error and
stops the function from attempting to continue to execute.
The sorted-lengths
list always becomes nil
when the
counter reaches the end of the list. This means that any attempt to
use the defuns-per-range
function with the simple version of
the test will fail.
We solve the problem by using the (car sorted-lengths)
expression in conjunction with the and
expression. The
(car sorted-lengths)
expression returns a non-nil
value so long as the list has at least one number within it, but
returns nil
if the list is empty. The and
expression
first evaluates the (car sorted-lengths)
expression, and
if it is nil
, returns false without evaluating the
<
expression. But if the (car sorted-lengths)
expression returns a non-nil
value, the and
expression
evaluates the <
expression, and returns that value as the value
of the and
expression.
This way, we avoid an error.
See section forward-paragraph
: a Goldmine of Functions, for more information about and
.
Here is a short test of the defuns-per-range
function. First,
evaluate the expression that binds (a shortened)
top-of-ranges
list to the list of values, then evaluate the
expression for binding the sorted-lengths
list, and then
evaluate the defuns-per-range
function.
;; (Shorter list than we will use later.) (setq top-of-ranges '(110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 200)) (setq sorted-lengths '(85 86 110 116 122 129 154 176 179 200 265 300 300)) (defuns-per-range sorted-lengths top-of-ranges)
The list returned looks like this:
(2 2 2 0 0 1 0 2 0 0 4)
Indeed, there are two elements of the sorted-lengths
list
smaller than 110, two elements between 110 and 119, two elements
between 120 and 129, and so on. There are four elements with a value
of 200 or larger.
Our goal is to construct a graph showing the numbers of function definitions of various lengths in the Emacs lisp sources.
As a practical matter, if you were creating a graph, you would
probably use a program such as gnuplot
to do the job.
(gnuplot
is nicely integrated into GNU Emacs.) In this case,
however, we create one from scratch, and in the process we will
reaquaint ourselves with some of what we learned before and learn
more.
In this chapter, we will first write a simple graph printing function. This first definition will be a prototype, a rapidly written function that enables us to reconnoiter this unknown graph-making territory. We will discover dragons, or find that they are myth. After scouting the terrain, we will feel more confident and enhance the function to label the axes automatically.
Since Emacs is designed to be flexible and work with all kinds of terminals, including character-only terminals, the graph will need to be made from one of the `typewriter' symbols. An asterisk will do; as we enhance the graph-printing function, we can make the choice of symbol a user option.
We can call this function graph-body-print
; it will take a
numbers-list
as its only argument. At this stage, we will not
label the graph, but only print its body.
The graph-body-print
function inserts a vertical column of
asterisks for each element in the numbers-list
. The height of
each line is determined by the value of that element of the
numbers-list
.
Inserting columns is a repetitive act; that means that this function can
be written either with a while
loop or recursively.
Our first challenge is to discover how to print a column of asterisks. Usually, in Emacs, we print characters onto a screen horizontally, line by line, by typing. We have two routes we can follow: write our own column-insertion function or discover whether one exists in Emacs.
To see whether there is one in Emacs, we can use the M-x apropos command. This command is like the C-h a (command-apropos) command, except that the latter finds only those functions that are commands. The M-x apropos command lists all symbols that match a regular expression, including functions that are not interactive.
What we want to look for is some command that prints or inserts
columns. Very likely, the name of the function will contain either
the word `print' or the word `insert' or the word `column'.
Therefore, we can simply type M-x apropos RET
print\|insert\|column RET and look at the result. On my system, this
command takes quite some time, and then produces a list of 79
functions and variables. Scanning down the list, the only function
that looks as if it might do the job is insert-rectangle
.
Indeed, this is the function we want; its documentation says:
insert-rectangle: Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point. RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc. RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
We can run a quick test, to make sure it does what we expect of it.
Here is the result of placing the cursor after the
insert-rectangle
expression and typing C-u C-x C-e
(eval-last-sexp
). The function inserts the strings
`"first"', `"second"', and `"third"' at and below
point. Also the function returns nil
.
(insert-rectangle '("first" "second" "third"))first second third nil
Of course, we won't be inserting the text of the
insert-rectangle
expression itself into the buffer in which we
are making the graph, but will call the function from our program. We
shall, however, have to make sure that point is in the buffer at the
place where the insert-rectangle
function will insert its
column of strings.
If you are reading this in Info, you can see how this works by
switching to another buffer, such as the `*scratch*' buffer,
placing point somewhere in the buffer, typing M-:,
typing the insert-rectangle
expression into the minibuffer at
the prompt, and then typing RET. This causes Emacs to evaluate
the expression in the minibuffer, but to use as the value of point the
position of point in the `*scratch*' buffer. (M-:
is the keybinding for eval-expression
.)
We find when we do this that point ends up at the end of the last inserted line--that is to say, this function moves point as a side-effect. If we were to repeat the command, with point at this position, the next insertion would be below and to the right of the previous insertion. We don't want this! If we are going to make a bar graph, the columns need to be beside each other.
So we discover that each cycle of the column-inserting while
loop must reposition point to the place we want it, and that place
will be at the top, not the bottom, of the column. Moreover, we
remember that when we print a graph, we do not expect all the columns
to be the same height. This means that the top of each column may be
at a different height from the previous one. We cannot simply
reposition point to the same line each time, but moved over to the
right--or perhaps we can...
We are planning to make the columns of the bar graph out of asterisks.
The number of asterisks in the column is the number specified by the
current element of the numbers-list
. We need to construct a
list of asterisks of the right length for each call to
insert-rectangle
. If this list consists solely of the requisit
number of asterisks, then we will have position point the right number
of lines above the base for the graph to print correctly. This could
be difficult.
Alternatively, if we can figure out some way to pass
insert-rectangle
a list of the same length each time, then we
can place point on the same line each time, but move it over one
column to the right for each new column. If we do this, however, some
of the entries in the list passed to insert-rectangle
must be
blanks rather than asterisks. For example, if the maximum height of
the graph is 5, but the height of the column is 3, then
insert-rectangle
requires an argument that looks like this:
(" " " " "*" "*" "*")
This last proposal is not so difficult, so long as we can determine
the column height. There are two ways for us to specify the column
height: we can arbitrarily state what it will be, which would work
fine for graphs of that height; or we can search through the list of
numbers and use the maximum height of the list as the maximum height
of the graph. If the latter operation were difficult, then the former
procedure would be easiest, but there is a function built into Emacs
that determines the maximum of its arguments. We can use that
function. The function is called max
and it returns the
largest of all its arguments, which must be numbers. Thus, for
example,
(max 3 4 6 5 7 3)
returns 7. (A corresponding function called min
returns the
smallest of all its arguments.)
However, we cannot simply call max
on the numbers-list
;
the max
function expects numbers as its argument, not a list of
numbers. Thus, the following expression,
(max '(3 4 6 5 7 3))
produces the following error message;
Wrong type of argument: integer-or-marker-p, (3 4 6 5 7 3)
We need a function that passes a list of arguments to a function.
This function is apply
. This function `applies' its first
argument (a function) to its remaining arguments, the last of which
may be a list.
For example,
(apply 'max 3 4 7 3 '(4 8 5))
returns 8.
(Incidentally, I don't know how you would learn of this function
without a book such as this. It is possible to discover other
functions, like search-forward
or insert-rectangle
, by
guessing at a part of their names and then using apropos
. Even
though its base in metaphor is clear---`apply' its first argument to
the rest--I doubt a novice would come up with that particular word
when using apropos
or other aid. Of course, I could be wrong;
after all, the function was first named by someone who had to invent
it.)
The second and subsequent arguments to apply
are optional, so
we can use apply
to call a function and pass the elements of a
list to it, like this, which also returns 8:
(apply 'max '(4 8 5))
This latter way is how we will use apply
. The
recursive-lengths-list-many-files
function returns a numbers'
list to which we can apply max
(we could also apply max
to
the sorted numbers' list; it does not matter whether the list is
sorted or not.)
Hence, the operation for finding the maximum height of the graph is this:
(setq max-graph-height (apply 'max numbers-list))
Now we can return to the question of how to create a list of strings
for a column of the graph. Told the maximum height of the graph
and the number of asterisks that should appear in the column, the
function should return a list of strings for the
insert-rectangle
command to insert.
Each column is made up of asterisks or blanks. Since the function is
passed the value of the height of the column and the number of
asterisks in the column, the number of blanks can be found by
subtracting the number of asterisks from the height of the column.
Given the number of blanks and the number of asterisks, two
while
loops can be used to construct the list:
;;; First version. (defun column-of-graph (max-graph-height actual-height) "Return list of strings that is one column of a graph." (let ((insert-list nil) (number-of-top-blanks (- max-graph-height actual-height))) ;; Fill in asterisks. (while (> actual-height 0) (setq insert-list (cons "*" insert-list)) (setq actual-height (1- actual-height))) ;; Fill in blanks. (while (> number-of-top-blanks 0) (setq insert-list (cons " " insert-list)) (setq number-of-top-blanks (1- number-of-top-blanks))) ;; Return whole list. insert-list))
If you install this function and then evaluate the following expression you will see that it returns the list as desired:
(column-of-graph 5 3)
returns
(" " " " "*" "*" "*")
As written, column-of-graph
contains a major flaw: the symbols
used for the blank and for the marked entries in the column are
`hard-coded' as a space and asterisk. This is fine for a prototype,
but you, or another user, may wish to use other symbols. For example,
in testing the graph function, you many want to use a period in place
of the space, to make sure the point is being repositioned properly
each time the insert-rectangle
function is called; or you might
want to substitute a `+' sign or other symbol for the asterisk.
You might even want to make a graph-column that is more than one
display column wide. The program should be more flexible. The way to
do that is to replace the blank and the asterisk with two variables
that we can call graph-blank
and graph-symbol
and define
those variables separately.
Also, the documentation is not well written. These considerations lead us to the second version of the function:
(defvar graph-symbol "*" "String used as symbol in graph, usually an asterisk.") (defvar graph-blank " " "String used as blank in graph, usually a blank space. graph-blank must be the same number of columns wide as graph-symbol.")
(For an explanation of defvar
, see
section Initializing a Variable with defvar
.)
;;; Second version. (defun column-of-graph (max-graph-height actual-height) "Return list of MAX-GRAPH-HEIGHT strings; ACTUAL-HEIGHT are graph-symbols. The graph-symbols are contiguous entries at the end of the list. The list will be inserted as one column of a graph. The strings are either graph-blank or graph-symbol." (let ((insert-list nil) (number-of-top-blanks (- max-graph-height actual-height))) ;; Fill ingraph-symbols
. (while (> actual-height 0) (setq insert-list (cons graph-symbol insert-list)) (setq actual-height (1- actual-height))) ;; Fill ingraph-blanks
. (while (> number-of-top-blanks 0) (setq insert-list (cons graph-blank insert-list)) (setq number-of-top-blanks (1- number-of-top-blanks))) ;; Return whole list. insert-list))
If we wished, we could rewrite column-of-graph
a third time to
provide optionally for a line graph as well as for a bar graph. This
would not be hard to do. One way to think of a line graph is that it
is no more than a bar graph in which the part of each bar that is
below the top is blank. To construct a column for a line graph, the
function first constructs a list of blanks that is one shorter than
the value, then it uses cons
to attach a graph symbol to the
list; then it uses cons
again to attach the `top blanks' to
the list.
It is easy to see how to write such a function, but since we don't
need it, we will not do it. But the job could be done, and if it were
done, it would be done with column-of-graph
. Even more
important, it is worth noting that few changes would have to be made
anywhere else. The enhancement, if we ever wish to make it, is
simple.
Now, finally, we come to our first actual graph printing function.
This prints the body of a graph, not the labels for the vertical and
horizontal axes, so we can call this graph-body-print
.
graph-body-print
Function
After our preparation in the preceding section, the
graph-body-print
function is straightforward. The function
will print column after column of asterisks and blanks, using the
elements of a numbers' list to specify the number of asterisks in each
column. This is a repetitive act, which means we can use a
decrementing while
loop or recursive function for the job. In
this section, we will write the definition using a while
loop.
The column-of-graph
function requires the height of the graph
as an argument, so we should determine and record that as a local variable.
This leads us to the following template for the while
loop
version of this function:
(defun graph-body-print (numbers-list) "documentation..." (let ((height ... ...)) (while numbers-list insert-columns-and-reposition-point (setq numbers-list (cdr numbers-list)))))
We need to fill in the slots of the template.
Clearly, we can use the (apply 'max numbers-list)
expression to
determine the height of the graph.
The while
loop will cycle through the numbers-list
one
element at a time. As it is shortened by the (setq numbers-list
(cdr numbers-list))
expression, the CAR of each instance of the
list is the value of the argument for column-of-graph
.
At each cycle of the while
loop, the insert-rectangle
function inserts the list returned by column-of-graph
. Since
the insert-rectangle
function moves point to the lower right of
the inserted rectangle, we need to save the location of point at the
time the rectangle is inserted, move back to that position after the
rectangle is inserted, and then move horizontally to the next place
from which insert-rectangle
is called.
If the inserted columns are one character wide, as they will be if
single blanks and asterisks are used, the repositioning command is
simply (forward-char 1)
; however, the width of a column may be
greater than one. This means that the repositioning command should be
written (forward-char symbol-width)
. The symbol-width
itself is the length of a graph-blank
and can be found using
the expression (length graph-blank)
. The best place to bind
the symbol-width
variable to the value of the width of graph
column is in the varlist of the let
expression.
These considerations lead to the following function definition:
(defun graph-body-print (numbers-list) "Print a bar graph of the NUMBERS-LIST. The numbers-list consists of the Y-axis values." (let ((height (apply 'max numbers-list)) (symbol-width (length graph-blank)) from-position) (while numbers-list (setq from-position (point)) (insert-rectangle (column-of-graph height (car numbers-list))) (goto-char from-position) (forward-char symbol-width) ;; Draw graph column by column. (sit-for 0) (setq numbers-list (cdr numbers-list))) ;; Place point for X axis labels. (forward-line height) (insert "\n") ))
The one unexpected expression in this function is the
(sit-for 0)
expression in the while
loop. This
expression makes the graph printing operation more interesting to
watch than it would be otherwise. The expression causes Emacs to
`sit' or do nothing for a zero length of time and then redraw the
screen. Placed here, it causes Emacs to redraw the screen column by
column. Without it, Emacs would not redraw the screen until the
function exits.
We can test graph-body-print
with a short list of numbers.
graph-symbol
, graph-blank
, column-of-graph
and graph-body-print
.
(graph-body-print '(1 2 3 4 6 4 3 5 7 6 5 2 3))
eval-expression
).
graph-body-print
expression into the minibuffer
with C-y (yank)
.
graph-body-print
expression.
Emacs will print a graph like this:
* * ** * **** *** **** ********* * ************ *************
recursive-graph-body-print
Function
The graph-body-print
function may also be written recursively.
In this case, it is divided into two parts: an outside `wrapper' that
uses a let
expression to determine the values of several
variables that need only be found once, such as the maximum height of
the graph, and an inside function that is called recursively to print
the graph.
The `wrapper' is uncomplicated:
(defun recursive-graph-body-print (numbers-list) "Print a bar graph of the NUMBERS-LIST. The numbers-list consists of the Y-axis values." (let ((height (apply 'max numbers-list)) (symbol-width (length graph-blank)) from-position) (recursive-graph-body-print-internal numbers-list height symbol-width)))
The recursive function is a little more difficult. It has four parts:
the `do-again-test', the printing code, the recursive call, and the
`next-step-expression'. The `do-again-test' is an if
expression that determines whether the numbers-list
contains
any remaining elements; if it does, the function prints one column of
the graph using the printing code and calls itself again. The
function calls itself again according to the value produced by the
`next-step-expression' which causes the call to act on a shorter
version of the numbers-list
.
(defun recursive-graph-body-print-internal (numbers-list height symbol-width) "Print a bar graph. Used within recursive-graph-body-print function." (if numbers-list (progn (setq from-position (point)) (insert-rectangle (column-of-graph height (car numbers-list))) (goto-char from-position) (forward-char symbol-width) (sit-for 0) ; Draw graph column by column. (recursive-graph-body-print-internal (cdr numbers-list) height symbol-width))))
After installation, this expression can be tested; here is a sample:
(recursive-graph-body-print '(3 2 5 6 7 5 3 4 6 4 3 2 1))
Here is what recursive-graph-body-print
produces:
* ** * **** * **** *** * ********* ************ *************
Either of these two functions, graph-body-print
or
recursive-graph-body-print
, create the body of a graph.
A graph needs printed axes, so you can orient yourself. For a do-once project, it may be reasonable to draw the axes by hand using Emacs's Picture mode; but a graph drawing function may be used more than once.
For this reason, I have written enhancements to the basic
print-graph-body
function that automatically print labels for
the horizontal and vertical axes. Since the label printing functions
do not contain much new material, I have placed their description in
an appendix. See section A Graph with Labelled Axes.
Write a line graph version of the graph printing functions.
"You don't have to like Emacs to like it" -- this seemingly paradoxical statement is the secret of GNU Emacs. The plain, `out of the box' Emacs is a generic tool. Most people who use it, customize it to suit themselves.
GNU Emacs is mostly written in Emacs Lisp; this means that by writing expressions in Emacs Lisp you can change or extend Emacs.
There are those who appreciate Emacs's default configuration. After all, Emacs starts you in C mode when you edit a C file, starts you in Fortran mode when you edit a Fortran file, and starts you in Fundamental mode when you edit an unadorned file. This all makes sense, if you do not know who is going to use Emacs. Who knows what a person hopes to do with an unadorned file? Fundamental mode is the right default for such a file, just as C mode is the right default for editing C code. But when you do know who is going to use Emacs--you, yourself--then it makes sense to customize Emacs.
For example, I seldom want Fundamental mode when I edit an otherwise undistinguished file; I want Text mode. This is why I customize Emacs: so it suits me.
You can customize and extend Emacs by writing or adapting a `~/.emacs' file. This is your personal initialization file; its contents, written in Emacs Lisp, tell Emacs what to do.
This chapter describes a simple `.emacs' file; for more information, see section `The Init File' in The GNU Emacs Manual, and section `The Init File' in The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual.
In addition to your personal initialization file, Emacs automatically loads various site-wide initialization files, if they exist. These have the same form as your `.emacs' file, but are loaded by everyone.
Two site-wide initialization files, `site-load.el' and `site-init.el', are loaded into Emacs and then `dumped' if a `dumped' version of Emacs is created, as is most common. (Dumped copies of Emacs load more quickly. However, once a file is loaded and dumped, a change to it does not lead to a change in Emacs unless you load it yourself or re-dump Emacs. See section `Building Emacs' in The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual, and the `INSTALL' file.)
Three other site-wide initialization files are loaded automatically each time you start Emacs, if they exist. These are `site-start.el', which is loaded before your `.emacs' file, and `default.el', and the terminal type file, which are both loaded after your `.emacs' file.
Settings and definitions in your `.emacs' file will overwrite
conflicting settings and definitions in a `site-start.el' file,
if it exists; but the settings and definitions in a `default.el'
or terminal type file will overwrite those in your `.emacs' file.
(You can prevent interference from a terminal type file by setting
term-file-prefix
to nil
. See section A Simple Extension: line-to-top-of-window
.)
The `INSTALL' file that comes in the distribution contains descriptions of the `site-init.el' and `site-load.el' files.
The `loadup.el', `startup.el', and `loaddefs.el' files control loading. These files are in the `lisp' directory of the Emacs distribution and are worth perusing.
The `loaddefs.el' file contains a good many suggestions as to what to put into your own `.emacs' file, or into a site-wide initialization file.
My copy of Emacs version 19.23 has 392 options that you can set with
the edit-options
command. These `options' are no more than
variables such as we have seen earlier and defined using
defvar
.
Emacs determines whether a variable is intended to be easily settable
by looking at the first character in its documentation string; if the
first character is an asterisk, `*', the variable is a
user-settable option.
(See section Initializing a Variable with defvar
.)
The edit-options
command lists all the variables in Emacs that
the people who wrote the Emacs Lisp libraries think ought to be
readily settable. It provides an easy-to-use interface for resetting
these variables.
On the other hand, options set using edit-options
are set only
for the duration of your editing session. The new values are not
saved between sessions. Each time Emacs starts, it reads the original
defvar
value in its source code. To carry a changed setting
from one session to the next, you need to use a setq
expression
within a `.emacs' file or other file that you load every time you
start a session.
For me, the major use of the edit-options
command is to suggest
variables I might want to set in my `.emacs' file. I urge you to
look through the list.
See section `Editing Variable Values' in The GNU Emacs Manual, for more information.
When you start Emacs, it loads your `.emacs' file unless you tell
it not to by specifying `-q' on the command line. (The
emacs -q
command gives you a plain, out-of-the-box Emacs.)
A `.emacs' file contains Lisp expressions. Often, these are no more than expressions to set values; sometimes they are function definitions.
See section `The Init File `~/.emacs'' in The GNU Emacs Manual, for a short description of initialization files.
This chapter goes over some of the same ground, but is a walk among extracts from a complete, long-used `.emacs' file--my own.
The first part of the file consists of comments: reminders to myself. By now, of course, I remember these things, but when I started, I did not.
;;;; Bob's .emacs file ; Robert J. Chassell ; 26 September 1985
Look at that date! I started this file a long time ago. I have been adding to it ever since.
; Each section in this file is introduced by a ; line beginning with four semicolons; and each ; entry is introduced by a line beginning with ; three semicolons.
This describes the usual conventions for comments in Emacs Lisp. Everything on a line that follows a semicolon is a comment. Two, three, and four semicolons are used as section and subsection markers. (See section `Comments' in The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual, for more about comments.)
;;;; The Help Key ; Control-h is the help key; ; after typing control-h, type a letter to ; indicate the subject about which you want help. ; For an explanation of the help facility, ; type control-h three times in a row.
Just remember: type C-h three times for help.
; To find out about any mode, type control-h m ; while in that mode. For example, to find out ; about mail mode, enter mail mode and then type ; control-h m.
`Mode help', as I call this, is very helpful. Usually, it tells you all you need to know.
Of course, you don't need to include comments like these in your `.emacs' file. I included them in mine because I kept forgetting about Mode help or the conventions for comments--but I was able to remember to look here to remind myself.
Now we come to the part that `turns on' Text mode and Auto Fill mode.
;;; Text mode and Auto Fill mode ; The next two lines put Emacs into Text mode ; and Auto Fill mode, and are for writers who ; want to start writing prose rather than code. (setq default-major-mode 'text-mode) (add-hook 'text-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-fill)
Here is the first part of this `.emacs' file that does something besides remind a forgetful human!
The first of the two lines in parentheses tells Emacs to turn on Text mode when you find a file, unless that file should go into some other mode, such as C mode.
When Emacs reads a file, it looks at the extension to the file name, if any. (The extension is the part that comes after a `.'.) If the file ends with a `.c' or `.h' extension then Emacs turns on C mode. Also, Emacs looks at first nonblank line of the file; if the line says `-*- C -*-', Emacs turns on C mode. Emacs possesses a list of extensions and specifications that it uses automatically. In addition, Emacs looks near the last page for a per-buffer, "local variables list", if any.
See sections "How Major Modes are Chosen" and "Local Variables in Files" in The GNU Emacs Manual, for information.
Now, back to the `.emacs' file.
Here is the line again; how does it work?
(setq default-major-mode 'text-mode)
This line is a short, but complete Emacs Lisp expression.
We are already familiar with setq
. It sets the following variable,
default-major-mode
, to the subsequent value, which is
text-mode
. The single quote mark before text-mode
tells
Emacs to deal directly with the text-mode
variable, not with
whatever it might stand for. See section Setting the Value of a Variable, for a reminder of how setq
works. The main point
is that there is no difference between the procedure you use to set
a value in your `.emacs' file and the procedure you use anywhere
else in Emacs.
Here is the second line:
(add-hook 'text-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-fill)
In this line, the add-hook
command, adds
turn-on-auto-fill
to the variable called text-mode-hook
.
turn-on-auto-fill
is the name of a program, that, you guessed
it!, turns on Auto Fill mode.
Every time Emacs turns on Text mode, Emacs runs the commands `hooked' onto Text mode. So every time Emacs turns on Text mode, Emacs also turns on Auto Fill mode.
In brief, the first line causes Emacs to enter Text mode when you edit a file, unless the file name extension, first non-blank line, or local variables tell Emacs otherwise.
Text mode among other actions, sets the syntax table to work conveniently for writers. In Text mode, Emacs considers an apostrophe as part of a word like a letter; but Emacs does not consider a period or a space as part of a word. Thus, M-f moves you over `it's'. On the other hand, in C mode, M-f stops just after the `t' of `it's'.
The second line causes Emacs to turn on Auto Fill mode when it turns on Text mode. In Auto Fill mode, Emacs automatically breaks a line that is too wide and brings the excessively wide part of the line down to the next line. Emacs breaks lines between words, not within them.
When Auto Fill mode is turned off, lines continue to the right as you
type them. Depending on how you set the value of
truncate-lines
, the words you type either disappear off the
right side of the screen, or else are shown, in a rather ugly and
unreadable manner, as a continuation line on the screen.
Here is a setq
to `turn on' mail aliases, along with more
reminders.
;;; Mail mode ; To enter mail mode, type `C-x m' ; To enter RMAIL (for reading mail), ; type `M-x rmail' (setq mail-aliases t)
This setq
command sets the value of the variable
mail-aliases
to t
. Since t
means true, the line
says, in effect, "Yes, use mail aliases."
Mail aliases are convenient short names for long email addresses or for lists of email addresses. The file where you keep your `aliases' is `~/.mailrc'. You write an alias like this:
alias geo george@foobar.wiz.edu
When you write a message to George, address it to `geo'; the mailer will automatically expand `geo' to the full address.
By default, Emacs inserts tabs in place of multiple spaces when it
formats a region. (For example, you might indent many lines of text
all at once with the indent-region
command.) Tabs look fine on
a terminal or with ordinary printing, but they produce badly indented
output when you use TeX or Texinfo since TeX ignores tabs.
The following turns off Indent Tabs mode:
;;; Prevent Extraneous Tabs (setq-default indent-tabs-mode nil)
Note that this line uses setq-default
rather than the
setq
command that we have seen before. The setq-default
command sets values only in buffers that do not have their own local
values for the variable.
See sections "Tabs vs. Spaces" and "Local Variables in Files" in The GNU Emacs Manual.
Now for some personal keybindings:
;;; Compare windows (global-set-key "\C-cw" 'compare-windows)
compare-windows
is a nifty command that compares the text in
your current window with text in the next window. It makes the
comparison by starting at point in each window, moving over text in
each window as far as they match. I use this command all the time.
This also shows how to set a key globally, for all modes.
The command is global-set-key
. It is followed by the
keybinding. In a `.emacs' file, the keybinding is written as
shown: \C-c
stands for `control-c', which means `press the
control key and the c key at the same time'. The w
means
`press the w key'. The keybinding is surrounded by double
quotation marks. In documentation, you would write this as C-c
w. (If you were binding a META key, such as M-c, rather
than a CTL key, you would write \M-c
. See section `Rebinding Keys in Your Init File' in The GNU Emacs Manual, for details.)
The command invoked by the keys is compare-windows
. Note that
compare-windows
is preceded by a single quote; otherwise, Emacs
would first try to evaluate the symbol to determine its value.
These three things, the double quotation marks, the backslash before the `C', and the single quote mark are necessary parts of keybinding that I tend to forget. Fortunately, I have come to remember that I should look at my existing `.emacs' file, and adapt what is there.
As for the keybinding itself: C-c w. This combines the prefix key, C-c, with a single character, in this case, w. This set of keys, C-c followed by a single character, is strictly reserved for individuals' own use. If you ever write an extension to Emacs, please avoid taking any of these keys for public use. Create a key like C-c C-w instead. Otherwise, we will run out of `own' keys.
Here is another keybinding, with a comment:
;;; Keybinding for `occur' ; I use occur a lot, so let's bind it to a key: (global-set-key "\C-co" 'occur)
The occur
command shows all the lines in the current buffer
that contain a match for a regular expression. Matching lines are
shown in a buffer called `*Occur*'. That buffer serves as a menu
to jump to occurrences.
Here is how to unbind a key, so it does not work:
;;; Unbind `C-x f' (global-unset-key "\C-xf")
There is a reason for this unbinding: I found I inadvertently typed C-x f when I meant to type C-x C-f. Rather than find a file, as I intended, I accidentally set the width for filled text, almost always to a width I did not want. Since I hardly ever reset my default width, I simply unbound the key.
The following rebinds an existing key:
;;; Rebind `C-x C-b' for `buffer-menu' (global-set-key "\C-x\C-b" 'buffer-menu)
By default, C-x C-b runs the
list-buffers
command. This command lists
your buffers in another window. Since I
almost always want to do something in that
window, I prefer the buffer-menu
command, which not only lists the buffers,
but moves point into that window.
Many people in the GNU Emacs community have written extensions to Emacs. As time goes by, these extensions are often included in new releases. For example, the Calendar and Diary packages are now part of the standard Emacs version 19 distribution; they were not part of the standard Emacs version 18 distribution.
(Calc, which I consider a vital part of Emacs, would be part of the standard distribution except that it is so large it is packaged separately.)
You can use a load
command to evaluate a complete file and
thereby install all the functions and variables in the file into Emacs.
For example:
(load "~/emacs/kfill")
This evaluates, i.e. loads, the `kfill.el' file (or if it exists, the faster, byte compiled `kfill.elc' file) from the `emacs' sub-directory of your home directory.
(`kfill.el' was adapted from Kyle E. Jones' `filladapt.el' package by Bob Weiner and "provides no muss, no fuss word wrapping and filling of paragraphs with hanging indents, included text from news and mail messages, and Lisp, C++, PostScript or shell comments." I use it all the time and hope it is incorporated into the standard distribution.)
If you load many extensions, as I do, then instead of specifying the
exact location of the extension file, as shown above, you can specify
that directory as part of Emacs's load-path
. Then, when Emacs
loads a file, it will search that directory as well as its default
list of directories. (The default list is specified in `paths.h'
when Emacs is built.)
The following command adds your `~/emacs' directory to the existing load path:
;;; Emacs Load Path (setq load-path (cons "~/emacs" load-path))
Incidentally, load-library
is an interactive interface to the
load
function. The complete function looks like this:
(defun load-library (library) "Load the library named LIBRARY. This is an interface to the function `load'." (interactive "sLoad library: ") (load library))
The name of the function, load-library
, comes from the use of
`library' as a conventional synonym for `file'. The source for the
load-library
command is in the `files.el' library.
Another interactive command that does a slightly different job is
load-file
. See section `Libraries of Lisp Code for Emacs' in The GNU Emacs Manual, for information on the
distinction between load-library
and this command.
Instead of installing a function by loading the file that contains it, or by evaluating the function definition, you can make the function available but not actually install it until it is first called. This is called autoloading.
When you execute an autoloaded function, Emacs automatically evaluates the file that contains the definition, and then calls the function.
Emacs starts quicker with autoloaded functions, since their libraries are not loaded right away; but you need to wait a moment when you first use such a function, while its containing file is evaluated.
Rarely used functions are frequently autoloaded. The
`loaddefs.el' library contains hundreds of autoloaded functions,
from bookmark-set
to wordstar-mode
. Of course, you may
come to use a `rare' function frequently. In this case, you should
load that function's file with a load
expression in your
`.emacs' file.
In my `.emacs' file for Emacs version 19.23, I load 17 libraries that contain functions that would otherwise be autoloaded. (Actually, it would have been better to include these files in my `dumped' Emacs when I built it, but I forgot. See section `Building Emacs' in The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual, and the `INSTALL' file for more about dumping.)
You may also want to include autoloaded expressions in your `.emacs'
file. autoload
is a built-in function that takes up to five
arguments, the final three of which are optional. The first argument
is the name of the function to be autoloaded; the second is the name
of the file to be loaded. The third argument is documentation for the
function, and the fourth tells whether the function can be called
interactively. The fifth argument tells what type of
object---autoload
can handle a keymap or macro as well as a
function (the default is a function).
Here is a typical example:
(autoload 'html-helper-mode "html-helper-mode" "Edit HTML documents" t)
This expression autoloads the html-helper-mode
function from
the `html-helper-mode.el' file (or, if it exists, from the byte
compiled file `html-helper-mode.elc'.) The file must be located
in a directory specified by load-path
. The documentation says
that this is a mode to help you edit documents written in the
HyperText Markup Language. You can call this mode interactively by
typing M-x html-helper-mode.
(You need to duplicate the function's regular documentation in the
autoload expression because the regular function is not yet loaded, so
its documentation is not available.)
See section `Autoload' in The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual, for more information.
line-to-top-of-window
Here is a simple extension to Emacs that moves the line point is on to the top of the window. I use this all the time, to make text easier to read.
You can put the following code into a separate file and then load it from your `.emacs' file, or you can include it within your `.emacs' file.
Here is the definition:
;;; Line to top of window; ;;; replace three keystroke sequence C-u 0 C-l (defun line-to-top-of-window () "Move the line point is on to top of window." (interactive) (recenter 0))
Now for the keybinding.
Although most of an Emacs version 18 `.emacs' file works with version 19, there are some differences (also, of course, there are new features in Emacs 19).
In version 19 Emacs, you can write a function key like this: `[f6]'. In version 18, you must specify the key strokes sent by the keyboard when you press that function key. For example, a Zenith 29 keyboard sends ESC P when I press its sixth function key; an Ann Arbor Ambassador keyboard sends ESC O F. Write these keystrokes as `\eP' and `\eOF', respectively.
In my version 18 `.emacs' file, I bind
line-to-top-of-window
to a key that depends on the type of
terminal:
(defun z29-key-bindings () "Function keybindings for Z29 terminal." ;; ... (global-set-key "\eP" 'line-to-top-of-window)) (defun aaa-key-bindings () "Function keybindings for Ann Arbor Ambassador" ;; ... (global-set-key "\eOF" 'line-to-top-of-window))
(You can find out what a function key sends by typing the function
key, and then typing C-h l (view-lossage
) which displays
the last 100 input keystrokes.)
After specifying the key bindings, I evaluate an expression that chooses among keybindings, depending on the type of terminal I am using. However, before doing that, I turn off the predefined, default terminal-specific keybindings, which overwrite bindings in the `.emacs' if they clash.
;;; Turn Off Predefined Terminal Keybindings ; The following turns off the predefined ; terminal-specific keybindings such as the ; vt100 keybindings in lisp/term/vt100.el. ; If there are no predefined terminal ; keybindings, or if you like them, ; comment this out. (setq term-file-prefix nil)
Here is the selection expression itself:
(let ((term (getenv "TERM"))) (cond ((equal term "z29") (z29-key-bindings)) ((equal term "aaa") (aaa-key-bindings)) (t (message "No binding for terminal type %s." term))))
In Emacs version 19, function keys (as well as mouse button events and
non-ASCII characters) are written within square brackets, without
quotation marks. I bind line-to-top-of-window
to my F6
function key like this:
(global-set-key [f6] 'line-to-top-of-window)
Much simpler!
For more information, see section `Rebinding Keys in Your Init File' in The GNU Emacs Manual.
If you run both Emacs 18 and Emacs 19, you can select which code to evaluate with the following conditional:
(if (string= (int-to-string 18) (substring (emacs-version) 10 12)) ;; evaluate version 18 code (progn ... ) ;; else evaluate version 19 code ...
Emacs uses keymaps to record which keys call which commands. Specific modes, such as C mode or Text mode, have their own keymaps; the mode-specific keymaps override the global map that is shared by all buffers.
The global-set-key
function binds, or rebinds, the global
keymap. For example, the following binds the key C-c C-l to the
function line-to-top-of-window
:
(global-set-key "\C-c\C-l" 'line-to-top-of-window))
Mode-specific keymaps are bound using the define-key
function,
which takes a specific keymap as an argument, as well as the key and
the command. For example, my `.emacs' file contains the
following expression to bind the texinfo-insert-@group
command
to C-c C-c g:
(define-key texinfo-mode-map "\C-c\C-cg" 'texinfo-insert-@group)
The texinfo-insert-@group
function itself is a little extension
to Texinfo mode that inserts `@group' into a Texinfo file. I
use this command all the time and prefer to type the three strokes
C-c C-c g rather than the six strokes @ g r o u p.
(`@group' and its matching `@end group' are commands that
keep all enclosed text together on one page; many multi-line examples
in this book are surrounded by `@group ... @end group'.)
Here is the texinfo-insert-@group
function definition:
(defun texinfo-insert-@group () "Insert the string @group in a Texinfo buffer." (interactive) (beginning-of-line) (insert "@group\n"))
(Of course, I could have used Abbrev mode to save typing, rather than write a function to insert a word; but I prefer key strokes consistent with other Texinfo mode key bindings.)
You will see numerous define-key
expressions in
`loaddefs.el' as well as in the various mode libraries, such as
`c-mode.el' and `lisp-mode.el'.
See section `Customizing Key Bindings' in The GNU Emacs Manual, and section `Keymaps' in The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual, for more information about keymaps.
You can specify colors when you use Emacs version 19 with the MIT X Windowing system. (All the previous examples should work with both Emacs version 18 and Emacs version 19; this works only with Emacs version 19.)
I hate the default colors and specify my own.
Most of my specifications are in various X initialization files. I wrote notes to myself in my `.emacs' file to remind myself what I did:
;; I use TWM for window manager; ;; my ~/.xsession file specifies: ; xsetroot -solid navyblue -fg white
Actually, the root of the X window is not part of Emacs at all, but I like the reminder anyhow.
;; My ~/.Xresources file specifies: ; XTerm*Background: sky blue ; XTerm*Foreground: white ; emacs*geometry: =80x40+100+0 ; emacs*background: blue ; emacs*foreground: grey97 ; emacs*cursorColor: white ; emacs*pointerColor: white
Here are the expressions in my `.emacs' file that set values:
;;; Set highlighting colors for isearch and drag (set-face-foreground 'highlight "white" ) (set-face-background 'highlight "slate blue") (set-face-background 'region "slate blue") (set-face-background 'secondary-selection "turquoise") ;; Set calendar highlighting colors (setq calendar-load-hook '(lambda () (set-face-foreground 'diary-face "skyblue") (set-face-background 'holiday-face "slate blue") (set-face-foreground 'holiday-face "white")))
The various shades of blue soothe my eye and prevent me from seeing the screen flicker.
Here are a few miscellaneous settings for version 19 Emacs:
(resize-minibuffer-mode 1) (setq resize-minibuffer-mode t)
(setq search-highlight t)
(setq default-frame-alist '((menu-bar-lines . 1) (auto-lower . t) (auto-raise . t)))
; Cursor shapes are defined in ; `/usr/include/X11/cursorfont.h'; ; for example, the `target' cursor is number 128; ; the `top_left_arrow' cursor is number 132. (let ((mpointer (x-get-resource "*mpointer" "*emacs*mpointer"))) ;; If you have not set your mouse pointer ;; then sent it, otherwise leave as is: (if (eq mpointer nil) (setq mpointer "132")) ; top_left_arrow (setq x-pointer-shape (string-to-int mpointer)) (set-mouse-color "white"))
Finally, a feature I really like: a modified mode line.
Since I sometimes work over a network, I replaced the `Emacs: ' that is normally written on the left hand side of the mode line by the name of the system--otherwise, I forget which machine I am using. In addition, I list the default directory lest I lose track of where I am, and I specify the line point is on, with `Line' spelled out. My `.emacs' file looks like this:
(setq mode-line-system-identification (substring (system-name) 0 (string-match "\\..+" (system-name)))) (setq default-mode-line-format (list "" 'mode-line-modified "<" 'mode-line-system-identification "> " "%14b" " " 'default-directory " " "%[(" 'mode-name 'minor-mode-alist "%n" 'mode-line-process ")%]--" "Line %l--" '(-3 . "%P") "-%-")) ;; Start with new default. (setq mode-line-format default-mode-line-format)
I set the default mode line format so as to permit various
modes, such as Info, to override it. Many elements in the list are
self-explanatory: mode-line-modified
is a variable the tells
whether the buffer has been modified, mode-name
tells the name
of the mode, and so on.
The `"%14b"' displays the current buffer name (using the
buffer-name
function with which we are familiar); the `14'
specifies the maximum number of characters that will be displayed.
When a name has fewer characters, whitespace is added to fill out to
this number. `%[' and `%]' cause a pair of square brackets
to appear for each recursive editing level. `%n' says `Narrow'
when narrowing is in effect. `%P' tells you the percentage of
the buffer that is above the bottom of the window, or `Top', `Bottom',
or `All'. (A lower case `p' tell you the percentage above the
top of the window.) `%-' inserts enough dashes to fill
out the line.
In and after Emacs version 19.29, you can use frame-title-format
to set the title of an Emacs frame. This variable has the same
structure as mode-line-format
.
Mode line formats are described in section `Mode Line Format' in The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual.
Remember, "You don't have to like Emacs to like it" -- your own Emacs can have different colors, different commands, and different keys than a default Emacs.
On the other hand, if you want to bring up a plain `out of the box' Emacs, with no customization, type:
emacs -q
This will start an Emacs that does not load your `~/.emacs' initialization file. A plain, default Emacs. Nothing more.
GNU Emacs has two debuggers, debug
and edebug
. The
first is built into the internals of Emacs and is always with you;
the second is an extension to Emacs that has become part of the standard
distribution in version 19.
Both debuggers are described extensively in section `Debugging Lisp Programs' in The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual. In this chapter, I will walk through a short example of each.
debug
Suppose you have written a function definition that is intended to
return the sum of the numbers 1 through a given number. (This is the
triangle
function discussed earlier. See section Example with decrementing counter, for a discussion.)
However, your function definition has a bug. You have mistyped `1=' for `1-'. Here is the broken definition:
(defun triangle-bugged (number) "Return sum of numbers 1 through NUMBER inclusive." (let ((total 0)) (while (> number 0) (setq total (+ total number)) (setq number (1= number))) ; Error here. total))
If you are reading this in Info, you can evaluate this definition in
the normal fashion. You will see triangle-bugged
appear in the
echo area.
Now evaluate the triangle-bugged
function with an
argument of 4:
(triangle-bugged 4)
You will produce an error message that says: Symbol's function definition is void: 1=
In practice, for a bug as simple as this, this error message will tell you what you need to know to correct the definition. However, suppose you are not quite certain what is going on?
You can turn on debugging by setting the value of
debug-on-error
to t
:
(setq debug-on-error t)
This causes Emacs to enter the debugger next time it encounters an error.
You can turn off debug-on-error
by setting it to nil
:
(setq debug-on-error nil)
Set debug-on-error
to t
and evaluate the following:
(triangle-bugged 4)
This time, Emacs will create a buffer called `*Backtrace*' that looks like this:
---------- Buffer: *Backtrace* ---------- Signalling: (void-function 1=) (1= number)) (setq number (1= number))) (while (> number 0) (setq total (+ total number)) (setq number (1= number)))) (let ((total 0)) (while (> number 0) (setq total ...) (setq number ...)) total)) triangle-bugged(4) eval((triangle-bugged 4)) eval-last-sexp(nil) * call-interactively(eval-last-sexp) ---------- Buffer: *Backtrace* ----------
(I have reformatted this example slightly; the debugger does not fold long lines.)
You read the `*Backtrace*' buffer from the bottom up; it tells you
what Emacs did that led to the error. In this case, what Emacs did
was make an interactive call to C-x C-e (eval-last-sexp
),
which led to the evaluation of the triangle-bugged
expression.
Each line above tells you what the Lisp interpreter evaluated next.
The third line from the top of the buffer is
(setq number (1= number))
Emacs tried to evaluate this expression; in order to do so, it tried to evaluate the inner expression shown on the second line from the top:
(1= number)
This is where the error occurred; as the top line says:
Signalling: (void-function 1=)
You can correct the mistake, re-evaluate the function definition, and then run your test again.
If you are reading this in Info, you can now turn off debug-on-error
by
setting it to nil
:
(setq debug-on-error nil)
debug-on-entry
A second way to start debug
on a function is to enter the
debugger when you call the function. You can do this by calling
debug-on-entry
.
Type:
M-x debug-on-entry RET triangle-bugged RET
Now, evaluate the following:
(triangle-bugged 5)
Emacs will create a `*Backtrace*' buffer and tell you that it is
beginning to evaluate the triangle-bugged
function:
---------- Buffer: *Backtrace* ---------- Entering: * triangle-bugged(5) eval((triangle-bugged 5)) eval-last-sexp(nil) * call-interactively(eval-last-sexp) ---------- Buffer: *Backtrace* ----------
In the `*Backtrace*' buffer, type d. Emacs will evaluate
the first expression in triangle-bugged
; the buffer will look
like this:
---------- Buffer: *Backtrace* ---------- Beginning evaluation of function call form: * (let ((total 0)) (while (> number 0) (setq total ...) (setq number ...)) total)) triangle-bugged(5) * eval((triangle-bugged 5)) eval-last-sexp(nil) * call-interactively(eval-last-sexp) ---------- Buffer: *Backtrace* ----------
Now, type d again, eight times, slowly. Each time you type d, Emacs will evaluate another expression in the function definition. Eventually, the buffer will look like this:
---------- Buffer: *Backtrace* ---------- Beginning evaluation of function call form: * (setq number (1= number))) * (while (> number 0) (setq total (+ total number)) (setq number (1= number)))) * (let ((total 0)) (while (> number 0) (setq total ...) (setq number ...)) total)) triangle-bugged(5) * eval((triangle-bugged 5)) eval-last-sexp(nil) * call-interactively(eval-last-sexp) ---------- Buffer: *Backtrace* ----------
Finally, after you type d two more times, Emacs will reach the error, and the top two lines of the `*Backtrace*' buffer will look like this:
---------- Buffer: *Backtrace* ---------- Signalling: (void-function 1=) * (1= number)) ... ---------- Buffer: *Backtrace* ----------
By typing d, you were able to step through the function.
You can quit a `*Backtrace*' buffer by typing q; this quits
the trace, but does not cancel debug-on-entry
.
To cancel the effect of debug-on-entry
, call
cancel-debug-on-entry
and the name of the function, like this:
M-x cancel-debug-on-entry RET triangle-debugged RET
(If you are reading this in Info, cancel debug-on-entry
now.)
debug-on-quit
and (debug)
In addition to setting debug-on-error
or calling debug-on-entry
,
there are two other ways to start debug
.
You can start debug
whenever you type C-g
(keyboard-quit
) by setting the variable debug-on-quit
to
t
. This is useful for debugging infinite loops.
Or, you can insert a line that says (debug)
into your code
where you want the debugger to start, like this:
(defun triangle-bugged (number) "Return sum of numbers 1 through NUMBER inclusive." (let ((total 0)) (while (> number 0) (setq total (+ total number)) (debug) ; Start debugger. (setq number (1= number))) ; Error here. total))
The debug
function is described in detail in section `The Lisp Debugger' in The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual.
edebug
Source Level DebuggerEdebug normally displays the source of the code you are debugging, with an arrow at the left that shows which line you are currently executing.
You can walk through the execution of a function, line by line, or run quickly until reaching a breakpoint where execution stops.
Edebug is described in section `Edebug' in The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual.
Here is a bugged function definition for triangle-recursively
.
See section Recursion in Place of a Counter,
for a review of it. This example is presented without indentation to
the left of the defun
, as explained below.
(defun triangle-recursively-bugged (number) "Return sum of numbers 1 through NUMBER inclusive. Uses recursion." (if (= number 1) 1 (+ number (triangle-recursively-bugged (1= number))))) ; Error here.
Normally, you would install this definition by positioning your cursor
after the function's closing parenthesis and typing C-x C-e
(eval-last-sexp
) or else by positioning your cursor within the
definition and typing C-M-x (eval-defun
). (By default,
the eval-defun
command works only in Emacs Lisp mode or in Lisp
Interactive mode.)
However, to prepare this function definition for Edebug, you must first instrument the code using a different command. In Emacs version 19, you can do this by positioning your cursor within the definition and typing the following:
M-x edebug-defun RET
This will cause Emacs to load Edebug automatically if it is not
already loaded, and properly instrument the function. (After loading
Edebug, you can use its standard keybindings, such as C-u C-M-x
(eval-defun
with a prefix argument) for edebug-defun
.)
In Emacs version 18, you need to load Edebug yourself; you can do this
by putting the appropriate load
command in your `.emacs'
file.
If you are reading this in Info, you can instrument the
triangle-recursively-bugged
function shown above.
edebug-defun
fails to locate the bounds of a definition whose
defun
line is indented; so the example is presented without the
usual spaces to the left of the defun
.
After instrumenting the function, place your cursor after the
following expression and type C-x C-e (eval-last-sexp
):
(triangle-recursively-bugged 3)
You will be jumped back to the source for
triangle-recursively-bugged
and the cursor positioned at the
beginning of the if
line of the function. Also, you will see
an arrow at the left hand side of that line that looks like this:
`=>'. The arrow marks the line where the function is executing.
=>-!-(if (= number 1)
In the example, the location of point is displayed with a star, `-!-' (in Info, it is displayed as `-!-').
If you now press SPC, point will move to the next expression to be executed; the line will look like this:
=>(if -!-(= number 1)
As you continue to press SPC, point will move from expression to
expression. At the same time, whenever an expression returns a value,
that value will be displayed in the echo area. For example, after you
move point past number
, you will see the following:
Result: 3 = C-c
This means the value of number
is 3, which is ASCII
CTL-C (the third letter of the alphabet).
You can continue moving through the code until you reach the line with the error. Before evaluation, that line looks like this:
=> -!-(1= number))))) ; Error here.
When you press SPC once again, you will produce an error message that says:
Symbol's function definition is void: 1=
This is the bug.
Press `q' to quit Edebug.
To remove instrumentation from a function definition, simply re-evaluate it with a command that does not instrument it. For example, you could place your cursor after the definition's closing parenthesis and type C-x C-e.
Edebug does a great deal more than walk with you through a function. You can set it so it races through on its own, stopping only at an error or at specified stopping points; you can cause it to display the changing values of various expressions; you can find out how many times a function is called, and more.
Edebug is described in section `Edebug' in The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual.
count-words-region
function and then cause it to
enter the built-in debugger when you call it. Run the command on a
region containing two words. You will need to press d a
remarkable number of times. On your system, is a `hook' called after
the command finishes? (For information on hooks, see section `Command Loop Overview' in The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual.)
count-words-region
into the `*scratch*' buffer,
remove white space before the defun
line if necessary,
instrument the function for Edebug, and walk through its execution.
The function does not need to have a bug, although you can introduce
one if you wish. If the function lacks a bug, the walk-through
completes without problems.
global-edebug-prefix
is usually C-x X, i.e.
CTL-x followed by an upper case X; use this prefix
for commands made outside of the Edebug debugging buffer.)
edebug-bounce-point
) command to see where in the region the
count-words-region
is working.
edebug-goto-here
) command to jump to that location.
edebug-trace-mode
) command to cause Edebug to
walk through the function on its own; use an upper case T for
edebug-Trace-fast-mode
.
We have now reached the end of this Introduction. You have now learned enough about programming in Emacs Lisp to set values, to write simple `.emacs' files for yourself and your friends, and write simple customizations and extensions to Emacs.
This is a place to stop. Or, if you wish, you can now go onward, and teach yourself.
You have learned some of the basic nuts and bolts of programming. But only some. There are a great many more brackets and hinges that are easy to use that we have not touched.
A path you can follow right now lies among the sources to GNU Emacs and in The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual.
The Emacs Lisp sources are an adventure. When you read the sources and come across a function or expression that is unfamiliar, you need to figure out or find out what it does.
Go to the Reference Manual. It is a thorough, complete, and fairly easy-to-read description of Emacs Lisp. It is written not only for experts, but for people who know what you know. (The Reference Manual comes with the standard GNU Emacs distribution. Like this introduction, it comes as a Texinfo source file, so you can read it on-line and as a typeset, printed book.)
Go to the other on-line help that is part of GNU Emacs: the on-line
documentation for all functions, and find-tags
, the program
that takes you to sources.
Here is an example of how I explore the sources. Because of its name,
`simple.el' is the file I looked at first, a long time ago. As
it happens some of the functions in `simple.el' are complicated,
or at least look complicated at first sight. The first function, for
example, looks complicated. This is the open-line
function.
You may want to walk through this function slowly, as we did with the
forward-sentence
function.
(See section forward-sentence
.)
Or you may want to skip that function and look at another, such as
split-line
. You don't need to read all the functions.
According to count-words-in-defun
, the split-line
function contains 27 words and symbols.
Even though it is short, split-line
contains four expressions
we have not studied: skip-chars-forward
, indent-to
,
insert
, and `?\n'.
Consider the insert
function. (It is mentioned in passing in
the review section in section Regular Expression Searches.)
In Emacs, you can find out more about insert
by typing C-h
f (describe-function
) and the name of the function. This
gives you the function documentation. You can look at its source
using find-tag
, which is bound to M-. (this is not so
helpful in this case; the function is a primitive written in C rather
than Lisp). Finally, you can find out what the Reference Manual has
to say by visiting the manual in Info, and typing i
(Info-index
) and the name of the function, or by looking up
insert
in the index to a printed copy of the manual.
Similarly, you can find out what is meant by `?\n'. You can try
using Info-index
with `?\n'. It turns out that this
action won't help; but don't give up. If you search the index for
`\n' without the `?', you will be taken directly to the
relevant section of the manual. (See section `Character Type' in The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual. `?\n' stands
for the newline character.)
You may be able to guess what is done by skip-chars-forward
and
indent-to
; or you can look them up, too. (Incidentally, the
describe-function
function itself is in `help.el'; it is
one of those long, but decipherable functions. Its definition
illustrates how to customize the interactive
expression without
using the standard character codes; and it shows how to create a
temporary buffer.)
Other interesting source files include `paragraphs.el', `loaddefs.el', and `loadup.el'. The `paragraphs.el' file includes short, easily understood functions as well as longer ones. The `loaddefs.el' file contains the many standard autoloads and many keymaps. I have never looked at it all; only at parts. `loadup.el' is the file that loads the standard parts of Emacs; it tells you a great deal about how Emacs is built. (See section `Building Emacs' in The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual, for more about building.)
As I said, you have learned some nuts and bolts; however, and very
importantly, we have hardly touched major aspects of programming; I
have said nothing about how to sort information, except to use the
predefined sort
function; I have said nothing about how to store
information, except to use variables and lists; I have said nothing
about how to write programs that write programs. These are topics for
another, and different kind of book, a different kind of learning.
What you have done is learn enough for much practical work with GNU Emacs. What you have done is get started. This is the end of a beginning.
the-the
Function
Sometimes when you you write text, you duplicate words--as with "you
you" near the beginning of this sentence. I find that most
frequently, I duplicate "the'; hence, I call the function for
detecting duplicated words, the-the
.
As a first step, you could use the following regular expression to search for duplicates:
\\(\\w+[ \t\n]+\\)\\1
This regexp matches one or more word-constituent characters followed by one or more spaces, tabs, or newlines. However, it does not detect duplicated words on different lines, since the ending of the first word, the end of the line, is different from the ending of the second word, a space. (For more information about regular expressions, see section Regular Expression Searches, as well as section `Syntax of Regular Expressions' in The GNU Emacs Manual, and section `Regular Expressions' in The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual.)
You might try searching just for duplicated word-constituent characters but that does not work since the pattern detects doubles such as the two occurrences of `th' in `with the'.
Another possible regular expression is for word-constituent characters that are followed by non-word-constituent characters. Here, `\\w+' matches one or more word-constituent characters and `\\W*' matches zero or more non-word-constituent characters.
\\(\\(\\w+\\)\\W*\\)\\1
Again, not useful.
Here is the pattern that I use. It is not perfect, but good enough. `\\b' matches the empty string, provided it is at the beginning or end of a word; `[^@ \n\t]+' matches one or more occurrences of any characters that are not an @-sign, space, newline, or tab.
\\b\\([^@ \n\t]+\\)[ \n\t]+\\1\\b
One can write more complicated expressions, but I found that this expression is good enough, so I use it.
Here is the the-the
function, as I include it in my
`.emacs' file, along with a handy global key binding:
(defun the-the () "Search forward for for a duplicated word." (interactive) (message "Searching for for duplicated words ...") (push-mark) ;; This regexp is not perfect ;; but is fairly good over all: (if (re-search-forward "\\b\\([^@ \n\t]+\\)[ \n\t]+\\1\\b" nil 'move) (message "Found duplicated word.") (message "End of buffer"))) ;; Bind `the-the' to C-c \ (global-set-key "\C-c\\" 'the-the)
Here is test text:
one two two three four five five six seven
You can substitute the other regular expressions shown above in the function definition and try each of them on this list.
The kill ring is a list that is transformed into a ring by the
workings of the rotate-yank-pointer
function. The yank
and yank-pop
commands use the rotate-yank-pointer
function. This appendix describes the rotate-yank-pointer
function as well as both the yank
and the yank-pop
commands.
rotate-yank-pointer
Function
The rotate-yank-pointer
function changes the element in the kill
ring to which kill-ring-yank-pointer
points. For example, it can
change kill-ring-yank-pointer
from pointing to the second
element to point to the third element.
Here is the code for rotate-yank-pointer
:
(defun rotate-yank-pointer (arg) "Rotate the yanking point in the kill ring." (interactive "p") (let ((length (length kill-ring))) (if (zerop length) ;; then-part (error "Kill ring is empty") ;; else-part (setq kill-ring-yank-pointer (nthcdr (% (+ arg (- length (length kill-ring-yank-pointer))) length) kill-ring)))))
The function looks complex, but as usual, it can be understood by taking it apart piece by piece. First look at it in skeletal form:
(defun rotate-yank-pointer (arg) "Rotate the yanking point in the kill ring." (interactive "p") (let varlist body...)
This function takes one argument, called arg
. It has a brief
documentation string; and it is interactive with a small `p', which
means that the argument must be a processed prefix passed to the
function as a number.
The body of the function definition is a let
expression, which
itself has a body as well as a varlist.
The let
expression declares a variable that will be only usable
within the bounds of this function. This variable is called
length
and is bound to a value that is equal to the number of
items in the kill ring. This is done by using the function called
length
. (Note that this function has the same name as the
variable called length
; but one use of the word is to name the
function and the other is to name the variable. The two are quite
distinct. Similarly, an English speaker will distinguish between the
meanings of the word `ship' when he says: "I must ship this package
immediately." and "I must get aboard the ship immediately.")
The function length
tells the number of items there are in a list,
so (length kill-ring)
returns the number of items there are in the
kill ring.
rotate-yank-pointer
The body of rotate-yank-pointer
is a let
expression and
the body of the let
expression is an if
expression.
The purpose of the if
expression is to find out whether there is
anything in the kill ring. If the kill ring is empty, the error
function stops evaluation of the function and prints a message in the
echo area. On the other hand, if the kill ring has something in it, the
work of the function is done.
Here is the if-part and then-part of the if
expression:
(if (zerop length) ; if-part (error "Kill ring is empty") ; then-part ...
If there is not anything in the kill ring, its length must be zero
and an error message sent to the user: `Kill ring is empty'. The
if
expression uses the function zerop
which returns true
if the value it is testing is zero. When zerop
tests true, the
then-part of the if
is evaluated. The then-part is a list
starting with the function error
, which is a function that is
similar to the message
function (see section The message
Function), in that it
prints a one-line message in the echo area. However, in addition to
printing a message, error
also stops evaluation of the function
within which it is embedded. In this case, this means that the rest of
the function will not be evaluated if the length of the kill ring is
zero.
(In my opinion, it is slightly misleading, at least to humans, to use the term `error' as the name of this function. A better term would be `cancel'. Strictly speaking, of course, you cannot point to, much less rotate a pointer to a list that has no length, so from the point of view of the computer, the word `error' is correct. But a human expects to attempt this sort of thing, if only to find out whether the kill ring is full or empty. This is an act of exploration.
(From the human point of view, the act of exploration and discovery is not necessarily an error, and therefore should not be labeled as one, even in the bowels of a computer. As it is, the code in Emacs implies that a human who is acting virtuously, by exploring his or her environment, is making an error. This is bad. Even though the computer takes the same steps as it does when there is an `error', a term such as `cancel' would have a clearer connotation.)
if
expression
The else-part of the if
expression is dedicated to setting the
value of kill-ring-yank-pointer
when the kill ring has something
in it. The code looks like this:
(setq kill-ring-yank-pointer (nthcdr (% (+ arg (- length (length kill-ring-yank-pointer))) length) kill-ring)))))
This needs some examination. Clearly, kill-ring-yank-pointer
is being set to be equal to some CDR of the kill ring, using the
nthcdr
function that is described in an earlier section.
(See section copy-region-as-kill
.) But exactly how does it do this?
Before looking at the details of the code let's first consider the
purpose of the rotate-yank-pointer
function.
The rotate-yank-pointer
function changes what
kill-ring-yank-pointer
points to. If
kill-ring-yank-pointer
starts by pointing to the first element
of a list, a call to rotate-yank-pointer
causes it to point to
the second element; and if kill-ring-yank-pointer
points to the
second element, a call to rotate-yank-pointer
causes it to
point to the third element. (And if rotate-yank-pointer
is
given an argument greater than 1, it jumps the pointer that many
elements.)
The rotate-yank-pointer
function uses setq
to reset what
the kill-ring-yank-pointer
points to. If
kill-ring-yank-pointer
points to the first element of the kill
ring, then, in the simplest case, the rotate-yank-pointer
function must cause it to point to the second element. Put another
way, kill-ring-yank-pointer
must be reset to have a value equal
to the CDR of the kill ring.
That is, under these circumstances,
(setq kill-ring-yank-pointer ("some text" "a different piece of text" "yet more text")) (setq kill-ring ("some text" "a different piece of text" "yet more text"))
the code should do this:
(setq kill-ring-yank-pointer (cdr kill-ring))
As a result, the kill-ring-yank-pointer
will look like this:
kill-ring-yank-pointer => ("a different piece of text" "yet more text"))
The actual setq
expression uses the nthcdr
function to do
the job.
As we have seen before (see section nthcdr
), the nthcdr
function
works by repeatedly taking the CDR of a list--it takes the
CDR of the CDR of the CDR ...
The two following expressions produce the same result:
(setq kill-ring-yank-pointer (cdr kill-ring)) (setq kill-ring-yank-pointer (nthcdr 1 kill-ring))
In the rotate-yank-pointer
function, however, the first
argument to nthcdr
is a rather complex looking expression with
lots of arithmetic inside of it:
(% (+ arg (- length (length kill-ring-yank-pointer))) length)
As usual, we need to look at the most deeply embedded expression first and then work our way towards the light.
The most deeply embedded expression is (length
kill-ring-yank-pointer)
. This finds the length of the current value of
the kill-ring-yank-pointer
. (Remember that the
kill-ring-yank-pointer
is the name of a variable whose value is a
list.)
The measurement of the length is inside the expression:
(- length (length kill-ring-yank-pointer))
In this expression, the first length
is the variable that was
assigned the length of the kill ring in the let
statement at the
beginning of the function. (One might think this function would be
clearer if the variable length
were named
length-of-kill-ring
instead; but if you look at the text of the
whole function, you will see that it is so short that naming this
variable length
is not a bother, unless you are pulling the
function apart into very tiny pieces as we are doing here.)
So the line (- length (length kill-ring-yank-pointer))
tells the
difference between the length of the kill ring and the length of the list
whose name is kill-ring-yank-pointer
.
To see how all this fits into the rotate-yank-pointer
function, let's begin by analyzing the case where
kill-ring-yank-pointer
points to the first element of the kill
ring, just as kill-ring
does, and see what happens when
rotate-yank-pointer
is called with an argument of 1.
In this case, the variable length
and the value of the expression
(length kill-ring-yank-pointer
will be the same since the
variable length
is the length of the kill ring and the
kill-ring-yank-pointer
is pointing to the whole kill ring.
Consequently, the value of
(- length (length kill-ring-yank-pointer))
will be zero. Since the value of arg
will be 1, this will mean
that the value of the whole expression
(+ arg (- length (length kill-ring-yank-pointer)))
will be 1.
Consequently, the argument to nthcdr
will be found as the result of
the expression
(% 1 length)
%
remainder function
To understand (% 1 length)
, we need to understand %
.
According to its documentation (which I just found by typing C-h
f % RET), the %
function returns the remainder of
its first argument divided by its second argument. For example, the
remainder of 5 divided by 2 is 1. (2 goes into 5 twice with a
remainder of 1.)
What surprises people who don't often do arithmetic is that a smaller number can be divided by a larger number and have a remainder. In the example we just used, 5 was divided by 2. We can reverse that and ask, what is the result of dividing 2 by 5? If you can use fractions, the answer is obviously 2/5 or .4; but if, as here, you can only use whole numbers, the result has to be something different. Clearly, 5 can go into 2 zero times, but what of the remainder? To see what the answer is, consider a case that has to be familiar from childhood:
By considering the cases as parallel, we can see that
and so on.
So, in this code, if the value of length
is 5, then the result of
evaluating
(% 1 5)
is 1. (I just checked this by placing the cursor after the expression and typing C-x C-e. Indeed, 1 is printed in the echo area.)
%
in rotate-yank-pointer
When the kill-ring-yank-pointer
points to the
beginning of the kill ring, and the argument passed to
rotate-yank-pointer
is 1, the %
expression returns 1:
(- length (length kill-ring-yank-pointer)) => 0
therefore,
(+ arg (- length (length kill-ring-yank-pointer))) => 1
and consequently:
(% (+ arg (- length (length kill-ring-yank-pointer))) length) => 1
regardless of the value of length
.
As a result of this, the setq kill-ring-yank-pointer
expression
simplifies to:
(setq kill-ring-yank-pointer (nthcdr 1 kill-ring))
What it does is now easy to understand. Instead of pointing as it did
to the first element of the kill ring, the
kill-ring-yank-pointer
is set to point to the second element.
Clearly, if the argument passed to rotate-yank-pointer
is two, then
the kill-ring-yank-pointer
is set to (nthcdr 2 kill-ring)
;
and so on for different values of the argument.
Similarly, if the kill-ring-yank-pointer
starts out pointing to
the second element of the kill ring, it length is shorter than the
length of the kill ring by 1, so the computation of the remainder is
based on the expression (% (+ arg 1) length)
. This means that
the kill-ring-yank-pointer
is moved from the second element of
the kill ring to the third element if the argument passed to
rotate-yank-pointer
is 1.
The final question is, what happens if the kill-ring-yank-pointer
is set to the last element of the kill ring? Will a call to
rotate-yank-pointer
mean that nothing more can be taken from the
kill ring? The answer is no. What happens is different and useful.
The kill-ring-yank-pointer
is set to point to the beginning of
the kill ring instead.
Let's see how this works by looking at the code, assuming the length of the
kill ring is 5 and the argument passed to rotate-yank-pointer
is 1.
When the kill-ring-yank-pointer
points to the last element of
the kill ring, its length is 1. The code looks like this:
(% (+ arg (- length (length kill-ring-yank-pointer))) length)
When the variables are replaced by their numeric values, the expression looks like this:
(% (+ 1 (- 5 1)) 5)
This expression can be evaluated by looking at the most embedded inner
expression first and working outwards: The value of (- 5 1)
is 4;
the sum of (+ 1 4)
is 5; and the remainder of dividing 5 by 5 is
zero. So what rotate-yank-pointer
will do is
(setq kill-ring-yank-pointer (nthcdr 0 kill-ring))
which will set the kill-ring-yank-pointer
to point to the beginning
of the kill ring.
So what happens with successive calls to rotate-yank-pointer
is that
it moves the kill-ring-yank-pointer
from element to element in the
kill ring until it reaches the end; then it jumps back to the beginning.
And this is why the kill ring is called a ring, since by jumping back to
the beginning, it is as if the list has no end! (And what is a ring, but
an entity with no end?)
yank
After learning about rotate-yank-pointer
, the code for the
yank
function is almost easy. It has only one tricky part, which is
the computation of the argument to be passed to rotate-yank-pointer
.
The code looks like this:
(defun yank (&optional arg) "Reinsert the last stretch of killed text. More precisely, reinsert the stretch of killed text most recently killed OR yanked. With just C-U as argument, same but put point in front (and mark at end). With argument n, reinsert the nth most recently killed stretch of killed text. See also the command \\[yank-pop]." (interactive "*P") (rotate-yank-pointer (if (listp arg) 0 (if (eq arg '-) -1 (1- arg)))) (push-mark (point)) (insert (car kill-ring-yank-pointer)) (if (consp arg) (exchange-point-and-mark)))
Glancing over this code, we can understand the last few lines readily
enough. The mark is pushed, that is, remembered; then the first element
(the CAR) of what the kill-ring-yank-pointer
points to is
inserted; and then, if the argument passed the function is a
cons
, point and mark are exchanged so the point is put in the
front of the inserted text rather than at the end. This option is
explained in the documentation. The function itself is interactive with
"*P"
. This means it will not work on a read-only buffer, and that
the unprocessed prefix argument is passed to the function.
The hard part of yank
is understanding the computation that
determines the value of the argument passed to
rotate-yank-pointer
. Fortunately, it is not so difficult as it
looks at first sight.
What happens is that the result of evaluating one or both of the
if
expressions will be a number and that number will be the
argument passed to rotate-yank-pointer
.
Laid out with comments, the code looks like this:
(if (listp arg) ; if-part 0 ; then-part (if (eq arg '-) ; else-part, inner if -1 ; inner if's then-part (1- arg)))) ; inner if's else-part
This code consists of two if
expression, one the else-part of
the other.
The first or outer if
expression tests whether the argument
passed to yank
is a list. Oddly enough, this will be true if
yank
is called without an argument--because then it will be
passed the value of nil
for the optional argument and an
evaluation of (listp nil)
returns true! So, if no argument is
passed to yank
, the argument passed to
rotate-yank-pointer
inside of yank
is zero. This means
the pointer is not moved and the first element to which
kill-ring-yank-pointer
points is inserted, as we expect.
Similarly, if the argument for yank
is C-u, this will be
read as a list, so again, a zero will be passed to
rotate-yank-pointer
. (C-u produces an unprocessed prefix
argument of (4)
, which is a list of one element.) At the same
time, later in the function, this argument will be read as a
cons
so point will be put in the front and mark at the end of
the insertion. (The P
argument to interactive
is
designed to provide these values for the case when an optional
argument is not provided or when it is C-u.)
The then-part of the outer if
expression handles the case then
there is no argument or when it is C-u. The else-part handles the
other situations. The else-part is itself another if
expression.
The inner if
expression tests whether the argument is a minus
sign. (This is done by pressing the META and - keys at the
same time, or the ESC key and then the - key). In this
case, the rotate-yank-pointer
function is passed -1 as an
argument. This moves the kill-ring-yank-pointer
backwards, which
is what is desired.
If the true-or-false-test of the inner if
expression is false
(that is, if the argument is not a minus sign), the else-part of the
expression is evaluated. This is the expression (1- arg)
.
Because of the two if
expressions, it will only occur when the
argument is a positive number or when it is a negative number (not
just a minus sign on its own). What (1- arg)
does is decrement
the number and return it. (The 1-
function subtracts one from
its argument.) This means that if the argument to
rotate-yank-pointer
is 1, it is reduced to zero, which means
the first element to which kill-ring-yank-pointer
points is
yanked back, as you would expect.
Finally, the question arises, what happens if either the remainder
function, %
, or the nthcdr
function is passed a negative
argument, as they quite well may?
The answers can be found by a quick test. When (% -1 5)
is
evaluated, a negative number is returned; and if nthcdr
is
called with a negative number, it returns the same value as if it were
called with a first argument of zero. This can be seen be evaluating
the following code.
Here the `=>' points to the result of evaluating the code
preceding it. This was done by positioning the cursor after the code
and typing C-x C-e (eval-last-sexp
) in the usual fashion.
You can do this if you are reading this in Info inside of GNU Emacs.
(% -1 5) => -1 (setq animals '(cats dogs elephants)) => (cats dogs elephants) (nthcdr 1 animals) => (dogs elephants) (nthcdr 0 animals) => (cats dogs elephants) (nthcdr -1 animals) => (cats dogs elephants)
So, if a minus sign or a negative number is passed to yank
, the
kill-ring-yank-point
is rotated backwards until it reaches the
beginning of the list. Then it stays there. Unlike the other case,
when it jumps from the end of the list to the beginning of the list,
making a ring, it stops. This makes sense. You often want to get back
to the most recently clipped out piece of text, but you don't usually
want to insert text from as many as thirty kill commands ago. So you
need to work through the ring to get to the end, but won't cycle around
it inadvertently if you are trying to come back to the beginning.
Incidentally, any number passed to yank
with a minus sign
preceding it will be treated as -1. This is evidently a
simplification for writing the program. You don't need to jump back
towards the beginning of the kill ring more than one place at a time
and doing this is easier than writing a function to determine the
magnitude of the number that follows the minus sign.
yank-pop
After understanding yank
, the yank-pop
function is easy.
Leaving out the documentation to save space, it looks like this:
(defun yank-pop (arg) (interactive "*p") (if (not (eq last-command 'yank)) (error "Previous command was not a yank")) (setq this-command 'yank) (let ((before (< (point) (mark)))) (delete-region (point) (mark)) (rotate-yank-pointer arg) (set-mark (point)) (insert (car kill-ring-yank-pointer)) (if before (exchange-point-and-mark))))
The function is interactive with a small `p' so the prefix
argument is processed and passed to the function. The command can
only be used after a previous yank; otherwise an error message is
sent. This check uses the variable last-command
which is
discussed elsewhere. (See section copy-region-as-kill
.)
The let
clause sets the variable before
to true or false
depending whether point is before or after mark and then the region
between point and mark is deleted. This is the region that was just
inserted by the previous yank and it is this text that will be
replaced. Next the kill-ring-yank-pointer
is rotated so that
the previously inserted text is not reinserted yet again. Mark is set
at the beginning of the place the new text will be inserted and then
the first element to which kill-ring-yank-pointer
points is
inserted. This leaves point after the new text. If in the previous
yank, point was left before the inserted text, point and mark are now
exchanged so point is again left in front of the newly inserted text.
That is all there is to it!
Printed axes help you understand a graph. They convey scale. In an earlier chapter (see section Readying a Graph), we wrote the code to print the body of a graph. Here we write the code for print and labelling vertical and horizontal axes, along with the body itself.
Since insertions fill a buffer to the right and below point, the new graph printing function should first print the Y or vertical axis, then the body of the graph, and finally the X or horizontal axis. This sequence lays out for us the contents of the function:
Here is an example of how a finished graph should look:
10 - * * * * ** * *** 5 - * ******* * *** ******* ************* *************** 1 - **************** | | | | 1 5 10 15
In this graph, both the vertical and the horizontal axes are labeled with numbers. However, in some graphs, the horizontal axis is time and would be better labeled with months, like this:
5 - * * ** * ******* ********** ** 1 - ************** | ^ | Jan June Jan
Indeed, with a little thought, we can easily come up with a variety of vertical and horizontal labelling schemes. Our task could become complicated. But complications breed confusion. Rather than permit this, it is better choose a simple labelling scheme for our first effort, and to modify or replace it later.
These considerations suggest the following outline for the
print-graph
function:
(defun print-graph (numbers-list) "documentation..." (let ((height ... ...)) (print-Y-axis height ... ) (graph-body-print numbers-list) (print-X-axis ... )))
We can work on each part of the print-graph
function definition
in turn.
print-graph
Varlist
In writing the print-graph
function, the first task is to write
the varlist in the let
expression. (We will leave aside for the
moment any thoughts about making the function interactive or about the
contents of its documentation string.)
The varlist should set several values. Clearly, the top of the label
for the vertical axis must be at least the height of the graph, which
means that we must obtain this information here. Note that the
print-graph-body
function also requires this information. There
is no reason to calculate the height of the graph in two different
places, so we should change for print-graph-body
from the way we
defined it earlier to take advantage of the calculation.
Similarly, both the function for printing the X axis labels and the
print-graph-body
function need to learn the value of the width of
each symbol. We can perform the calculation here and change the
definition for print-graph-body
from the way we defined it in the
previous chapter.
The length of the label for the horizontal axis must be at least as long as the graph. However, this information is used only in the function that prints the horizontal axis, so it does not need to be calculated here.
These thoughts lead us directly to the following form for the varlist
in the let
for print-graph
:
(let ((height (apply 'max numbers-list)) ; First version. (symbol-width (length graph-blank)))
As we shall see, this expression is not quite right.
print-Y-axis
Function
The job of the print-Y-axis
function is to print a label for
the vertical axis that looks like this:
10 - 5 - 1 -
The function should be passed the height of the graph, and then should construct and insert the appropriate numbers and marks.
It is easy enough to see in the figure what the Y axis label should look like; but to say in words, and then to write a function definition to do the job is another matter. It is not quite true to say that we want a number and a tick every five lines: there are only three lines between the `1' and the `5' (lines 2, 3, and 4), but four lines between the `5' and the `10' (lines 6, 7, 8, and 9). It is better to say that we want a number and a tick mark on the base line (number 1) and then that we want a number and a tick on the fifth line from the bottom and on every line that is a multiple of five.
The next issue is what height the label should be. Suppose the maximum
height of tallest column of the graph is seven. Should the highest
label on the Y axis be `5 -', and should the graph stick up above
the label? Or should the highest label be `7 -', and mark the peak
of the graph? Or should the highest label be 10 -
, which is a
multiple of five, and be higher than the topmost value of the graph?
The latter form is preferred. Most graphs are drawn within rectangles
whose sides are an integral number of steps long--5, 10, 15, and so
on for a step distance of five. But as soon as we decide to use a
step height for the vertical axis, we discover that the simple
expression in the varlist for computing the height is wrong. The
expression is (apply 'max numbers-list)
. This returns the
precise height, not the maximum height plus whatever is necessary to
round up to the nearest multiple of five. A more complex expression
is required.
As usual in cases like this, a complex problem becomes simpler if it is divided into several smaller problems.
First, consider the case when the highest value of the graph is an integral multiple of five--when it is 5, 10, 15 ,or some higher multiple of five. In this case, we can use this value as the Y axis height.
A fairly simply way to determine whether a number is a multiple of five is to divide it by five and see if the division results in a remainder. If there is no remainder, the number is a multiple of five. Thus, seven divided by five has a remainder of two, and seven is not an integral multiple of five. Put in slightly different language, more reminiscent of the classroom, five goes into seven once, with a remainder of two. However, five goes into ten twice, with no remainder: ten is an integral multiple of five.
In Lisp, the function for computing a remainder is %
. The
function returns the remainder of its first argument divided by its
second argument. As it happens, %
is a function in Emacs Lisp
that you cannot discover using apropos
: you find nothing if you
type M-x apropos RET remainder RET. The only way to
learn of the existence of %
is to read about it in a book such
as this or in the Emacs Lisp sources. The %
function is used
in the code for rotate-yank-pointer
, which is described in an
appendix. (See section The Body of rotate-yank-pointer
.)
You can try the %
function by evaluating the following two
expressions:
(% 7 5) (% 10 5)
The first expression returns 2 and the second expression returns 0.
To test whether the returned value is zero or some other number, we
can use the zerop
function. This function returns t
if
its argument, which must be a number, is zero.
(zerop (% 7 5)) => nil (zerop (% 10 5)) => t
Thus, the following expression will return t
if the height
of the graph is evenly divisible by five:
(zerop (% height 5))
(The value of height
, of course, can be found from (apply
'max numbers-list)
.)
On the other hand, if the value of height
is not a multiple of
five, we want to reset the value to the next higher multiple of five.
This is straightforward arithmetic using functions with which we are
already familiar. First, we divide the value of height
by five
to determine how many times five goes into the number. Thus, five
goes into twelve twice. If we add one to this quotient and multiply by
five, we will obtain the value of the next multiple of five that is
larger than the height. Five goes into twelve twice. Add one to two,
and multiply by five; the result is fifteen, with is the next multiple
of five that is higher than twelve. The Lisp expression for this is:
(* (1+ (/ height 5)) 5)
For example, if you evaluate the following, the result is 15:
(* (1+ (/ 12 5)) 5)
All through this discussion, we have been using `five' as the value
for spacing labels on the Y axis; but we may want to use some other
value. For generality, we should replace `five' with a variable to
which we can assign a value. The best name I can think of for this
variable is Y-axis-label-spacing
. Using this term, and an
if
expression, we produce the following:
(if (zerop (% height Y-axis-label-spacing)) height ;; else (* (1+ (/ height Y-axis-label-spacing)) Y-axis-label-spacing))
This expression returns the value of height
itself if the height
is an even multiple of the value of the Y-axis-label-spacing
or
else it computes and returns a value of height
that is equal to
the next higher multiple of the value of the Y-axis-label-spacing
.
We can now include this expression in the let
expression of the
print-graph
function (after first setting the value of
Y-axis-label-spacing
):
(defvar Y-axis-label-spacing 5 "Number of lines from one Y axis label to next.") ... (let* ((height (apply 'max numbers-list)) (height-of-top-line (if (zerop (% height Y-axis-label-spacing)) height ;; else (* (1+ (/ height Y-axis-label-spacing)) Y-axis-label-spacing))) (symbol-width (length graph-blank)))) ...
(Note use of the let*
function: the initial value of height is
computed once by the (apply 'max numbers-list)
expression and
then the resulting value of height
is used to compute its
final value. See section The let*
expression, for
more about let*
.)
When we print the vertical axis, we want to insert strings such as `5 -' and `10 - ' every five lines. Moreover, we want the numbers and dashes to line up, so shorter numbers must be padded with leading spaces. If some of the strings use two digit numbers, the strings with single digit numbers must include a leading blank space before the number.
To figure out the length of the number, the length
function is
used. But the length
function works only with a string, not with
a number. So the number has to be converted from being a number to
being a string. This is done with the int-to-string
function.
For example,
(length (int-to-string 35)) => 2 (length (int-to-string 100)) => 3
In addition, in each label, each number is followed by a string such
as ` - ', which we will call the Y-axis-tic
marker.
This variable is defined with defvar
:
(defvar Y-axis-tic " - " "String that follows number in a Y axis label.")
The length of the Y label is the sum of the length of the Y axis tick mark and the length of the number of the top of the graph.
(length (concat (int-to-string height) Y-axis-tic)))
This value will be calculated by the print-graph
function in
its varlist as full-Y-label-width
and passed on. (Note that we
did not think to include this in the varlist when we first proposed it.)
To make a complete vertical axis label, a tick mark is concatenated
with a number; and the two together may be preceded by one or more
spaces depending on how long the number is. The label consists of
three parts: the (optional) leading spaces, the number, and the tic
mark. The function is passed the value of the number for the specific
row, and the value of the width of the top line, which is calculated
(just once) by print-graph
.
(defun Y-axis-element (number full-Y-label-width) "Construct a NUMBERed label element. A numbered element looks like this ` 5 - ', and is padded as needed so all line up with the element for the largest number." (let* ((leading-spaces (- full-Y-label-width (length (concat (int-to-string number) Y-axis-tic))))) (concat (make-string leading-spaces ? ) (int-to-string number) Y-axis-tic)))
The Y-axis-element
function concatenates together the leading
spaces, if any; the number, as a string; and the tick mark.
To figure out how many leading spaces the label will need, the function subtracts the actual length of the label--the length of the number plus the length of the tic mark--from the desired label width.
Blank spaces are inserted using the make-string
function.
This function takes two arguments: the first tells it how long the
string will be and the second is a symbol for the character to insert,
in a special format. In this case, the format is a question mark
followed by a blank space, like this, `? '.
See section `Character Type' in The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual, for a description of the syntax for characters.
The int-to-string
function is used in the concatenation
expression, to convert the number to a string that is concatenated
with the leading spaces and the tic mark.
The preceding functions provide all the tools needed to construct a function that generates a list of numbered and blank strings to insert as the label for the vertical axis:
(defun Y-axis-column (height width-of-label) "Construct list of Y axis labels and blank strings. For HEIGHT of line above base and WIDTH-OF-LABEL." (let (Y-axis) (while (> height 1) (if (zerop (% height Y-axis-label-spacing)) ;; Insert label. (setq Y-axis (cons (Y-axis-element height width-of-label) Y-axis)) ;; Else, insert blanks. (setq Y-axis (cons (make-string width-of-label ? ) Y-axis))) (setq height (1- height))) ;; Insert base line. (setq Y-axis (cons (Y-axis-element 1 width-of-label) Y-axis)) (nreverse Y-axis)))
In this function, we start with the value of height
and
repetitively subtract one from its value. After each subtraction, we
test to see whether the value is an integral multiple of the
Y-axis-label-spacing
. If it is, we construct a numbered label
using the Y-axis-element
function; if not, we construct a
blank label using the make-string
function. The base line
consists of the number one followed by a tic mark.
print-Y-axis
The list constructed by the Y-axis-column
function is passed to
the print-Y-axis
function, which inserts the list as a column.
(defun print-Y-axis (height full-Y-label-width &optional vertical-step) "Insert Y axis using HEIGHT and FULL-Y-LABEL-WIDTH. Height must be the maximum height of the graph. Full width is the width of the highest label element. Optionally, print according to VERTICAL-STEP." ;; Value of height and full-Y-label-width ;; are passed by `print-graph'. (let ((start (point))) (insert-rectangle (Y-axis-column height full-Y-label-width vertical-step)) ;; Place point ready for inserting graph. (goto-char start) ;; Move point forward by value of full-Y-label-width (forward-char full-Y-label-width)))
The print-Y-axis
uses the insert-rectangle
function to
insert the Y axis labels created by the Y-axis-column
function.
In addition, it places point at the correct position for printing the body of
the graph.
You can test print-Y-axis
:
Y-axis-label-spacing Y-axis-tic Y-axis-element Y-axis-columnprint-Y-axis
(print-Y-axis 12 5)
eval-expression
).
graph-body-print
expression into the minibuffer
with C-y (yank)
.
Emacs will print labels vertically, the top one being
`10 - '. (The print-graph
function
will pass the value of height-of-top-line
, which
in this case would be 15.)
print-X-axis
FunctionX axis labels are much like Y axis labels, except that the tics are on a line above the numbers. Labels should look like this:
| | | | 1 5 10 15
The first tic is under the first column of the graph and is preceded by
several blank spaces. These spaces provide room in rows above for the Y
axis labels. The second, third, fourth, and subsequent tics are all
spaced equally, according to the value of X-axis-label-spacing
.
The second row of the X axis consists of numbers, preceded by several
blank spaces and also separated according to the value of the variable
X-axis-label-spacing
.
The value of the variable X-axis-label-spacing
should itself be
measured in units of symbol-width
, since you may want to change
the width of the symbols that you are using to print the body of the
graph without changing the ways the graph is labeled.
The print-X-axis
function is constructed in more or less the
same fashion as the print-Y-axis
function except that it has
two lines: the line of tic marks and the numbers. We will write a
separate function to print each line and then combine them within the
print-X-axis
function.
This is a three step process:
print-X-axis-tic-line
.
print-X-axis-numbered-line
.
print-X-axis
function,
using print-X-axis-tic-line
and
print-X-axis-numbered-line
.
The first function should print the X axis tic marks. We must specify the tic marks themselves and their spacing:
(defvar X-axis-label-spacing (if (boundp 'graph-blank) (* 5 (length graph-blank)) 5) "Number of units from one X axis label to next.")
(Note that the value of graph-blank
is set by another
defvar
. The boundp
predicate checks whether it has
already been set; boundp
returns nil
if it has not. If
graph-blank
were unbound and we did not use this conditional
construction, we would receive an error message saying `Symbol's
value as variable is void'.)
(defvar X-axis-tic-symbol "|" "String to insert to point to a column in X axis.")
The goal is to make a line that looks like this:
| | | |
The first tic is indented so that it is under the first column, which is indented to provide space for the Y axis labels.
A tic element consists of the blank spaces that stretch from one tic to
the next plus a tic symbol. The number of blanks is determined by the
width of the tic symbol and the X-axis-label-spacing
.
The code looks like this:
;;; X-axis-tic-element ... (concat (make-string ;; Make a string of blanks. (- (* symbol-width X-axis-label-spacing) (length X-axis-tic-symbol)) ? ) ;; Concatenate blanks with tic symbol. X-axis-tic-symbol) ...
Next, we determine how many blanks are needed to indent the first tic
mark to the first column of the graph. This uses the value of
full-Y-label-width
passed it by the print-graph
function.
The code to make X-axis-leading-spaces
looks like this:
;; X-axis-leading-spaces ... (make-string full-Y-label-width ? ) ...
We also need to determine the length of the horizontal axis, which is the length of the numbers list, and the number of tics in the horizontal axis:
;; X-length ... (length numbers-list) ;; tic-width ... (* symbol-width X-axis-label-spacing) ;; number-of-X-tics (if (zerop (% (X-length tic-width))) (/ (X-length tic-width)) (1+ (/ (X-length tic-width))))
All this leads us directly to the function for printing the X axis tic line:
(defun print-X-axis-tic-line (number-of-X-tics X-axis-leading-spaces X-axis-tic-element) "Print tics for X axis." (insert X-axis-leading-spaces) (insert X-axis-tic-symbol) ; Under first column. ;; Insert second tic in the right spot. (insert (concat (make-string (- (* symbol-width X-axis-label-spacing) ;; Insert white space up to second tic symbol. (* 2 (length X-axis-tic-symbol))) ? ) X-axis-tic-symbol)) ;; Insert remaining tics. (while (> number-of-X-tics 1) (insert X-axis-tic-element) (setq number-of-X-tics (1- number-of-X-tics))))
The line of numbers is equally straightforward:
First, we create a numbered element with blank spaces before each number:
(defun X-axis-element (number) "Construct a numbered X axis element." (let ((leading-spaces (- (* symbol-width X-axis-label-spacing) (length (int-to-string number))))) (concat (make-string leading-spaces ? ) (int-to-string number))))
Next, we create the function to print the numbered line, starting with the number "1" under the first column:
(defun print-X-axis-numbered-line (number-of-X-tics X-axis-leading-spaces) "Print line of X-axis numbers" (let ((number X-axis-label-spacing)) (insert X-axis-leading-spaces) (insert "1") (insert (concat (make-string ;; Insert white space up to next number. (- (* symbol-width X-axis-label-spacing) 2) ? ) (int-to-string number))) ;; Insert remaining numbers. (setq number (+ number X-axis-label-spacing)) (while (> number-of-X-tics 1) (insert (X-axis-element number)) (setq number (+ number X-axis-label-spacing)) (setq number-of-X-tics (1- number-of-X-tics)))))
Finally, we need to write the print-X-axis
that uses
print-X-axis-tic-line
and
print-X-axis-numbered-line
.
The function must determine the local values of the variables used by both
print-X-axis-tic-line
and print-X-axis-numbered-line
, and
then it must call them. Also, it must print the carriage return that
separates the two lines.
The function consists of a varlist that specifies five local variables, and calls to each of the two line printing functions:
(defun print-X-axis (numbers-list) "Print X axis labels to length of NUMBERS-LIST." (let* ((leading-spaces (make-string full-Y-label-width ? )) ;; symbol-width is provided by graph-body-print (tic-width (* symbol-width X-axis-label-spacing)) (X-length (length numbers-list)) (X-tic (concat (make-string ;; Make a string of blanks. (- (* symbol-width X-axis-label-spacing) (length X-axis-tic-symbol)) ? ) ;; Concatenate blanks with tic symbol. X-axis-tic-symbol)) (tic-number (if (zerop (% X-length tic-width)) (/ X-length tic-width) (1+ (/ X-length tic-width))))) (print-X-axis-tic-line tic-number leading-spaces X-tic) (insert "\n") (print-X-axis-numbered-line tic-number leading-spaces)))
You can test print-X-axis
:
X-axis-tic-symbol
, X-axis-label-spacing
,
print-X-axis-tic-line
, as well as X-axis-element
,
print-X-axis-numbered-line
, and print-X-axis
.
(progn (let ((full-Y-label-width 5) (symbol-width 1)) (print-X-axis '(1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16))))
eval-expression
).
yank)
.
Emacs will print the horizontal axis like this:
| | | | | 1 5 10 15 20
Now we are nearly ready to print the whole graph.
The function to print the graph with the proper labels follows the outline we created earlier (see section A Graph with Labelled Axes), but with additions.
Here is the outline:
(defun print-graph (numbers-list) "documentation..." (let ((height ... ...)) (print-Y-axis height ... ) (graph-body-print numbers-list) (print-X-axis ... )))
The final version is different from what we planned in two ways: first, it contains additional values calculated once in the varlist; second, it carries an option to specify the labels' increment per row. This latter feature turns out to be essential; otherwise a graph may have more rows than fit on a display or on a sheet of paper.
This new feature requires a change to the Y-axis-column
function, to add vertical-step
to it. The function looks like
this:
;;; Final version. (defun Y-axis-column (height width-of-label &optional vertical-step) "Construct list of labels for Y axis. HEIGHT is maximum height of graph. WIDTH-OF-LABEL is maximum width of label. VERTICAL-STEP, an option, is a positive integer that specifies how much a Y axis label increments for each line. For example, a step of 5 means that each line is five units of the graph." (let (Y-axis (number-per-line (or vertical-step 1))) (while (> height 1) (if (zerop (% height Y-axis-label-spacing)) ;; Insert label. (setq Y-axis (cons (Y-axis-element (* height number-per-line) width-of-label) Y-axis)) ;; Else, insert blanks. (setq Y-axis (cons (make-string width-of-label ? ) Y-axis))) (setq height (1- height))) ;; Insert base line. (setq Y-axis (cons (Y-axis-element (or vertical-step 1) width-of-label) Y-axis)) (nreverse Y-axis)))
The values for the maximum height of graph and the width of a symbol
are computed by print-graph
in its let
expression; so
graph-body-print
must be changed to accept them.
;;; Final version. (defun graph-body-print (numbers-list height symbol-width) "Print a bar graph of the NUMBERS-LIST. The numbers-list consists of the Y-axis values. HEIGHT is maximum height of graph. SYMBOL-WIDTH is number of each column." (let (from-position) (while numbers-list (setq from-position (point)) (insert-rectangle (column-of-graph height (car numbers-list))) (goto-char from-position) (forward-char symbol-width) ;; Draw graph column by column. (sit-for 0) (setq numbers-list (cdr numbers-list))) ;; Place point for X axis labels. (forward-line height) (insert "\n")))
Finally, the code for the print-graph
function:
;;; Final version.
(defun print-graph
(numbers-list &optional vertical-step)
"Print labelled bar graph of the NUMBERS-LIST.
The numbers-list consists of the Y-axis values.
Optionally, VERTICAL-STEP, a positive integer,
specifies how much a Y axis label increments for
each line. For example, a step of 5 means that
each row is five units."
(let* ((symbol-width (length graph-blank))
;; height
is both the largest number
;; and the number with the most digits.
(height (apply 'max numbers-list))
(height-of-top-line
(if (zerop (% height Y-axis-label-spacing))
height
;; else
(* (1+ (/ height Y-axis-label-spacing))
Y-axis-label-spacing)))
(vertical-step (or vertical-step 1))
(full-Y-label-width
(length
(concat
(int-to-string
(* height-of-top-line vertical-step))
Y-axis-tic))))
(print-Y-axis
height-of-top-line full-Y-label-width vertical-step)
(graph-body-print
numbers-list height-of-top-line symbol-width)
(print-X-axis numbers-list)))
print-graph
We can test the print-graph
function with a short list of numbers
Y-axis-column
,
graph-body-print
, and print-graph
(in addition to the
rest of the code.)
(print-graph '(3 2 5 6 7 5 3 4 6 4 3 2 1))
eval-expression
).
yank)
.
Emacs will print a graph that looks like this:
10 - * ** * 5 - **** * **** *** * ********* ************ 1 - ************* | | | | 1 5 10 15
On the other hand, if you pass print-graph
a
vertical-step
value of 2, by evaluating this expression:
(print-graph '(3 2 5 6 7 5 3 4 6 4 3 2 1) 2)
The graph looks like this:
20 - * ** * 10 - **** * **** *** * ********* ************ 2 - ************* | | | | 1 5 10 15
(A question: is the `2' on the bottom of the vertical axis a bug or a feature? If you think it is a bug, and should be a `1' instead, (or even a `0'), you can modify the sources.)
Now for the graph for which all this code was written: a graph that shows how many function definitions contain fewer than 10 words and symbols, how many contain between 10 and 19 words and symbols, how many contain between 20 and 29 words and symbols, and so on.
This is a multi-step process. First make sure you have loaded all the requisit code.
It is a good idea to reset the value of top-of-ranges
in case
you have sent it to some different value. You can evaluate the
following:
(setq top-of-ranges '(10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 180 190 200 210 220 230 240 250 260 270 280 290 300)
Next create a list of the number of words and symbols in each range.
Evaluate the following:
(setq list-for-graph (defuns-per-range (sort (recursive-lengths-list-many-files (directory-files "/usr/local/emacs/lisp" t ".+el$")) '<) top-of-ranges))
On my machine, this takes about an hour. It looks though 303 Lisp
files in my copy of Emacs version 19.23. After all that computing,
the list-for-graph
has this value:
(537 1027 955 785 594 483 349 292 224 199 166 120 116 99 90 80 67 48 52 45 41 33 28 26 25 20 12 28 11 13 220)
This means that my copy of Emacs has 537 function definitions with fewer than 10 words or symbols in them, 1,027 function definitions with 10 to 19 words or symbols in them, 955 function definitions with 20 to 29 words or symbols in them, and so on.
Clearly, just by looking at this list we can see that most function definitions contain ten to thirty words and symbols.
Now for printing. We do not want to print a graph that is 1,030 lines high ... Instead, we should print a graph that is fewer than twenty-five lines high. A graph that height can be displayed on almost any monitor, and easily printed on a sheet of paper.
This means that each value in list-for-graph
must be reduced to
one-fiftieth it present value.
Here is a short function to do just that, using two functions we have
not yet seen, mapcar
and lambda
.
(defun one-fiftieth (full-range) "Return list, each number one-fiftieth of previous." (mapcar '(lambda (arg) (/ arg 50)) full-range))
lambda
Expression
lambda
is the symbol for an anonymous function, a function
without a name. Every time you use an anonymous function, you need to
include its whole body.
Thus,
(lambda (arg) (/ arg 50))
is a function definition that says `return the value resulting from
dividing whatever is passed to me as arg
by 50'.
Earlier, for example, we had a function multiply-by-seven
; it
multiplied its argument by 7. This function is similar, except it
divides its argument by 50; and, it has no name. The anonymous
equivalent of multiply-by-seven
is:
(lambda (number) (* 7 number))
(See section The defun
Special Form.)
If we want to multiply 3 by 7, we can write:
(multiply-by-seven 3) \_______________/ ^ | | function argument
This expression returns 21.
Similarly, we can write:
((lambda (number) (* 7 number)) 3) \____________________________/ ^ | | anonymous function argument
If we want to divide 100 by 50, we can write:
((lambda (arg) (/ arg 50)) 100) \______________________/ \_/ | | anonymous function argument
This expression returns 2. The 100 is passed to the function, which divides that number by 50.
See section `Lambda Expressions' in The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual, for more about lambda
. Lisp and lambda
expressions derive from the Lambda Calculus.
mapcar
Function
mapcar
is a function that calls its first argument with each
element of its second argument, in turn. The second argument must be
a sequence.
For example,
(mapcar '1+ '(2 4 6)) => (3 5 7)
The function 1+
which adds one to its argument, is executed on
each element of the list, and a new list is returned.
Contrast this with apply
, which applies its first argument to
all the remaining.
(See section Readying a Graph, for a explanation of
apply
.)
In the definition of one-fiftieth
, the first argument is the
anonymous function:
(lambda (arg) (/ arg 50))
and the second argument is full-range
, which will be bound to
list-for-graph
.
The whole expression looks like this:
(mapcar '(lambda (arg) (/ arg 50)) full-range))
See section `Mapping Functions' in The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual, for more about mapcar
.
Using the one-fiftieth
function, we can generate a list in
which each element is one-fiftieth the size of the corresponding
element in list-for-graph
.
(setq fiftieth-list-for-graph (one-fiftieth list-for-graph))
The resulting list looks like this:
(10 20 19 15 11 9 6 5 4 3 3 2 2 1 1 1 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 4)
This we are almost ready to print! (We also notice the loss of information: many of the higher ranges are 0, meaning that fewer than 50 defuns had that many words or symbols--but not necessarily meaning that none had that many words or symbols.)
I said `almost ready to print'! Of course, there is a bug in the
print-graph
function ... It has a vertical-step
option, but not a horizontal-step
option. The
top-of-range
scale goes from 10 to 300 by tens. But the
print-graph
function will print only by ones.
This is a classic example of what some consider the most insidious type of bug, the bug of omission. This is not the kind of bug you can find by studying the code, for it is not in the code; it is an omitted feature. Your best actions are to try your program early and often; and try to arrange, as much as you can, to write code that is easy to understand and easy to change. Try to be aware, whenever you can, that whatever you have written, will be rewritten, if not soon, eventually. A hard maxim to follow.
It is the print-X-axis-numbered-line
function that needs the
work; and then the print-X-axis
and the print-graph
functions need to be adapted. Not much needs to be done; there is one
nicety: the numbers ought to line up under the tic marks. This takes
a little thought.
Here is the corrected print-X-axis-numbered-line
:
(defun print-X-axis-numbered-line (number-of-X-tics X-axis-leading-spaces &optional horizontal-step) "Print line of X-axis numbers" (let ((number X-axis-label-spacing) (horizontal-step (or horizontal-step 1))) (insert X-axis-leading-spaces) ;; Delete extra leading spaces. (delete-char (- (1- (length (int-to-string horizontal-step))))) (insert (concat (make-string ;; Insert white space. (- (* symbol-width X-axis-label-spacing) (1- (length (int-to-string horizontal-step))) 2) ? ) (int-to-string (* number horizontal-step)))) ;; Insert remaining numbers. (setq number (+ number X-axis-label-spacing)) (while (> number-of-X-tics 1) (insert (X-axis-element (* number horizontal-step))) (setq number (+ number X-axis-label-spacing)) (setq number-of-X-tics (1- number-of-X-tics)))))
If you are reading this in Info, you can see the new versions of
print-X-axis
print-graph
and evaluate them. If you are
reading this in a printed book, you can see the changed lines here
(the full text is too much to print).
(defun print-X-axis (numbers-list horizontal-step) ... (print-X-axis-numbered-line tic-number leading-spaces horizontal-step))
(defun print-graph (numbers-list &optional vertical-step horizontal-step) ... (print-X-axis numbers-list horizontal-step))
When made and installed, you can call the print-graph
command
like this:
(print-graph fiftieth-list-for-graph 50 10)
Here is the graph:
1000 - * ** ** ** ** 750 - *** *** *** *** **** 500 - ***** ****** ****** ****** ******* 250 - ******** ********* * *********** * ************* * 50 - ***************** * * | | | | | | | | 10 50 100 150 200 250 300 350
The largest group of functions contain 10 -- 19 words and symbols each.
Jump to: % - ( - * - . - / - < - > - a - b - c - d - e - f - g - h - i - k - l - m - n - o - p - r - s - t - u - v - w - x - y - z
(debug)
in code
if
defun
, Counting words in a defun
let
expression sample
let
expression, parts of
let
variables uninitialized
nil
, history of word
interactive
let
expression
print-graph
varlist
%
let
expression
defun
let
variables
defun
About the Author
Robert J. Chassell has worked with GNU Emacs since 1985. He writes and edits, teaches Emacs and Emacs Lisp, and is a director and the Secretary/Treasurer of the Free Software Foundation, Inc. He has an abiding interest in social and economic history and flies his own airplane.
It is curious to track the path by which the word `argument' came to have two different meanings, one in mathematics and the other in everyday English. According to the Oxford English Dictionary, the word derives from the Latin for `to make clear, prove'; thus it came to mean, by one thread of derivation, `the evidence offered as proof', which is to say, `the information offered', which led to its meaning in Lisp. But in the other thread of derivation, it came to mean `to assert in a manner against which others may make counter assertions', which led to the meaning of the word as a disputation. (Note here that the English word has two different definitions attached to it at the same time. By contrast, in Emacs Lisp, a symbol cannot have two different function definitions at the same time.)
Actually, you can
cons
an element to an atom to produce a dotted pair. Dotted
pairs are not discussed here; see section `Dotted Pair Notation' in The GNU Emacs Lisp Reference Manual.
This document was generated on 7 November 1998 using the texi2html translator version 1.52.